07/26/2000 Contractor
CLERK'S ORIGINAL
AlA Document A101/Cma
Standard Form of Agreement
Between Owner and Contractor
where the basis of payment is a STlPULA TED SUM
1992 CONSTRUCTION MANAGER-ADVISER EDITION
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES: CONSUL TA TlON WITH AN ATTORNEY IS
ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICA TlON
The 1992 Edition of AlA Document A201/Cma, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Construction Manager-
Adviser Edition, is adopted in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is
modified.
AGREEMENT
made as of the twenty-sixth day of July in the year of two-thousand.
(In Words, indicate day, month and year.)
BETWEEN the Owner:
(Name and address)
Monroe County Board of County Commissioners
5100 College Road
Key West, Florida 33040
and the Contractor:
(Name and address)
Tom Ryan Inc, dba Ryan Construction Services
P.O. Box 555
Big Pine Key, FI33043
For the following Project:
(Include detailed description of project, location, address and scope)
East Martello Roof Replacement
:3: 0
~ :t>
:::o(")z
or%
"':;x-<
(")' r
0(") .
C;oA
Z. C>
~(")r
:< _ .::1:
...". >
r- ,;-.
I~ ,..."
0 '"T1
0 r-
(I') rrt
M
-0 a
"'T1
CD 0
:::0
." :::0
:II: fT1
(.0) ("')
-- 0
c.n :::0
r c
The Construction Manager is:
(Name and address)
Stephen W. Piazza, NCARB
5100 College Road, Room 508
Key West, FI 33040
The Architect is:
(Name and Address)
Bender & Associates Architects
41 0 Angela S1.
Key West, Florida 33040
The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below.
Copyright 1975m 1980@ 1992 by the American Institute of Architects. 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006-5292.
Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without the written permission of the AlA violates the copyright
laws of the United States and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.
AlA Document A 101/Cma-OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER'ADVISER EDITION-AIA*.@1992.THEAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,
1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-52952.WARNING: Unlicensed
photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.
A101/Cma-1992 1
. .
ARTICLE 1
The Contract Documents
The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General,
Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of
this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of
this Agreement: these form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this
Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between
the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or
oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Modifications, appears in Article 9.
ARTICLE 2
The Work of this Contract
The Contractor shall execute the entire Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the
extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others, or as follows:
ARTICLE 3
Date of Commencement and Substantial Completion
3.1 The date of commencement is the date from which the Contract Time of Paragraph 3.2 is
measured, and shall be the date of this Agreement, as first written above, unless a different date is
stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner.
Date of commencement shall be within ten days of the issuance of the Notice to Proceed.
Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed issued by the Owner, the
Contractor shall notify the Owner, through the Construction Manager, in writing not less than five days
before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other
security interests.
3.2 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than
(Insert the calendar date or number of calendar days after the date of commencement. Also insert any requirements for earlier Substantial
Completion of certain portions of the Work, if not stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents.)
22 January 2001
subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided by the Contract Document
(Insert provisions if any for liquidated damages relating to failure to complete on time>)
Liquidated damages will be assessed at the rate of $250.00 per normal working day following
anticipated Substantial Completion date described above until such time as Substantial Completion is
achieved.
CONTRACT AMOUNT
Under 50,000.00
$50,000.00-99,999.00
$100,000.00-499,999.00
$500,000.00 and Up
FIRST 15 DAYS
$50.00/Day
100.00/Day
200.001Day
500.001Day
SECOND 15 DAYS
$100.00/Day
200.001Day
500.00/Day
1,OOO.00/Day
31ST DAY THEREAFTER
$250.00/Day
750.00/Day
2,000.00/Day
3,500.00IDay
ARTICLE 4
AlA Document A 1 01/Cma-OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER'ADVISER EDITION-AIA*.@1992-THEAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,
1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-52952-WARNING: Unlicensed
photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.
A101/Cma-1992 2
Contract Sum
4.1' The owner shall pay the Contractor in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the
Contract the Contract Sum of Three hundred twenty-three thousand eioht hundred dollars subject to
additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.
4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the
Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner:
(State the numbers or other identification of accepted altemates. If decisions on other alternates are to be made by the Owner subsequent
to the execution of this Agreement. Attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date until which that
amount is valid.)
Alternate NO.1: State the amount to omit the base bid roofing specified in section 07511
and substitute a Kemper roofing system, specified in Section 07123 on:
Roof Section 3
$
$
$
$
Thirtv-three thousand dollars
(words)
Fortv- seven thousand four hundred dollars
(words)
Fortv- seven thousand four hundred dollars
(words)
One hundred ninety six thousand dollars
(words)
Roof Section 1
Roof Section 2
Roof Section 4
4.3 Unit prices, if any, are as follows:
None
ARTICLE 5
Progress Payments
5.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted by the Contractor to the Construction
Manager, and upon Project Applications and Certificates for Payment issued by the Construction
Manager and Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to
the contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
5.2 The period covered by each Application for payment shall be one calendar month ending on the
last day of the month, or as follows:
Thirty days after commencement of the work and every thirty days thereafter until completion of the
project.
5.3 Provided an Application for Payment is submitted to the Construction Manager not later than
the Lday of a month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the 21 st day of
the same month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Construction Manager after the
application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than 20 days after the
Construction Manager receives the Application for Payment.
5.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the Schedule of Values submitted by the
Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Schedule of Values shall allocate the
entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and
AlA Document A1 01/Cma-OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER'ADVISER EDITION-AIA*.@1992-THEAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,
1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-52952-WARNING: Unlicensed
photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. A101/Cma-1992 3
. supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Construction Manager or Architect may
require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Construction Manager or Architect, shall be used as
a basis 'for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.
5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the
Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.
5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment
shall be computed as follows:
5.6.1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by
multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract
Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the Schedule of Values, less retainage of Ten percent
(10%). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in
dispute may be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.7 of the General Conditions:
5.6.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered
and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if
approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing),
less retainage of Ten percent (10%)::
5.6.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and
5.6.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Construction Manager or Architect has withheld or
nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.5 of the General conditions.
5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Paragraph 5.6 shall be further
modified under the following circumstances:
5.7.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments
to Ninetv-five percent (95%) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Construction Manager
recommends and the Architect determines for incomplete Work and unsettled claims: and
5.7.2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the
Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9.10.3 of the General
Conditions.
5.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows:
(If it is intended, prior to Substantial completion of the entire Work, to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in
Subparagraphs 5.6. 1 and 5.6.2 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert here provisions for such
reduction or limitations)
ARTICLE 6
Final Payment
Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner
to the Contractor when (1) the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the
Contractor's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of the
General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment:
and (2) a final Project Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Construction Manager and
Architect: such final payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of
the final Project Certificate for Payment, or as follows:
AlA Document A1 01/Cma-OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER'ADVISER EDITION-AIA*.@1992-THEAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,
1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-52952-WARNING: Unlicensed
photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.
A101/Cma-1992 4
Not more than 20 days after the issuance of the final Project Certificate for Payment.
ARTICLE 7
Miscellaneous Provisions
7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of the General Conditions or another
Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other
provisions of the Contract Documents.
7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due
at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the
place where the Project is located.
(Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any)
(Usury laws and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at
the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business, the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision.
Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications, and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or
waivers.)
7.3 Temporary facilities and services:
(Here insert temporary facilities and services which are different from or in addition to those included elsewhere in the Contract Documents.)
7.4 Other Provisions:
(Here list any special provisions affecting the Contract.)
ARTICLE 8
Termination or Suspension
8.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the
General Conditions.
8.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions.
Article 9
Enumeration of Contract Documents
9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement. are
enumerated as follows:
9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor.
9.1.2 The General Conditions are the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction.
9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project
Manual dated December, 1999, and are as follows:
Document
Title
Pages
AlA Document A101/Cma-OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER'ADVISER EDITION-AIA*.@1992-THEAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,
1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-52952-WARNING: Unlicensed
photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.
A101/Cma-1992 5
A201/ Cma
General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction
26
00801
Supplementary General Conditions
12
9.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Subparagraph 9.1.3,
and are as follows:
(Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.)
See the Table of Contents of the Specifications
Section
Title
Pages
1. Bidding Documents
2. Contract Documents
3. Conditions
4. Technical Specifications
9.1.5 The Drawings are as follows, and are dated on each individual drawing unless a different date
is shown below:
(Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.)
Number
Title
Date
See Exhibit A
9.1.6 The Addenda, if any, are as follows:
Number
1
Date
June 15, 2000
Pages
5
Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless
the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9.
9.1.7 Other documents, if any, forming part of the contract Documents are as follows:
(List here any additional documents which are intended to form part of the Contract Documents. The General Conditions provide that bidding
requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid. Instructions to Bidders, sample forms and the Contractor's bid are not part of the
contract Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here only If intended to be part of the Contract Documents.)
Contractor's Bid Proposal
06/21/00
This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least
four original copies of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor, one each to the Construction
Manager and Architect for use in the administration of the Contract, and the remainder to the Owner.
Owner
Contractor
AlA Document A1 01/Cma-OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER'ADVISER EDITION-AIA*.@1992-THEAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,
1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-52952-WARNING: Unlicensed
photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.
A101/Cma-1992 6
.
'~~-F~~
(Signature)
~flV ~I~/ tJ.-lJ-QQ
ignature)
;V1~y.,...1 cJ,a."f'mfA.~
(Printe& natl7e and title)
]7f2.esi D€Nf
11tOt1 AS (). R. '1MJ 1
(Printed name and title)
I
AlA Document A101/Cma-OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT. CONSTRUCTION
MANAGER'ADVISER EDITION-AIA*.@1992-THEAMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,
1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, NW. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006-52952-WARNING: Unlicensed
photocopying violates U.S. copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.
A101/Cma-1992 7
I,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
Page 1 of 2
''- MONROE COUNTY
kONSTR!lrT!m! M,~\!'HI,GEMENT
I
!
1
i. ~
\ CIr.~E'
I. i-{ECEIVED BY: = --= .
SECTION 00501
Bond No: 1038204
SEP 11 2000
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BONO
Tom Ryan, Inc. d/b/a Ryan Construction
BY THIS BOND, We Services as
Principal and XL Specialty Insurance Company , a corporation, as
Surety, are bound to Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, herein called
Owner, in the sum of $ 323,800. 00 ~~*~~*~HHHH~** for payment of which we bind
ourselves, or heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns. jointly and
severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
,. PerfolTTls the contract dated July 26th , 20 00,
between Principal and Owner for construction of East Martello Roof Replacement
, the contract being made a part of this bond b)'-.tefeLef\c.e, at the
times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payment to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida
Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or
indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract
and;
3. Pays OWner all losses, damages, induding damages for delay, expenses, costs,
and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains
because of a default by Principal under the contract; and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for
the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full
force.
Any changes in or under the contract document~ ~!'ld compliance with any formalities
connected with the contract or the change~ Qoes not.afract Surety's obligation under this
bond.
DATED ON September 6th,
.2000.
(NAME OF PRINCIPAL)
BY ~~~~llC d/b~ RYAll COllSTRUCTIOll
~~ ~tr.
Page 2 of 2
XL SPECIALTY INSUFJUICE COMPP~
'"
\NAME OJ' 8U~T'Y J
>~bSPECIALTY
.- --.....
AN Xl CAPITAL COMPANY
LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing by virtue of the laws of the
State of Illinois ("Company" or "Corporation"), does hereby nominate, constitute and appoint, Michael Bonet and John Harrold as employees of Seitlin
& Company Insurance, its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact to make, execute, attest, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as surety, and as its act and deed,
where required, any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances and written obligations in the nature thereof, the penal sum of no one of which is in any event to
exceed $5,000,000.00 as required by Surety Obligees.
Such bonds and undertakings, when duly executed by the aforesaid Attorney(s)-in-fact shall be binding upon the said Company as fully and to the same extent as if
such bonds and undertakings were signed by the President and S<;cretary of the Company and sealed with its corporate seal.
This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and 1>y the authority of the following Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company
on the 5th day of December, 1988:
"RESOLVED, That the President, or any Vice President of the Company or any person designated by anyone of them is hereby authorized to execute Powers of
Attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute in behalf of the Company, bonds, undertakings and all contracts of suretyship,
and that any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company be, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest the execution of any such Power
of Attorney, and to attach thereto the Seal of the Company.
FURTHER RESOLVED, That the signature of such officers and the Seal ~f the Compapy may be affixed to apy such Power of Attorney or to any certificate
relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Pow.:r of Atto1i1ey or certificatllbearing suehfacsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be thereafter valid and
binding upon the Company with respect to anyb()nd, undertaking or contta.ct of suretyship t.o which it is attached."
Bonds executed under this Power of Attomey may be executed under facSimile signature and seal pursuant to the following Resolution adopted by the Board of
Directors of the Company on August 7,1997.
"RESOLVED, That the signature of Stanley A. Galanski, as President of this Corporation, and the seal of this Corporation may be affixed or printed on any and
all bonds, undertakings, recognizances, or other written obligations thereof, on any revocation of any Power of Attorney, or on any certificate relating thereto, by
facsimile, and any Power of Attorney, any revocation of any Power of Attorney, bonds, undertakings, recognizances, certificate or other written obligation,
bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shaIl be y.alid and binding upon the Corporation."
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY has caused its~?rpor~te se~l tob<; h~reuntoaffixed,and these presents to be signed by its
duly authorized officers this 3rd day of January, 2000. XL SPECIALTY INSURANCE CQMP ANY
5~~~
BY:
PRESIDENT
~'=-"
#'\~ ......!l;4.tc.~
I' ,,~..,.. ""'~ <)., \
I.., --""~"O,
l~ f 0'"~'4~ ~ \} ~
;'<\ SEAL/,<!
\.'" .".
" ii;:iNO~ ./
~",,,,,",,,,,,
Attest:
~
SECRETARY
STATE OF ILLINOIS
COUNTY OF COOK ss.
On this 3rd day of January, 2000, before me personally came Stanley A. Galanski to me known, who, being duly ~wom, did depose and say: that he is President of the
Corporation described in and which executed theaboye instrUment; that h~kn?~s thes<;al<.>fsaid Corporation; t~at the seal affixed to the aforesaid instrument is such
corporate seal and was affixed thereto by order and authority ofihe Board of Direetorsofsaid Company; and that he executed the said instrument by like order and
authority:
OFFICIAL SEAL
JOETTE R. CASTRO
NOTARY PUBIJC. STATE Of LLINOIS
"Y COMMISSION EXPIRES: 12113Jll3
~~o
STATE OF ILLINOIS
COUNTY OF COOK 55.
I, Ben M. L1aneta, Secretary of the XL SPECIALTY!NSURANCE C@MI'AN'l a corp(jratioh ofthe State of IIIinoi$, do hereby certify that the abOve and foregoing is a
full, true and correct copy of Power of Attorney issued by said Company, and that I have compared same with the original and that it is a correct transcript therefrom
and of the whole of the original and that the said Power of Attomey is still in fulI force and effect and has not been revoked.
IN WITJ>.fESS WHEREOF, I ha~ her~unto, set my harulAurl affixed the seal of said Company, at the City of Schaumburg,
this b'th day of oepljemoer 1 ~UuU .
S15CRETARY
$~\~;~!HI'''f!
#~........~,
I J';'" ....t<> \
:t' ~! ...aPOIt..",,- ...0 'S
t~i O'";..._~~ it!
;1.\. SEAl.. J::
\ .... /""1
')i:i:iNO,(,.,l'
""'"I1UM1\\"
~
SPECIFICA liONS
-for
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
REPLACEMENT
PREPARED BY
BENDER & ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS
410 ANGELA STREET
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
6 DECEMBER 1 999
Set Number
""
'-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Bidding Documents
Section 00030
Section 00100
Section 00110
Section 00163
Notice of Calling for Bids
Instruction to Bidders
Proposal Form
Pre-Bid Substitutions (Not used)
Section 00220
Section 00230
Section 00300
Section 00310
Section 00350
Section 00440
Geotechnical Data (Not used)
Site Survey (Not used)
Scope of Work (Not used)
Unit Prices
Milestone SChedule/Liquidated Damages
Substitution Listing
Insurance Check List
2. Contract Documents
Section 00500
3. Conditions
Section 00501
Form of Agreement Between Owner and
Contractor
Public Construction Bond
Section 00750
Section 00800
Section 00970
Section 00980
General Conditions
Supplementary General Conditions
Project Safety and Health Plan
Contractor Quality Control Plan
4. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01010
01027
01030
01035
01040
01045
01095
01200
01300
01500
01600
01631
01700
01740
SUMMARY OF WORK
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
ALTERNATES
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PROJECT COORDINATION
CUTTING AND PATCHING
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
PROJECT MEETINGS
SUBMITTALS
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
02070
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
03310 CONCRETE REPAIRS
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04500 MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
DIVISION 5 - Not used.
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07123
07511
07530
07600
COLD FLUID APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
MINERAL SURFACED BUILT UP ROOF
SINGE PLY MEMBRANE
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
DIVISION 8 - Not used.
DIVISION 9 - Not used.
DIVISION 10 - Not used,
DIVISION 11 - Not used.
DIVISION 12 - Not used.
DIVISION 13 - Not used.
DIVISION 14 - Not used.
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL - Not used,
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
16010
16020
16030
16110
16120
16450
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
WIRES & CABLES
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
RACEWAYS & CONDUIT
WIRES & CABLES
GROUNDING
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
5. DRAWINGS
Al DEMOLITION PLAN & PHOTOGRAPHS
A2 ROOF PLAN & PHOTOGRAPHS
A3 DETAILS & PHOTOGRAPHS
END TABLE OF CONTENTS
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 00030 - NOTICE OF CALLING FOR BIDS
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN that on January 12, 2000,
at 4: 00 PM, at the Purchasing Office, a committee consisting of the
Director of O.M.B., the County Administrator, the County Attorney, the
Construction Manager and the Division Director of Public Works, or their
designees, will open sealed bids for the following:
EAST MARTELLO ROOF REPAIRS
3501 SOUTH ROOSEVELT BOULEVARD
KEY WEST, FLORIDA
SCOPE OF WORK
Remove a mineral surfaced asphalt built up roof, wood substructure and
rubble, and replace with an EPDM system and a three ply, aggregate
surfaced aspalt built up roof, a new gutter system, a new fascia system,
historic brick stabilization, and miscellaneous concrete repairs to the
existing concrete deck, and repairs on the exterior walls. There is also
electrical and telephone work which requires testing of all electrical
wiring exposed on the roof, removal of abandodned circuits and
organization of necessary electrical circuits into new conduit and new
roof standoffs.
All bids must be received by the Purchasing Office, 5100 College Road,
Public Service Building, Cross Wing, Room #002, Stock Island, Key West,
Florida 33040 on or before 4:00 PM on January 12, 2000,
All bids, including the recommendation of the County Administrator and
the requesting Department Head, will be presented to the Board of County
Commissioners of Monroe County, Florida, for final awarding or otherwise.
The Board will automatically reject the bid of any person or affiliate
who appears on the convicted vendor list prepared by the Department of
General Services, State of Florida, under Section 287,017 of the Florida
Statutes.
All bidders submitting bids for construction, improvement, remodeling or
repair of public buildings, will furnish evidence that the bidder holds
an appropriate current certificate or registration per Ch, 489.131 F.S.
unless exempt under Ch. 489,103 F.S.
All bidders must submit two (2) signed originals and one (1) complete
copy of each bid in a sealed envelope marked on the outside, "Sealed Bid
for East Martello Roof Repairs." All bids must remain valid for a period
of ninety (90) days.
Drawings and specifications will be available on or after 6 December 1999
at the Monroe County Purchasing Office, (305) 292-4464. Further
information may be obtained by contacting Stephen Piazza, Monroe County
Construction Management, 5100 College Road, Key West, Florida, (305) 292-
4429. Drawings and specifications can be obtained for the refundable
deposit sum of $75.00 per set, payable to Monroe County.
Two Pre-bid conferences will be held on site at 2:00 PM on 28 December
1999, and on 4 January 2000, Attendance is mandatory at one,
The Board reserves the right to reject any and all bids, to waive
informalities in any or all bids, and to re-advertise for bids.
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
The Board also reserves the right to award a contract in the best
interest of the County.
For further information contact the Architect, Bender & Associates,
Archi teets, 410 Angela Street, Key West, Florida 33040. (305) 296-1347,
FAX (305) 296-2727,
Dated at Key West, Florida, this
day of
, 1999
Purchasing Department
Monroe County, Florida
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
To be considered, Bids must be made in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the General
Conditions shall have the same meanings or definitions as assigned to them in the
General Conditions.
1.2 Bidding Documents include the Advertisement to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid
Proposal, Pre-Bid Substitutions, Scope of Work, Milestone Schedule and other
sample bidding and contract forms and the proposed Contract Documents
including any addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids. The Contract Documents
proposed for the Work consist of the Standard Form of Agreement, General
Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, General Requirements, Technical
Specifications, Drawings, and other sample contract forms.
1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Owner through the
Construction Manager prior to the receipt of Bids which modify or interpret the
Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections.
1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the Work for the lump
sums, including any Owner Options or Alternates stipulated therein, and submitted
in accordance with the Bidding Documents.
1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform
the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which may be
added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids or
Owner Option Bids.
1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or
deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the
Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted.
1.7 An Owner Option Bid (or Option) is an amount stated in the Bid, which can be
exercised by the Owner through the Construction Manager, for the corresponding
change in the work as described in the Bidding Documents. This Owner Option
can be exercised at any time during the contract duration.
1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid.
1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials or
labor for a portion of the Work.
1.10 An Allowance is a given amount to be included in the Bidders proposal. From this
Allowance, payments will be made to the vendor for the specified service or
project. If the contractor is responsible for making payments, he will be
reimbursed for the payments to the vendor via presentation of invoices in his
monthly payment application. Allowance includes labor, materials, installation,
permits, etc.
1.11 The term "provide" means "furnish and install". Wherever "provide" or "furnish
and install" are used, this shall mean purchase, and all purchasing requirements
and procedures, and installation complete, as per the specified or implied
requirements.
1.12 The term "perform" means to comply fully with the specified or implied
requirements.
ARTICLE 2
COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing
office designated in the Notice of Calling for Bids for the stipulated deposit sum.
Deposits should be made payable to Monroe County, Florida. Bidders who submit
a bona fide bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within (20)
calendar days after receipt of bids, will be refunded the deposit sum. If pages are
written on, drawings are torn, or if the issuing office considers the Bidding
Documents unusable, then the deposit will be forfeited.
2.2 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids where
applicable. Neither the Owner nor the Construction Manager, nor the
Architect/Engineer assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations
resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
ARTICLE 3
EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE
3.1 Before Submitting a Bid:
3.1.1 Each Bidder shall thoroughly examine all the Bidding Documents.
3.1.2 Each Bidder shall visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions
that may in any manner affect the cost, progress, or performance of the
Work.
3.2 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, right-of-ways for access
thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractors in performing the
Work are identified in the General Requirements or Drawings.
3.3 Each Bidder shall study and carefully correlate his observations with the Contract
Documents.
3.4 The submission of a Bid will constitute a representation by the Bidder that he has
complied with every requirement of Article 3 and that the Contract Documents are
sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms
and conditions for performance of the Work.
ARTICLE 4
INTERPRETATION AND CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
4.1 Bidders and Sub-bidders shall promptly notify the Architect of any ambiguity,
inconsistency or error which they may discover upon examination of the Bidding
Documents or of the site and local conditions.
4.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding
Documents shall submit their questions in writing to the Architect no later than ten
calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Any interpretation, correction or
change of the Bidding Documents will be accomplished by Addenda mailed or
delivered to all parties recorded as having received plans. Copies of Addenda will
also be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for
that purpose. Interpretations, corrections, or changes of the Bidding Documents
made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon
such interpretations, corrections, and changes. Oral and other interpretations or
clarifications will be without legal effect.
ARTICLE 5
BIDDING PROCEDURE
5.1 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS
5.1.1 The Bid Proposal shall be submitted on the forms included in Section
00110 of these Bidding Documents with the exception of the Bid Bond,
which may be submitted in alternate forms as described in Section 5.3.1 of
these Instructions to Bidders. Each of the forms in Section 00110, must be
properly filled out, executed, and submitted as the Bid Proposal.
5.1.2 All blanks on the Bid Form shall be filled in with ink or by typewriter.
5.1.3 Where so indicated on the Bid Form, sums shall be expressed in both
words and figures, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the
amount written in words shall govern.
5.1.4 Any interlineation, alteration, or erasure must be initialed by the signer of
the Bid.
5.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is
required, enter "No Change". Failure to comply shall constitute a non-
responsive bid.
5.1.6 All requested Allowances shall be bid. Failure to comply shall constitute a
non-responsive bid.
5.1.7 All requested Owner Options shall be bid. Failure to comply shall
constitute a non-responsive bid.
5.2 ADDENDA
5.2.1 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting his Bid that he has received
all Addenda issued, and he shall acknowledge their receipt in his Bid.
5.2.2 No Addenda will be issued later than five calendar days prior to the date
for receipt of Bids except for an Addendum withdrawing the request for
Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids.
5.2.3 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding
Documents are on file for that purpose.
5.3 BID SECURITY
5.3.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a Bid Security made payable to Monroe
County, in the amount of five percent of the Bidder's maximum Bid price.
The Bid Security shall be in the form of a certified check, cashiers check or
a Bid Bond issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the form in
Section 00110. If a Bid Bond is submitted as Bid Security, the attorney-in-
fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the Bond
a certified and current copy of his power of attorney.
5.3.2 The bid surety constitutes a pledge by the Bidder that he will enter into a
Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in his Bid and will furnish the
required Public Construction Bond, as described in the General and
Supplementary Conditions of this contract. The Bid Security of the
successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has entered into a
Contract with the Owner and furnished the required Public Construction
Bond, whereupon it will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to
execute and deliver the Contract and furnish the required Bond, the Owner
may annul the Notice of Award and the amount of the bid security of that
Bidder shall be forfeited to the Owner not as a penalty, but as liquidated
damages.
5.3.3 The bid security of any Bidder whom the Owner believes to have a
reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Owner
until either (a) the Contract has been executed and the required Bond has
been furnished, or (b) the ninety-first (91st) day after the Bid opening, or
(c) all Bids have been rejected, The bid security of the other Bidders will
be returned within twenty-one (21) days of the Bid opening.
5.4 SCHEDULING, MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS, AND PERMITS
5.4.1 The overall schedule for construction is shown in the Bidding Documents
"Milestone Schedule."
5.4.2 The Contractor will be required to provide adequate manpower and
equipment in order to meet the requirements of the schedule.
5.4.3 The Bidders shall determine all permits, impact fees, inspections and
surveys (and fees required by same) required by Federal, State, or
Municipal bodies having jurisdiction over the project and shall include in his
bid proposal the cost of all such permits, impact fees, inspections and
surveys. The Contractor shall be required to secure all such permits.
impact fees. inspections and surveys required for the execution of this
Contract, except as noted elsewhere herein (refer to subparagraph 4.7.1
on Page 00800-3 of the Contract Supplementary General Conditions).
The County will not assess any County building permit or County impact
fees, The Contractor will be responsible for any other building permit costs
or impact fees required for this project.
5.5 SUBMISSION OF BIDS
5.5.1 Bids shall be submitted to Monroe County at the designated location not
later than the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Notice of
Calling for Bids, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. Bids
received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned
unopened.
5.5.2 Two (2) originals and one (1) copy of all bidding documents are to be
submitted. Place the bid security in its own separate envelope, marking on
the outside "Bid Security", and place all other bidding documents in
another envelope, marking on the outside "Proposal Documents". Both
envelopes are to be inserted in one larger envelope. If the Bid is hand-
delivered, the envelope shall be filled out as follows:
1. In the upper left hand comer, place the Bidder's name and
address.
2. In the center of the envelope, put the following:
Monroe
County
Purchasing
Department
Public Service Building, Room 002
5100 College Road, Stock Island
Key West, FL 33040
3.
following:
In the lower left hand comer, put the
Bid for.
To be
opened:
(Date)
(Time)
In item 3. above, fill in the Bid for and Project Name. In addition, fill
in the date and time for opening of the bids, in order that you may remind
yourself of the deadline.
If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in
a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED"
on the face thereof. And then address the mailing envelope in the
conventional manner.
5.5.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location
designated for receipt of Bids,
5.5.4 Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not receive
consideration,
5.6 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS
5.6.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn, or canceled by the Bidder during
the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the
receipt of Bids and each Bidder so agrees in submitting his Bid.
5.6.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, any Bid submitted
may be modified or withdrawn by notice to Monroe County Purchasing
Department at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall
be in writing over the signature of the bidder or by telegram. If by
telegram, the written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be
mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of
Bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original
Bid.
5.6.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the
receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
5.6.4 Bid Security shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or
resubmitted.
5.6.5 Conditional, modified, or qualified bids will be rejected. Bidders are to
comply with the instructions on the bid forms, and not make any changes
thereto.
5.7 RIGHT TO CLAIM ERROR IN BID
5.7.1 Each Bidder's original work papers, documents, and materials used in
preparation of the bid shall be enclosed in an envelope and marked clearly
as to contents, must be received by Monroe County Purchasing
Department no later than 24 hours after the time and date for receipt of
Bids, or any extension thereof made by Addendum. Bidders who fail to
submit their original work papers, documents, and materials used in the
preparation of the bid, as provided herein, waive all rights to claim error in
the Bid.
5.7.2 Owner will review documents submitted within the designated time frame
for the purpose of determining the validity of the Bidders claim.
5.7.3 Following review of the Bidder's claim the Owner may:
a. Allow the Bidder to withdraw the Bid and the Owner retains
the Bid Security.
b. Allow the Bidder to withdraw the Bid and the Owner returns
the Bid Security.
c. Allow the Bidder to enter into contract for the proposed
Work at the original Bid price.
ARTICLE 6
CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
6.1 OPENING OF BIDS
6,1.1 The properly identified Bids received on time will be opened at the Monroe
County Purchasing Department.
6.1.2 Any Bid not received by the Purchasing Department on or before the
deadline for receipt of bids designated in the Notice of Calling for Bids will
be returned unopened.
6.2 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN
6.2.1 All Bids shall remain open for ninety (90) days after the date designated
for receipt of Bids.
6.2.2 The Owner may, at his sole discretion, release any Bid Proposal and
return the Bid Security before the ninety (90) days has elapsed.
6.3 AWARD OF CONTRACT
6.3.1 The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids or any part of a Bid.
to waive the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive or
conditional Bids.
6.3.2 In evaluating Bids, the Owner may consider the qualifications of the
bidders and whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed
requirements in the Bid Instruction. If requested by the Construction
Manager, Bidders shall submit a properly filled out and executed
Contractor's Qualification Statement after submission of bid, and prior to
the Bid Clarification Meeting. An AlA Document A305-1986 is to be
completed for this purpose.
6.3.3 The Owner shall have the right to accept alternates. The alternates will be
accepted only in the order they are listed; alternate number one will be
accepted first, alternate number two, second, and so on.
6.3.4 The Owner may consider the qualifications and experience of
subcontractors and/or other entities (including those who are to furnish
materials, or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each
of the principal portions of the Work. If requested by the Construction
Manager, Bidders shall submit their listing of subcontractors after
submission of bids, and prior to the Bid Clarification Meeting. A Proposed
Subcontractor Listing Form supplied by the Owner is to be completed for
this purpose.
6.3.5 The Owner may conduct such investigations as he deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications, and financial ability of the Bidders, proposed subcontractors,
and other persons or organizations to do the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents to the Owner's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
The Owner has the right to conduct Bid Clarification meetings with any
bidder, to determine if bidder has bid the scope of work in its entirety.
Bidder shall be required to attend bid clarification meetings, as necessary.
6.3.6 The Owner reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder who does not
pass any such evaluation to their satisfaction.
6.3.7 If the Contract is awarded, it will be awarded to the Bidder whose
evaluation by the Owner shows him to be responsible and has indicated to
the Owner that the award will be in the best interests of the Project.
6.3.8 If the Contract is to be awarded, the Construction Manager will issue the
Notice of Award to the successful Bidder within ninety (90) days after the
date of receipt of bids. The Owner reserves the right to return all Bids, not
make any awards, and cancel the Project.
6.3.9 The Owner is tax exempt and reserves the right to purchase directly
various construction materials and equipment that may be a part of the
Contract. If the Owner elects to make a particular purchase, the Owner
will, via a Purchase Contract, purchase the materials and equipment, and
the Contractor shall assist the Construction Manager in the preparation of
these Purchase Contracts, including providing to the Owner appropriate
tax credits.
6.4 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
6.4.1 The Contractor shall sign and deliver all four copies of the Contract
Agreement to the Construction Manager prior to the Board of County
Commissioners Meeting scheduled to approve a Notice of Award. All other
Contract Documents such as the Public Construction Bond and Insurance
Certificates are to be provided to the Construction Manager within five
days after receipt of Notice of Award. A Notice to Proceed will be issued
to the Contractor upon satisfactory compliance with these provisions. In
no event shall the failure of the Contractor to provide satisfactory bond and
insurance certificates within the stipulated time be cause for an extension
of the contract time. The Construction Manager will return one fully
executed copy of the Contract Agreement to the Contractor with all other
Contract Documents attached upon receipt from the Owner.
ARTICLE 7
SPECIAL LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
7.1 Each Bidder, before submitting the Bid, shall familiarize itself with all Federal,
State, and local laws, ordinances, permit fees, impact fees, rules and regulations
that may apply to the Work or that may in any manner affect the cost, progress, or
performance of the Work.
7.2 A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list fOllowing a
conviction for public entity crime may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any
goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a
public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may
not submit bids on leases of real property to public entity, may not be awarded or
perform work as a contractor, supplier. subcontractor, or consultant under a
contract with any public entity. and may not transact business with any public
entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Section 287.017, for
CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the
convicted vendor list.
***END OF SECTION 00100***
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 00110 - BID PROPOSAL
The Bid Proposal shall be submitted on the forms included in this section of the
Bidding Documents as previously instructed herein.
Item
Description
Paqe
1.
Proposal Form
2
3
2.
Bid Bond
4
3.
Non-Collusion Affidavit
5
4.
Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause
6
5.
Drug-Free Workplace Form
7
6.
Contractor License
Current Copy to Be Submitted with Bid
Subcontractor Licenses to Be Submitted Prior to
Award of Notice to Proceed
7. Supplementary Bid Form for Unit Prices
BID PROPOSAL 00110-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
PROPOSAL FORM
BID TO:
MONROE COUNTY BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
c/o PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
PUBLIC SERVICE BUILDING, ROOM 002
5100 COLLEGE ROAD, STOCK ISLAND
KEY WEST, FLORIDA 33040
BID FROM:
The undersigned, having carefully examined the Work and reference Drawings,
Specifications, Proposal, and Addenda thereto and other Contract Documents for
the construction of:
EAST MARTELLO ROOF REPLACEMENT
3501 South Roosevelt Boulevard
Key West, Florida
and having carefully examined the site where the Work is to be performed, having
become familiar with all local conditions including labor affecting the cost
thereof, and having familiarized himself with material availability, Federal,
State, and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations affecting performance
of the Work, does hereby propose to furnish all labor, mechanics,
superintendents, tools, material, equipment, transportation services, and all
incidentals necessary to perform and complete said Work and work incidental
hereto, in a workman-like manner, in conformance with said Drawings,
Specifications, and other Contract Documents including Addenda issued thereto.
The undersigned further certifies that he has personally inspected the actual
location of where the Work is to be performed, together with the local sources
of supply and that he understands the conditions under which the Work is to be
performed. The successful bidder shall assume the risk of any and all costs and
delays arising from the existence of any subsurface or other latent physical
condition which could be reasonably anticipated by reference to documentary
information provided and made available, and from inspection and examination of
the site.
Dollars
(Total Base Bid - words)
BID PROPOSAL
00110-2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1. Alternate NO.1: State the amount to be added, deducted, or no change
to the Base Bid to omit the specified roofs on
Sections 1,2,3,and 4 and substitute a Kemper Roof
System.
(Dollars)
(Words)
2. Alternate NO.2: State the amount to be added to the Base Bid to remove
tar from the face brick.
(Dollars)
(Words)
3. Alternate No.3: State the amount to be added to the Base Bid to remove
the non-historic concrete patching
(Dollars)
(Words)
I acknowledge receipt of Addenda No. (s)
NO.
NO.
DATED:
DATED:
NO.
NO.
DATED:
DATED:
I have included pages 2 through 7 of the Bid Pr~posal which entails the
Proposal Form , Section 00310 - Supplementary Bid Form for Unit Prices
the required Bid Security , the Non-Collusion Affidavit , and the
Lobbying and Conflict of Interest Clause . In addition;-r-have included a
certified copy of Contractor's License.
(Check mark items above, as a reminder that they are included.)
Mailing Address:
Phone Number:
Date:
Signed:
(Name)
(Title)
Witness:
(Seal)
BID PROPOSAL
00110-3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
that:
I, of the city
according to law on my oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose and say
1. I am
of the firm of
the bidder making the Proposal for the proj ect described in the
notice for calling for bids for:
and that I executed the said proposal with full authority to do so;
2. the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently
without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement for the
purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to
such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor;
3. unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been
quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder
and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to bid
opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder or to any
competitor; and
4. no attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to
induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit, or
not to submit, a bid for the purpose of restricting competition;
5. the statements contained in this affidavit are true and
correct, and made with full knowledge that Monroe County relies
upon the truth of the statements contained in this affidavit in
awarding contracts for said project.
(Signature of Bidder)
(Date)
STATE OF:
COUNTY OF:
PERSONALLY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority,
who, after first being sworn by me, (name of individual
signing) affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on this
day of , 19
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
BID PROPOSAL
00110-4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 010-1990
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
ETHICS CLAUSE
"
"
(Company)
" warrants that he/it has not employed, retained or otherwise had act on
his/its behalf any former County officer or employee in violation of Section 2
of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any County officer or employee in violation of
Section 3 of Ordinance No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision
the County may, in its discretion, terminate this contract without liability and
may also, in its discretion, deduct from the contract or purchase price, or
otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or
consideration paid to the former County officer or employee".
(Signature)
Date:
STATE OF:
COUNTY OF:
Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on
by
(date)
(name of affiant).
He/She is personally known to me or has produced
identification. (type of identification)
as
NOTARY PUBLIC
My commission expires:
BID PROPOSAL
00110-5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
DRUG FREE WORKPLACE FORM
The undersigned vendor in accordance with Florida Statute 287.087 hereby
certifies that:
(Name of Business)
8. Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture,
distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance
is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be
takenagainst employees for violations of such prohibition.
2. Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the
business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available
drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and
the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse
violations.
3. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual
services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in
subsection (1).
4. In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that,
as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services
that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the
statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of
guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of Chapter 893 (Florida
Statutes) or of any controlled substance law of the United States or any
state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5)
days after such conviction.
5. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a
drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in
the employee's community, or any employee who is so convicted.
6. Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace
through implementation of this section.
As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm
complies fully with the above requirements.
Bidders Signature
Date
BID PROPOSAL
00110-6
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
-
AlA Document A310
Bid Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,
th~t we
I"'" iMeff full nam. ....d ......... 0' '",al totl. 04 COftl'UIG,1
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and
I~'. ,...." 1,,11 __ .,,4 .....M 1M '...1 Iitl. 01 S..,elyl
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the SQte of
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
!He... ,,,..... f,,1I 1\.1"" .1''' ~..,. or I~I lill.. 01 Owner)
as Obligee. hereinafter ,called the Obligee, in the sum of
Dollars (S >.
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made. the said Principal and the said Surety. bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, adminislrarors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for
(He.. ,n,.." ,.,11 IU"'_. MId,ft. and ~""tioft 0' PlOlftU
NOW. THEREFORE, if lhe ObIiS_ .hall accept the bid of the Principal and the Pr,nclpal .NII enter into a Cont,act
with the Oblilee in ilecordill'lce with the terms 01 ,uch bid. "nd live such bond or bond. " m.1)' be .peci/ied in the biddin.
or Cont,act Documenlt with load and sufficient surety for the faithful pedorm"nce of such Conltact utd lor the prompt
payment of labor and material fumished in the prosecution thereof, or in the ~t of the failure of the PrinciJMI 10 enter
such Controllcr and 8i\l. such bond Of bonds. .f th. Princi~ slwll pay.o the Oblilce the diHerl!rKe not to ella-ed m. penally
hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such ~rler .rnoUl'It lex whi~h tn. Oblisee may in load faith contract
with .nother party to perform the Work covered by said bid, die" this obliphon shall be null and void. otherwise to remilin
in full lorce and eHeet.
Signed and 5ealed this
day of
19
tWi'neu)
I
mu.)
(Pri"c;pVJ
(S.al1
(WIUlHJI
I
trilleJ
(SurelyJ
(Seal)
AlA DOCl..-.4EHT AI'. . 1'0 10NO . AlA.' FEtRUAltV '970 (0 . THE AMERICAN
INSTITun OF AlleH/neTS. 1,.n N.V. AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON. O. C. 20Cl06
.
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
00310 - SUPPLEMENTARY BID FORM FOR UNIT PRICES
TO: Monroe County
hereinafter called "Owner"
1. The undersigned, having examined the proposed Contract Documents titled:
East Martello Roof
3501 South Roosevelt Boulevard
Key West, Florida
and having visited the site and examined the conditions affecting the
Work, hereby proposes and agrees to furnish all labor, materials,
equipment, and appliances, and to perform operations necessary to
complete the Work as required by said proposed Contract Documents. The
following prices include all General Contractor mark-up and are net to
the Owner. The Contract Price will be adjusted up or down based on the
following unit prices. Also the Owner reserves the right to reduce
specified quantities to meet budget requirements.
2. The Base Bid includes 350 square feet of repainting historic brick.
State the amount to be added to, or deducted from the Base Bid for each
square foot over or under the specified area.
Square foot price for each square foot of repainting historic
brick:
Words
Dollars $
3. The Base Bid includes 350 square feet of replacement, resetting, or
repair of historic brick. This work will include removal,cleaning and
reinstalling existing historic brick; and cleaning and installing
historic brick provided by the Owner from a stock pile on site. State
the amount to be added to, or deducted from the Base Bid for each square
foot over or under the specified area.
Square foot price for each square foot of replacing historic brick
utilizing exising brick on site:
Words
SUPPLEMENTARY BID FORM FOR UNIT PRICES
00310-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
Dollars $
4.
Cracks in brick or, concrete, repaired by using epoxy injection
methods. Prior approval by the Architect required.
Unit price per lineal foot of crack.
Words
Dollars $
5. The undersigned understands and agrees to comply with and to be bound by
any instructions to bidders issued for this Work.
6. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of Addenda:
NO.
DATED:
NO.
DATED:
NO.
DATED:
NO.
DATED:
BIDDER:
BY:
ADDRESS:
LICENSE NO. :
LICENSE TYPE:
SUPPLEMENTARY BID FORM FOR UNIT PRICES
00310-2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
Bid dated this
day of
SUPPLEMENTARY BID FORM FOR UNIT PRICES
, 2000.
00310-3
. MARTELLO ROOF
~ECTION 00350 - MILESTONE SCHEDULE/LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
This section contains the project milestone schedule. The contractor is
required to determine his proposed schedule to meet these milestone dates.
The Contractor is to note the following special milestone dates.
l. Bid Documents Available 6 December 1999
2. Pre-Bid Conference (2: 00 PM) 28 December 1999
4 January 2000
3. Last Addendum issued ( by FAX) 7 January 2000
4. Bid Due Date (4: 00 PM) 12 January 2000
5. Award Date (Anticipated) 19 January 2000
6. Notice to Proceed and
Preconstruct ion Meeting (Anticipated) 26 January 2000
7. Final Completion (Anticipated) 26 June 2000
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Conditions Under Which Liquidated Damages are Imposed-
The time or times stipulated in the contract for completion of the work of the
contract, or of specified phases of the contract shall be the calendar date or
dates listed in the milestone schedule. Liquidated damages will be based on
the Substantial Completion Date for all work, modified by all approved
extensions in time as set forth by the Architect's signature of approval on
the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The liquidated damages table below
shall be utilized to determine the amount of liquidated damages.
FIRST
15 DAYS
SECOND
15 DAYS
31ST DAY &
THEREAFTER
rnN1'R .!l.r1' .ll.MnTTN1'
Under 50,000.00
$50,000.00-99,999.00
$100,000.00-499,999.00
$500,000.00 and Up
$50.00jDay
100.00/Day
200.00/Day
500.00jDay
$100.00/Day
200.00jDay
500.00jDay
1,000.00/Day
$250.00jDay
750.00/Day
2,000.00jDay
3,500.00jDay
The Contractor's recovery of damages, and sole remedy for any delay caused by
the Owner shall be an extension of time on the Contract.
END OF SECTION 00350
MILESTONE SCHEDULE / LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
00350-1
MARATHON PARK MARINA
SECTION 00440 - SUBSTITUTION LISTING
TO: MONROE COUNTY, here after called "Owner"
Pursuant to bidding requirements for the work titled:
East Martello Roof
3501 South Roosevelt Boulevard
Key West, Plorida
The Contract sum proposed by the undersigned on the bid form is for work shown on the
Drawings, described in the Specifications, and otherwise defined in the Contract
Documents. However, the undersigned proposes the following substitutions for the
owner's consideration. Should the Owner accept any or all of the proposed
substitutions, the bidder's proposed Contract Sum will be reduced by the amount
shown. The proposed substitution will not be used in determining the apparent low
bidder. Additional submittals after the award may be required to determine if the
proposed substitution will be acceptable.
1.
Specified
product
or
material:
Drawing
number
or Spec.
Section:
Proposed
substitution:
Proposed
reduction
in Contract
Sum:
PROVIDE SIGNATURE
IDENTICAL TO THAT
SHOWN ON THE BID
FORM
BIDDER:
By
END OF SECTION 00440
SUBSTITUTION LISTING
00440 -1
1996 Edition
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
RISK MANAGEMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURES
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
General Insurance Requirements
for
Construction Contractors and Subeontracton
Prior to the commencement of work governed by this contract (including the pre-staging
of personnel and material), the contractor shall obtain, at his/her own expense, insurance
as specified in the attached schedules, which are made part of this contract. The
Contractors will ensure that the insurance obtained wiIl extend protection to all Sub-
Contractors engaged by the Contractor. As an alternative the ContraCtOr may require all
Subcontractors to obtain insurance consistent with the attached schedules.
The Contractor will not be permitted to commence work governed by this contract
(including pre-staging of personnel and material) until satisfactory evidence of the
required insurance has been furnished to the county as specified below. Delays in the
commencement of work, resulting from the failure of the Contractor to provide this
contract and any penalties and failure to perform assessments shall be imposed as if the
work commenced on the specified date and time, except for the Contractor's failure to
prove satisfactory evidence.
The Contractor shall maintain the required insurance throughout the entire term of this
contract and any extensions specified in any attached schedules. Failure to comply with
this provision may result in the immediate suspension of all work until the required
insurance has been reinstated or replaced. Delays in the completion of work. resulting
from the failure of the Contractor to maintain the required insurance shall not extend
deadlines specified in the contract and any penalties and failure to perform assessments
shall be imposed as if the work had not been suspended, except for thc Contractor's
failure to maintain the required insurance.
The Contractor shall provide, to the County, as satisfactory evidence of the required
insurance, either:
. Certificate of Insurance
or
. A Certified copy of the actual insurance policy.
Administration Instruction
#4709.3
.
1996 edition
GENERAL LIABILITY
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR
CONTRACT:
BETWEEN
MONROE COUNTY. FLORIDA
AND
Prior to the commencement of work governed by this contract, the Contractor shall obtain General liability
Insurance. Coverage shall be maintained throughout the life of the contract and include, as a minimum:
. Premises Operation
. Products and Completed Operations
. Blanket Contractual Liability
. Personal Injury Liability
. Expanded Definition of Property Damage
The minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$500,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL)
If split limits are provided, the minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$250,000 per Person
$500,000 per Occurrence
$ 60,000 Property Damage
An Occurrence Form policy is preferred. If coverage is provided on a Claims Made policy. its provisions
should include coverage for claims filed on Of after the effective date of this contract. In addition, the
period for which claims may be reported should extend for a minimum of twelve (12) months following the
acceptance of work by the County.
The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners shall be named as Additional Insured on all policies
issued to satisfy the above requirements.
Administrative InslrUction
#4709.2
GL2
GEN_UAB.DOC
.
VEHICLE LIABILITY
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR
CONTRACT
BETWEEN
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
AND
Recognizing that the work governed by this contract requires the use of vehicles, the Contractor, prior to
the commencement of work, shall obtarn Vehicle Liability Insurance. Coverage shall be maintained
throughOut the life of the contract and include, a& a minimum, liability coverage for:
. Owned, Non-Owned, and Hired Vehicles
The minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$300,000 Combined single Limit (CSL)
If split limits are provided, the minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$100,000 per Person
$300,000 per Occurrence
$ 50,000 Property Damage
The Monroe county Board of County Commissioners shall be named as Additional Insured on all policies
issued to satisfy the above requirements.
Administrative Instructlot1
#4709.2
VL2
VEH-L1AB.OOC
.
1996 Edition
WORKERS' COMPENSATION
INSURANCE REQUtREMENTS
FOR
CONTRACT
BETWEEN
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
AND
Prior to the commencement of work governed by this contract, the Contractor shall obtain Workers'
Compensation Insurance with limits sufficient to respond to the applicable state statutes.
In addition, the Contractor shall obtain Employers' Liability Insurance with limits of not less than:
$500,000 Bodily Injury by Accident
$500,000 Bodily Injury by Disease, policy limits
$500,000 Bodily Injury by Disease. each employee
coverage shall be maintained throughout the entire term of the contract.
Coverage shalt be provided by a company or companies authorized to transact business in the State of
Florida and the company or companies must maintain a minimum rating of A-VI, as assigned by the AM.
Best Company.
It the Contractor has been approved by Florida's Department of labor, as an authorized self-insurer,. the
County shall recognize and honor the Contractor's status. The Contractor may be required to submit a
letter of Authorization issued by the Department of Labor and a Certificate of Insurance, providing details
on the Contractor's Excess Insurance Program.
If the Contractor participates in a self-Insurance fund, a Certificate of Insurance will be required. In
addition, the contractor may be required to submit updated financial statements from the fund upon
request from the County.
Administrative InstructiOn
#-4709.2
WC2
WRK_COMP.DOC
.
1996 Edition
BUILDER'S RISK
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR
CONTRACT
BETWEEN
MONROE COUNTY. FLORIDA
AND
The Contractor shall be required to purchase and maintain, throughout the \ife of the contract, and until the
project is accepted by the County, Buifder's Risk Insurance on 8n All Risk of loss form. Coverage shall
include:
Theft
Windstorm
Hail
Explosion
Riot
Civil Commotion
Aircraft
Vehicles
Smoke
Fire
Collapse
Flood
The policy limits shall be no less than the amount of the finished project and coverage shall be provided
on a completed value baai8.
Property located on the construction premises, which is Intended to become a permanent part of the
bul1d'ng, shall be included 8S property covered.
The policy shall be endorsed permitting the County to occupy the building prior to oomplefJon without
effecting the coverage.
The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners shall be named a8 Additional Insured and Loss
Payee.
AdminIStrative lnetruc:tlon
""Og.~
BR1
BLO_RfSK.OOC
..
1996 Edition
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
RISK MANAGEMENT
POLICY AND PROCEDURES
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
MANUAL
WAIVER OF INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
There wi" be times when it will be neceaaary, or in the best Interest of the County, to deviate from the
standard insurance requirements specified within th1s manual. Recognlzing this potential, and acting on
the advice of the County Attomey, the Board of County Commissioners has granted authorization to Risk
Management to waive and modify various insurance provisions.
Specifically excluded from this authorization 18 the right to waive:
. The County .s being named _ an Additlona' Insured-lf 8 letter from the Insurance
Company (not the Agent) Is presented, stating that they are unable or unwilling to name the
County as an Additional Insured. Risk Management has been granted the authority to waive
this provision.
and
. The Indemnification and Hold Harm.... provisions
Walvlna of insurance crovtsions could eXDOse the County to economic Ion. For this reason, every
attempt should be made to obtain the standard insurance requirements. I' a waiver or a modifICation is
desired, a Request for Waiver of Insurance Requirements form should be completed and submitted for
consideration with the proposal.
After conskleratlon by Risk Management and if approved, the form will be returned, to the County Attorney
who will submit the Waiver with the other contract documents for execution by the Clerk of the COurts.
Should Risk Management deny the Waiver Request, the other party may file an appeal with the County
Administrator or the Board of County Commissioners, who retains the final decision-making authority.
WA1VER.DOC
Administrative Instl\lctiOfl
14709.3
~
1996 Edition
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
Request For Waiver
of
Insurance Requirements
It is requested that the \nsurance requirements, as specified in the County's Schedule of Insurance
Requirements, be waived or modified on the foJJowing eontract:
Contractor:
Contract for:
Address of Contractor'
Phone:
Scope of Work:
Reason for Waiver:
Policies Waiver
will apply to:
Signature of Contractor:
Approved
Not Approved
Risk Management:
Date:
County Administrator appeal:
Approved
Not Approved
Date:
Board of County Commlssloner$ appeal:
Approved
Not Approved
Meeting Date:
WAN_REO.DOC
,4,dminlltr.ttve In.ttu<:tlon
14709.3
.
SECTION 00500
FIXED PRICE CONTRACT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
THIS AGREEMENT is made by and between Monroe County, 5100 College Road,
Stock Island, Key West, Florida 33040 (hereinafter referred to as "owner") and
(hereinafter referred to
as "contractor") for construction of
, the specifications and architectural and engineering drawings for
which are attached and incorporated into this contract as Exhibit A (hereinafter referred
to as the "Project"), the owner and the contractor hereby agreeing as follows:
ARTICLE I
THE CONTRACT AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1 The Contract
1.1.1 The contract between the owner and the contractor, of which this agreement is a
part, consists of the contract documents. It shall be effective on the date this agreement
is executed by the last party to execute it.
1.2 The Contract Documents
1.2.1 The contract documents consist of this agreement, the specifications, the
drawings, all change orders, any addenda and field orders issued hereafter, any other
amendments hereto executed by the parties hereafter, together with the following:
Exhibit A; Exhibit B. Documents not enumerated in this paragraph 1.2.1 are not contract
documents and do not form part of this contract.
1.3 Entire Agreement
1.3.1 This contract, together with the contractor's public construction bond for the
Project. constitute the entire and exclusive agreement between the owner and the
contractor with reference to the Project. Specifically, but without limitation, this contract
supersedes any bid documents and all prior written or oral communications,
representations and negotiations, if any, between the owner and contractor.
1.4 No Privity with Others
1.4.1 Nothing contained in this contract shall create, or be interpreted to create, privity
or any other contractual agreement between the owner and any person or entity other
than the contractor.
1.5 Intent and Interpretation
1.5.1 The intent of this contract is to require complete, correct and timely execution of
the work. Any work that may be required, implied or inferred by the contract documents,
or anyone or more of them, as necessary to produce the intended result shall be
provided by the contractor for the contract price.
1.5.2 This contract is intended to be an integral whole and shall be interpreted as
internally consistent. What is required by anyone contract document shall be considered
as required by the county commissioners.
1.5.3 When a word, term or phrase is used in this contract, it shall be interpreted or
construed, first, as defined herein, second, if not defined, according to its generally
accepted meaning in the construction industry; and third, if there is no generally accepted
meaning in the construction industry, according to its common and customary usage.
1.5.4 The words "include," "includes," or "including," as used in this contract, shall be
deemed to be followed by the phrase, "without limitation."
1.5.5 The specification herein of any act, failure, refusal, omission, event, occurrence or
condition as constituting a material breach of this contract shall not imply that any other,
nonspecific act, failure, refusal, omission, event, occurrence or condition shall be deemed
not to constitute a material breach of this contract.
1.5.6 Words or terms used as nouns in this contract shall be inclusive of their singular
and plural forms, unless the context of their usage clearly requires a contrary meaning.
1.5.7 The contractor shall have a continuing duty to read, carefully study and compare
each of the contract documents, the shop drawings and the product data and shall give
written notice to the owner of any inconsistency, ambiguity, error or omission which the
contractor may discover with respect to these documents before proceeding with the
affected work. The issuance, or the express or implied approval by the owner or the
architect of the contract documents, shop drawings or product data shall not relieve the
contractor of the continuing duties imposed hereby, nor shall any such approval be
evidence of the contractor's compliance with this contract. The owner has requested the
architect to only prepare documents for the project, including the drawings and
specifications for the project, which are accurate, adequate, consistent, coordinated and
sufficient for construction. HOWEVER, THE OWNER MAKES NO REPRESENTATION
OR WARRANTY OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER TO THE CONTRACTOR
CONCERNING SUCH DOCUMENTS. By the execution hereof, the contractor
acknowledges and represents that it has received, reviewed and carefully examined such
documents, has found them to be complete, accurate, adequate, consistent, coordinated
and sufficient for construction and that the contractor has not, does not, and will not rely
upon any representation or warranties by the owner concerning such contract documents
as no such representation or warranties have been or are hereby made.
1.5.8 As between numbers and scaled measurements on the drawings and in the
design, the numbers shall govern; as between larger scale and smaller scale drawings,
the larger scale shall govern.
1.5.9 Neither the organization of any of the contract document into divisions, sections.
paragraphs. articles (or other categories), nor the organization or arrangement of the
design, shall control the contractor in dividing the work or in establishing the extent or
scope of the work to be performed by subcontractors.
1.6 Ownership of Contract Documents
1.6.1 The contract documents, and each of them, shall remain the property of the
owner. The contractor shall have the right to keep one record set of the contract
documents upon completion of the project; provided. however, that in no event shall
contractor use, or permit to be used, any or all of such contract documents on other
projects without the owner's prior written authorization.
ARTICLE"
THE WORK
2.1 The contractor shall perform all of the work required, implied or reasonably
inferable from, this contract.
2.2 The term "work" shall mean whatever is done by or required of the contractor to
perform and complete its duties under this contract, including the following: construction
of the whole or a designated part of the project; furnishing of any required surety bonds
and insurance; and the provision or furnishing of labor, supervision, services, materials,
supplies, equipment, fixtures, appliances, facilities, tools, transportation, storage, power,
the payment of any applicable sales and use taxes; royalties and product license fees;
permits and licenses required of the contractor, fuel, heat, light, cooling and all other
utilities as required by this contract. The work to be performed by the contractor is
generally described as follows:
ARTICLE '"
CONTRACT TIME
3.1 Time and Liquidated Damages
3.1.1 The contractor shall commence the work on
achieve substantial completion of the work no later than
a-xj sh:j
3.1.2 The contractor shall pay the owner a sum equal to the amount of dollars as
computed in Section 00350-1 "Liquidated Damages" of the Specifications per day for
each and every calendar day of unexcused delay in achieving substantial completion
beyond the date set forth herein for substantial completion of the work. Any sums due
and payable hereunder by the contractor shall be payable, not as a penalty, but as
liquidated damages representing an estimate of delay damages likely to be sustained by
the owner, estimated at or before the time of executing this contract. When the owner
reasonably believes that substantial completion will be inexcusably delayed, the owner
shall be entitled, but not required, to withhold from any amounts otherwise due the
contractor an amount then believed by the owner to be adequate to recover liquidated
damages applicable to such delays. If and when the contractor overcomes the delay in
achieving substantial completion, or any part thereof, for which the owner has withheld
payment, the owner shall promptly release to the contractor those funds withheld, but no
longer applicable, as liquidated damages.
3.2 Substantial Completion
3.2.1 "Substantial Completion" shall mean that stage in the progression of the work
when the work is sufficiently complete in accordance with this contract that the owner can
enjoy beneficial use or occupancy of the work and can utilize the work for its intended
purpose. The date of substantial completion is the date set forth by the Construction
Manager on the substantial completion form.
3.3 Time is of the Essence
3.3.1 All limitation of time set forth in the contract documents are of the essence of this
contract.
ARTICLE IV
CONTRACT PRICE
4.1 The Contract Price
4.1.1 The owner shall pay, and the contractor shall accept, as full and complete
payment for all of the work required herein, the fixed sum of $ The
sum set forth in this paragraph 4.1 shall constitute the contract price which shall not be
modified except by change order as provided in this contract.
ARTICLE V
PAYMENT OF THE CONTRACT PRICE
5.1 Schedule of Values
5.1.1 Within ten (10) calendar days of the effective date hereof, the contractor shall
submit to the owner and to the architect a schedule of values allocating the contract price
to the various portions of the work. The contractor's schedule of values shall be prepared
in such form, with such detail, and supported by such data as the architect or owner may
require to substantiate its accuracy. The contractor shall not imbalance its schedule of
values nor artificially inflate any element thereof. The violation of this provision by the
contractor shall constitute a material breach of this contract. The schedule of values shall
be used only as a basis for the contractor's applications for payment and shall only
constitute such basis after it has been acknowledged in writing by the architect and the
owner.
5.2 Payment Procedure
5.2.1 The owner shall pay the contract price to the contractor as provided below.
5.2.2 Progress Payments-Based upon the contractor's applications for payment
submitted to the architect and upon certificates for payment subsequently issued to the
owner by the architect, the owner shall make progress payments to the contractor on
account of the contract price.
5.2.3 On or before the day of each month after commencement of the
work, the contractor shall submit an application for payment for the period ending the
day of the month to the architect in such form and manner, and with such
supporting data and content, as the owner or the architect may require. Therein, the
contractor may request payment for ninety percent (90%) of that portion of the contract
price properly allocable to contract requirements properly provided, labor, materials and
equipment properly incorporated in the work plus ninety percent (90%) of that portion of
the contract price properly allocable to materials or equipment properly stored onsite (or
elsewhere if approved in advance in writing by the owner) for subsequent incorporation in
the work, less the total amount of previous payments received from the owner. Payment
for stored materials and equipment shall be conditioned upon the contractor's proof
satisfactory to the owner, that the owner has title to such materials and equipment and
shall include proof of required insurance. Such application for payment shall be signed by
the contractor and shall constitute the contractor's representation that the work has
progressed to the level for which payment is requested in accordance with the schedule
of values. that the work has been properly installed or performed in full accordance with
this contract, and that the contractor knows of no reason why payment should not be
made as requested. Thereafter, the architect will review the application for payment and
may also review the work at the project site or elsewhere to determine whether the
quantity and quality of the work is as represented in the application for payment and is as
required by this contract. The architect shall determine and certify to the owner the
amount properly owing to the contractor. The owner shall make partial payments on
account of the contract price to the contractor within twenty (20) days following the receipt
by Monroe County Construction Manager, of each application for payment, from the
Architect. The amount of each partial payment shall be the amount certified for payment
by the architect less such amounts, if any, otherwise owing by the contractor to the owner
or which the owner shall have the right to withhold as authorized by this contract. The
architect's certification of the contractor's application for payment shall not preclude the
owner from the exercise of any of its rights as set forth in paragraph 5.3 hereinbelow.
5.2.4 The contractor warrants that all payments to subcontractors have been made as
certified on the application for payment and that title to all work covered by an application
for payment will pass to the owner no later than the time of payment. The contractor
further warrants that upon submittal of an application for payment, all work for which
payments have been received from the owner shall be free and clear of liens, claims,
security interest or other encumbrances in favor of the contractor or any other person or
entity whatsoever.
5.2.5 The contractor shall promptly pay each subcontractor, out of the amount paid to
the contractor on account of such subcontractor's work, the amount to which such
subcontractor is entitled. If the contractor does not pay the subcontractor the amount
due, the subcontractor may only seek payment from the contractor's public construction
bond surety. In no event is the owner obligated to pay any subcontractor an amount
owed to it by the contractor. Language similar to this paragraph 5.2.5 must appear in all
contracts between the contractor and its subcontractors.
5.2.6 No progress payment, nor any use or occupancy of the project by the owner, shall
be interpreted to constitute an acceptance of any work not in strict accordance with this
contract.
5.3 Withheld Payment
5.3.1 The owner may decline to make payment, may withhold funds, and, if necessary,
may demand the return of some or all of the amounts previously paid to the contractor. to
protect the owner from loss because of:
(a) defective work not remedied by the contractor nor, in the opinion of the
owner. likely to be remedied by the contractor;
(b) claims of third parties against the owner or the owner's property;
(c) failure by the contractor to pay subcontractors or others in a prompt and
proper fashion;
(d) evidence that the balance of the work cannot be completed in accordance
with the contract for the unpaid balance of the contract price;
(e) evidence that the work will not be completed in the time required for
substantial or final completion;
(f) persistent failure to carry out the work in accordance with the contract;
(g) damage to the owner or a third party to whom the owner is, or may be,
liable.
In the event that the owner makes written demand upon the contractor for
amounts previously paid by the owner as contemplated in this subparagraph 5.3.1, the
contractor shall promptly comply with such demand.
5.4 Unexcused Failure to Pay
5.4.1 If within twenty (20) days after the date established herein for payment to the
contractor by the owner, the owner, without cause or basis hereunder, fails to pay the
contractor any amount then due and payable to the contractor, then the contractor may
after seven (7) additional days' written notice to the owner and the architect, and without
prejudice to any other available rights or remedies it may have, stop the work until
payment of those amounts due from the owner have been received.
5.5 Substantial Completion
5.5.1 When the contractor believes that the work is substantially complete, the
contractor shall submit written notice that the project is ready for substantial completion
inspection. The architect, on the basis of contractor's notice, shall determine that the
work is in fact substantially complete, and report findings to the Construction Manager.
The Construction Manager will inspect the work and will be the final judge as to whether
substantial completion has been achieved. The Architect will prepare a certificate of
substantial completion which shall establish the date of substantial completion, shall state
the responsibilities of the contractor for project security, maintenance, heat, utilities,
damage to the work, and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the contractor shall
complete the items listed therein. The certificate of substantial completion shall be
submitted to the contractor for written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them
in such certificate. Upon substantial completion of the work and execution by both the
owner and the contractor of the certificate of substantial completion, the owner shall pay
the contractor an amount sufficient to increase total payments to the contractor to one
hundred percent (100%) of the contract price less five percent (5%) retention and less
three hundred percent (300%) of the reasonable cost as determined by the owner and the
architect for completing all incomplete work, correcting and bringing into conformance all
defective and nonconforming work, and handling all unsettled claims. The certificate of
substantial completion shall not be signed by the Construction Manager unless
accompanied by a signed certificate of occupancy from all governing authorities.
5.6 Completion and Final Payment
5.6.1 When all of the work is finally complete and the contractor is ready for a final
inspection, it shall notify the owner and the architect thereof in writing. Thereupon, the
architect will make final inspection of the work and, if work is complete in full accordance
with this contract and this contract has been fully performed, the architect will promptly
issue a final certificate for payment certifying to the owner that the project is complete and
the contractor is entitled to the remainder of the unpaid contract price, less any amount
withheld pursuant to this contract. Guarantees required by the contract shall commence
on the date of final completion of the work. If the architect is unable to issue its final
certificate for payment and is required to repeat its final inspection of the work, the
contractor shall bear the cost of such repeat final inspection(s) which cost may be
deducted by the owner from the contractor's final payment.
5.6.1.1 If the contractor fails to achieve final completion within the time fixed
therefor by the architect in its certificate of substantial completion, the contractor shall pay
the owner the sum of per day for the first 15 days,
per day for the second 15 days, and per day thereafter for each
and every calendar day of unexcused delay in achieving final completion beyond the date
set forth herein for final completion of the work. Any sums due and payable hereunder by
the contractor shall be payable, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages representing
an estimate of delay damages likely to be sustained by the owner, estimated at or before
the time of executing this contract. When the owner reasonably believes that final
completion will be inexcusably delayed, the owner shall be entitled, but not required, to
withhold from any amounts otherwise due the contractor an amount then believed by the
owner to be adequate to recover liquidated damages applicable to such delays. If and
when the contractor overcomes the delay in achieving final completion, or any part
thereof, for which the owner has withheld payment, the owner shall promptly release to
the contractor those funds withheld, but no longer applicable, as liquidated damages.
5.6.2 The contractor shall not be entitled to final payment unless and until it submits to
the architect its affidavit that all payrolls, invoices for materials and equipment, and other
liabilities connected with the work for which the owner, or the owner's property might be
responsible, have been fully paid or otherwise satisfied; releases and waivers of lien from
all subcontractors of the contractor and of any and all parties required by the architect or
the owner; and the consent of surety to final payment. The affidavits, releases and
waivers required from subcontractors and materialmen are for the administrative
convenience of the owner only. They do not create an obligation on the part of the owner
to assure that any subcontractor or materialman is paid. If unpaid, subcontractors and
materialmen must seek payment from the contractor's public construction bond surety.
5.6.3 The owner shall make final payment of all sums due the contractor per Section
01027 of the Technical Specifications Project Manual.
5.6.4 Acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims against the
owner by the contractor except for those claims previously made in writing against the
owner by the contractor, pending at the time of final payment, and identified in writing by
the contractor as unsettled at the time of its request for final payment.
ARTICLE VI
THE OWNER
6.1 Information and Services Required from Owner
6.1.1 The owner shall furnish to the contractor, at the time of executing this contract,
any and all written and tangible material in its possession concerning conditions below
ground at the site of the project. Such written and tangible material is furnished to the
contractor only in order to make complete disclosure of such material and for no other
purpose. By furnishing such material, the owner does not represent, warrant, or
guarantee its accuracy either in whole, in part, implicitly or explicitly, or at all, and shall
have no liability therefor. The owner shall also furnish surveys, legal limitations and utility
locations (if known), and a legal description of the project site.
6.1.2 Excluding permits and fees normally the responsibility of the contractor, the owner
shall obtain all approvals, easements, and the like required for construction and shall pay
for necessary assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of
permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.
6.1.3 The owner shall furnish the contractor, free of charge, 4- copies of the contract
documents for execution of the work. The contractor will be charged, and shall pay the
owner, $ (!). t!)D per additional set of contract documents which it may require.
6.2 Right to Stop Work
6.2.1 If the contractor persistently fails or refuses to perform the work in accordance with
this contract, the owner may order the contractor to stop the work, or any described
portion thereof, until the cause for stoppage has been corrected, no longer exists, or the
owner orders that work be resumed, in such event, the contractor shall immediately obey
such order.
6.3 Owner's Right to Perform Work
6.3.1 If the contractor's work is stopped by the owner under paragraph 6.2, and the
contractor fails within three (3) days of such stoppage to provide adequate assurance to
the owner that the cause of such stoppage will be eliminated or corrected, then the owner
may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the owner may have against the
contractor, proceed to carry out the subject work. In such a situation, an appropriate
change order shall be issued deducting from the contract price the cost of correcting the
subject deficiencies, plus compensation for the architect's additional services and
expenses necessitated thereby, if any. If the unpaid portion of the contract price is
insufficient to cover the amount due the owner, the contractor shall pay the difference to
the owner.
ARTICLE VII
THE CONTRACTOR
7.1 The contractor is again reminded of its continuing duty set forth in
subparagraph 1.5.7. The contractor shall perform no part of the work at any time without
adequate contract documents or, as appropriate, approved shop drawings, product data
or samples for such portion of the work. If the contractor performs any of the work
knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the contract
documents without such notice to the architect, the contractor shall bear responsibility for
such performance and shall bear the cost of correction.
7.2 The contractor shall perform the work strictly in accordance with this contract.
7.3 The contractor shall supervise and direct the work using the contractor's best skill,
effort and attention. The contractor shall be responsible to the owner for any and all acts
or omissions of the contractor, its employees and others engaged in the work on behalf
of the contractor.
7.4 Warranty
7.4.1 The contractor warrants to the owner that all labor furnished to progress the work
under this contract will be competent to perform the tasks undertaken, that the product of
such labor will yield only first-class results, that materials and equipment furnished will be
of good quality and new unless otherwise permitted by this contract, and that the work will
be of good quality, free from faults and defects and in strict conformance with this
contract. All work not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective.
7.5 The contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, impact fees, fees and licenses
necessary and ordinary for the work. The contractor shall secure and pay for all permits,
governmental fees. licenses, inspections and surveys required by Federal, State, or
Municipal bodies having jurisdiction over the project for the proper execution and
completion of the work which are customarily secured after execution of the contract and
which are legally required at the time bids are received. The owner will not assess any
County permit or County impact fees for the building permit issued by the County Building
Department. The contractor is responsible for permit and impact fees issued by City
Building Departments and any jurisdiction other than the County of Monroe. The
contractor shall comply with all lawful requirements applicable to the work and shall give
and maintain any and all notices required by applicable law pertaining to the work.
7.6 Supervision
7.6.1 The contractor shall employ and maintain at the project site only competent
supervisory personnel. Absent written instruction from the contractor to the contrary, the
superintendent shall be deemed the contractor's authorized representative at the site and
shall be authorized to receive and accept any and all communications from the owner or
the architect.
7.6.2 Key supervisory personnel assigned by the contractor to this project are as
follows:
Name
Function
So long as the individuals named above remain actively employed or retained by the
contractor, they shall perform the functions indicated next to their names unless the
owner agrees to the contrary in writing. In the event one or more individuals not listed
above subsequently assumes one or more of those functions listed above, the contractor
shall be bound by the provisions of this subparagraph 7.6.2 as though such individuals
had been listed above.
7.7 The contractor, within fifteen (15) days of commencing the work, shall submit to
the owner and the architect for their information, the contractor's schedule for completing
the work. The contractor's schedule shall be revised no less frequently than monthly
(unless the parties otherwise agree in writing) and shall be revised to reflect conditions
encountered from time to time and shall be related to the entire project. Each such
revision shall be furnished to the owner and the architect. Failure by the contractor to
strictly comply with the provisions of this paragraph 7.7 shall constitute a material breach
of this contract.
7.8 The contractor shall continuously maintain at the site, for the benefit of the owner
and the architect, one record copy of this contract marked to record on a current basis
changes, selections and modifications made during construction. Additionally, the
contractor shall maintain at the site for the owner and the architect the approved shop
drawings, product data, samples, other similar required submittals and an office for their
use. Upon final completion of the work, all of these record documents shall be delivered
to the owner.
7.9 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
7.9.1 Shop drawings, product data, samples and other submittals from the contractor do
not constitute contract documents. Their purpose is merely to demonstrate the manner
in which the contractor intends to implement the work in conformance with information
received from the contract documents.
7.9.2 The contractor shall not perform any portion of the work requiring submittal and
review of shop drawings, product data or samples unless and until such submittal shall
have been approved by the architect. Approval by the architect, however, shall not be
evidence that work installed pursuant thereto conforms with the requirements of this
contract.
7.10 Cleaning the Site and the Project
7.10.1 The contractor shall keep the site reasonably clean during performance of the
work. Upon final completion of the work, the contractor shall clean the site and the
project and remove all waste, together with all of the contractor's property therefrom.
7.11 Access to Work
7.11.1 The owner and the architect shall have access to the work at all times from
commencement of the work through final completion. The contractor shall take whatever
steps necessary to provide access when requested.
7.12 Indemnification and Hold Harmless
7.12.1 The Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Monroe
County Board of County Commissioners from any and all claims for bodily injury
(including death), personal injury, and property damage (including property owned by
Monroe County) and any other losses, damages, and expenses (including attorney's fees)
which arise out of, in connection with, or by reason of services provided by the contractor
or any of its Subcontractor(s) in any tier, occasioned by the negligence, errors, or other
wrongful act or omission of the Contractor or its Subcontractor(s) in any tier, their
employees, or agents. In the event the completion of the project (to include the work of
others) is delayed or suspended as a result of the Contractor's failure to purchase or
maintain the required insurance, the Contractor shall indemnify the County from any and
all increased expenses resulting from such delay. The first ten dollars ($10.00) of
remuneration paid to the Contractor is for the indemnification provided for above. The
extent of liability is in no way limited to, reduced, or lessened by the insurance
requirements contained elsewhere within this agreement.
7.12.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this paragraph 7.12 by an
employee of the contractor, a subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by
them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under
this paragraph 7.12 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damage,
compensation or benefits payable by or for the contractor or a subcontractor under
workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
7.12.3 The contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and
shall hold the owner and architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be
responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a
particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the contract. However, if the
contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an
infringement of a patent, the contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such
information is promptly furnished to the architect.
ARTICLE VIII
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
8.1 The Architect
8.1.1 The architect for this project is
. In the event the owner should find it necessary or convenient to replace the
architect, the owner shall retain a replacement architect and the status of the replacement
architect shall be that of the former architect.
8.2 Architect's Administration
8.2.1 The architect, unless otherwise directed by the owner in writing, will perform those
duties and discharge those responsibilities allocated to the architect as set forth in this
contract. The architect shall be the owner's representative from the effective date of this
contract until final payment has been made..
8.2.2 The owner and the contractor shall communicate with each other in the first
instance with consultation from the architect.
8.2.3 The architect shall be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the drawings and
specifications and the judge of the performance thereunder by the contractor. The
architect shall render written or graphic interpretations necessary for the proper execution
or progress of the work with reasonable promptness on request of the contractor.
8.2.4 The architect will review the contractor's applications for payment and will certify
to the owner for payment to the contractor, those amounts then due the contractor as
provided in this contract.
8.2.5 The architect shall have authority to reject work which is defective or does not
conform to the requirements of this contract. If the architect deems it necessary or
advisable, the architect shall have authority to require additional inspection or testing of
the work for compliance with contract requirements.
8.2.6 The architect will review and approve, or take other appropriate action as
necessary. concerning the contractor's submittals including shop drawings, product data
and samples. Such review, approval or other action shall be for the sole purpose of
determining conformance with the design concept and information given through the
contract documents.
8.2.7 The architect will prepare change orders and may authorize minor changes in the
work by field order upon approval of the owner, as provided elsewhere herein, as long as
there is no change in contract price.
8.2.8 The architect shall, upon written request from the contractor, and in line with article
5, conduct inspections to determine the date of substantial completion and the date of
final completion, will receive and fOlWard to the owner for the owner's review and records,
written warranties and related documents required by this contract and will issue a final
certificate for payment upon compliance with the requirements of this contract.
8.3 Claims by the Contractor
8.3.1 All contractor claims shall be initiated by written notice and claim to the owner and
the architect. Such written notice and claim must be furnished within three (3) days after
occurrence of the event, or the first appearance of the condition, giving rise to the claim.
8.3.2 Pending final resolution of any claim of the contractor, the contractor shall
diligently proceed with performance of this contract and the owner shall continue to make
payments to the contractor in accordance with this contract. The resolution of any claim
under this paragraph 8.3 shall be reflected by a change order executed by the owner, the
architect and the contractor.
8.3.3 Claims for Additional Costs-If the contractor wishes to make a claim for an
increase in the contract price, as a condition precedent to any liability of the owner
therefor, the contractor shall give the architect written notice of such claim within three (3)
days after the occurrence of the event, or the first appearance of the condition, giving rise
to such claim. Such notice shall be given by the contractor before proceeding to execute
any additional or changed work. The failure by the contractor to give such notice and to
give such notice prior to executing the work shall constitute a waiver of any claim for
additional compensation.
8.3.3.1 In connection with any claim by the contractor against the owner for
compensation in excess of the contract price, any liability of the owner for the contractor's
costs shall be strictly limited to direct costs incurred by the contractor and shall in no event
include indirect costs or consequential damages to the contractor. The owner shall not be
liable to the contractor for claims of third parties, including subcontractors, unless and
until liability of the contractor has been established therefor in a court of competent
jurisdiction.
8.3.4 Claims for Additional Time-If the contractor is delayed in progressing any task
which at the time of the delay is then critical or which during the delay becomes critical, as
the sole result of any act or neglect to act by the owner or someone acting on the owner's
behalf, or by changes ordered in the work, unusual delay in transportation, unusually
adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, fire or any causes beyond the
contractor's control, then the date for achieving substantial completion of the work shall
be extended upon the written notice and claim of the contractor to the owner and the
architect, for such reasonable time as the architect may determine. Any notice and claim
for an extension of time by the contractor shall be made not more than three (3) days
after the occurrence of the event or the first appearance of the condition giving rise to the
claim and shall set forth in detail the contractor's basis for requiring additional time in
which to complete the project. In the event the delay to the contractor is a continuing one,
only one notice and claim for additional time shall be necessary. If the contractor fails to
make such claim as required in this subparagraph, any claim for an extension of time
shall be waived. In no event is the contractor entitled to additional compensation for any
delay described in this paragraph 8.3.4 or other paragraphs.
8.4 Field Orders
8.4.1 The architect shall have authority to order minor changes in the work not involving
a change in the contract price or in contract time and not inconsistent with the intent of the
contract. Such changes shall be effected by field order and shall be binding upon the
contractor. The contractor shall carry out such field orders promptly.
ARTICLE IX
SUBCONTRACTORS
9.1 Definition
9.1.1 A subcontractor is an entity that has a direct contract with the contractor to perform
a portion of the work.
9.2 Award of Subcontracts
9.2.1 Upon execution of the contract, the contractor shall furnish the owner in writing,
the names of persons or entities proposed by the contractor to act as a subcontractor on
the project. The owner shall promptly reply to the contractor, in writing, stating any
objections the owner may have to such proposed subcontractor. The contractor shall not
enter into a subcontract with a proposed subcontractor with reference to whom the owner
has made timely objection. The contractor shall not be required to subcontract with any
party to whom the contractor has objection.
9.2.2 All subcontracts shall afford the contractor rights against the subcontractor which
correspond to those rights afforded to the owner against the contractor herein, including
those rights afforded to the owner by subparagraph 12.2.1 below.
ARTICLE X
CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1 Changes Permitted
10.1.1 Changes in the work within the general scope of this contract, consisting of
additions, deletions, revisions, or any combination thereof, may be ordered without
invalidating this contract, by change order or by field order.
10.1.2 Changes in the work shall be performed under applicable provisions of this
contract and the contractor shall proceed promptly with such changes.
10.2 Change Order Defined
10.2.1 Change order shall mean a written order to the contractor executed by the owner
and the architect, issued after execution of this contract, authorizing and directing a
change in the work or an adjustment in the contract price or the contract time, or any
combination thereof. The contract price and the contract time may be changed only by
change order.
10.3 Changes in the Contract Price
10.3.1 Any change in the contract price resulting from a change order shall be
determined as follows: (a) by mutual agreement between the owner and the contractor as
evidenced by (1) the change in the contract price being set forth in the change order,
(2) such change in the contract price, together with any conditions or requirements related
thereof, being initialed by both parties and (3) the contractor's execution of the change
order; or (b) if no mutual agreement occurs between the owner and the contractor, then,
as provided in subparagraph 10.3.2 below.
10.3.2 If no mutual agreement occurs between the owner and the contractor as
contemplated in subparagraph 10.3.1 above, the change in the contract price, if any, shall
then be determined by the architect on the basis of the reasonable expenditures or
savings of those performing, deleting or revising the work attributable to the change,
including, in the case of an increase or decrease in the contract price, an allowance for
direct job site overhead of 5%, and profit 5%.
10.3.3 If unit prices are provided in the contract, and if the quantities contemplated are so
changed in a proposed change order that application of such unit prices to the quantities
of work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the owner or to the contractor, the
applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.
10.4 Minor Changes
10.4.1 The architect shall have authority to order minor changes in the work not involving
a change in the contract price or an extension of the contract time and not inconsistent
with the intent of this contract. Such minor changes shall be made by written field order,
and shall be binding upon the owner and the contractor. The contractor shall promptly
carry out such written field orders.
10.5 Effect of Executed Change Order
10.5.1 The execution of a change order by the contractor shall constitute conclusive
evidence of the contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the work, this contract
as thus amended, the contract price and the contract time. The contractor, by executing
the change order, waives and forever releases any claim against the owner for additional
time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the work
included within or affected by the executed change order.
10.6 Notice to Surety; Consent
10.6.1 The contractor shall notify and obtain the consent and approval of the contractor's
surety with reference to all change orders if such notice, consent or approval is required
by the contractor's surety or by law. The contractor's execution of the change order shall
constitute the contractor's warranty to the owner that the surety has been notified of, and
consents to, such change order and the surety shall be conclusively deemed to have
been notified of such change order and to have expressly consented thereto.
ARTICLE XI
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTING WORK
11.1 Uncovering Work
11.1.1 If any of the work is covered contrary to the architect's request or to any provisions
of this contract, it shall, if required by the architect or the owner, be uncovered for the
architect's inspection and shall be properly replaced at the contractor's expense without
change in the contract time.
11.1.2 If any of the work is covered in a manner not inconsistent with subparagraph
11.1.1 above, it shall, if required by the architect or owner, be uncovered for the
architect's inspection. If such work conforms strictly with this contract, costs of uncovering
and property replacement shall by change order be charged to the owner. If such work
does not strictly conform with this contract, the contractor shall pay the costs of
uncovering and proper replacement.
11.2 Correcting Work
11.2.1 The contractor shall immediately proceed to correct work rejected by the architect
as defective or failing to conform to this contract. The contractor shall pay all costs and
expenses associated with correcting such rejected work, including any additional testing
and inspections, and reimbursement to the owner for the architect's services and
expenses made necessary thereby.
11.2.2 If within one (1) year after final completion of the work any of the work is found to
be defective or not in accordance with this contract, the contractor shall correct it promptly
upon receipt of written notice from the owner. This obligation shall survive final payment
by the owner and termination of this contract. With respect to work first performed and
completed after substantial completion, this one-year obligation to specifically correct
defective and nonconforming work shall be extended by the period of time which elapses
between substantial completion and completion of the subject work.
11.2.3 Nothing contained in this paragraph 11.2 shall establish any period of limitation
with respect to other obligations which the contractor has either under this contract or
under the laws of the State of Florida. Establishment of the one-year time period in
subparagraph 11.2.2 relates only to the duty of the contractor to specifically correct the
work.
11.3 Owner May Accept Defective or Nonconforming Work
11.3.1 If the owner chooses to accept defective or nonconforming work. the owner may
do so. In such event. the contract price shall be reduced by the greater of (a) the
reasonable cost of removing and correcting the defective or nonconforming work and
(b) the difference between the fair market value of the project as constructed and the fair
market value of the project had it not been constructed in such a manner as to include
defective or nonconforming work. If the remaining portion of the unpaid contract price, if
any, is insufficient to compensate the owner for its acceptance of defective or
nonconforming work, the contractor shall, upon written demand from the owner, pay the
owner such remaining compensation for accepting defective or nonconforming work.
ARTICLE XII
CONTRACT TERMINATION
12.1 Termination by the Contractor
12.1.1 If the work is stopped for a period of ninety (90) days by an order of any court or
other public authority, or as a result of an act of the Government, through no fault of the
contractor or any person or entity working directly or indirectly for the contractor, the
contractor may, upon ten (10) days' written notice to the owner and the architect,
terminate performance under this contract and recover from the owner payment for the
actual reasonable expenditures of the contractor (as limited in Subparagraph 10.3.2
above) for all work executed and for materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment
and machinery actually purchased or rented solely for the work, less any salvage value of
any such items.
12.1.2 If the owner shall persistently or repeatedly fail to perform any material obligation
to the contractor for a period of fifteen (15) days after receiving written notice from the
contractor of its intent to terminate hereunder, the contractor may terminate performance
under this contract by written notice to the architect and the owner. In such event, the
contractor shall be entitled to recover from the owner as though the owner had terminated
the contractor's performance under this contract for convenience pursuant to
subparagraph 12.2.1 hereunder.
12.2 Termination by the Owner
12.2.1 For Convenience:
12.2.1.1 The owner may for any reason whatsoever terminate performance under
this contract by the contractor for convenience. The owner shall give written notice of
such termination to the contractor specifying when termination becomes effective.
12.2.1.2 The contractor shall incur no further obligations in connection with the work
and the contractor shall stop work when such termination becomes effective. The
contractor shall also terminate outstanding orders and subcontracts. The contractor shall
settle the liabilities and claims arising out of the termination of subcontracts and orders.
The owner may direct the contractor to assign the contractor's rights, title and interest
under terminated orders or subcontracts to the owner or its designee.
12.2.1.3 The contractor shall transfer title and deliver to the owner such completed
or partially completed work and materials, equipment, parts, fixtures, information and
contract rights as the contractor has.
12.2.1.4 (a) The contractor shall submit termination claim to the owner and the
architect specifying the amounts due because of the termination for convenience together
with costs, pricing or other data required by the architect. If the contractor fails to file a
termination claim within one (1) year from the effective date of termination, the owner
shall pay the contractor. an amount derived in accordance with subparagraph (c) below.
(b) The owner and the contractor may agree to the compensation, if
any, due to the contractor hereunder.
(c) Absent agreement to the amount due to the contractor, the owner
shall pay the contractor the following amounts:
(i) Contract prices for labor, materials, equipment and other
services accepted under this contract;
(ii) Reasonable costs incurred in preparing to perform and in
performing the terminated portion of the work, and in terminating the contractor's
performance. plus a fair and reasonable allowance for overhead and profit thereon (such
profit shall not include anticipated profit or consequential damages); provided however,
that if it appears that the contractor would have not profited or would have sustained a
loss if the entire contract would have been completed, no profit shall be allowed or
included and the amount of compensation shall be reduced to reflect the anticipated rate
of loss, if any;
(iii) Reasonable costs of settling and paying claims arising out
of the termination of subcontracts or orders pursuant to subparagraph 12.2.1.2 of this
paragraph. These costs shall not include amounts paid in accordance with other
provisions hereof.
The total sum to be paid the contractor under this subparagraph 12.2.1 shall not
exceed the total contract price as properly adjusted, shall be reduced by the amount of
payments otherwise made, and shall in no event include duplication of payment.
12.2.2 For Cause:
12.2.2.1 If the contractor persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to prosecute the
work in a timely manner, supply enough properly skilled workers, supervisory personnel
or proper equipment or materials, or if it fails to make prompt payment to subcontractors
or for materials or labor, or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or
orders of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial
violation of a material provision of this contract, then the owner may by written notice to
the contractor, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, terminate the employment
of the contractor and take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools,
construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the contractor and may finish
the work by whatever methods it may deem expedient. In such case, the contractor shall
not be entitled to receive any further payment until the work is finished.
12.2.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the contract price exceeds the cost of finishing the
work, including compensation for the architect's additional services and expenses made
necessary thereby. such excess shall be paid to the contractor. If such cost exceeds the
unpaid balance, the contractor shall pay the difference to the owner. This obligation for
payment shall survive the termination of the contract.
12.2.2.3 In the event the employment of the contractor is terminated by the owner
for cause pursuant to subparagraph 12.2.2 and it is subsequently determined by a Court
of competent jurisdiction that such termination was without cause, such termination shall
thereupon be deemed a termination for convenience under subparagraph 12.2.1 and the
provisions of subparagraph 12.2.1 shall apply.
ARTICLE XIII
INSURANCE
13.1 The insurance required under this contract is set forth in Exhibit B. Exhibit B is
attached and incorporated into this contract.
ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
14.1 Governing Law
14.1.1 This contract is governed by the laws of the State of Florida. Venue for any
litigation arising under this contract must be in Monroe County, Florida.
14.2 Successors and Assigns
14.2.1 The owner and contractor bind themselves, their successors, assigns and legal
representatives to the other party hereto and to successors, assigns and legal
representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreement and obligations
contained in this contract. The contractor shall not assign this contract without written
consent of the owner.
14.3 Surety Bonds
14.3.1 The contractor shall furnish the public construction bond in the amount and form
set forth in Section 255.05, Florida Statutes.
14.4 Ethics Clause
14.4.1 The contractor warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had act on
its behalf any former County officer or employee subject to the prohibition of Section 2 of
Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any County officer or employee in violation of Section 3 of
Ordinance No. 020-1990. For breach or violation of this provision, the owner may, in its
discretion, terminate this contract without liability and may also, in its discretion, deduct
from the contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover the full amount of any fee,
commission, percentage, gift, or consideration paid to the former County officer or
employee.
14.5 Public Entity Crime Statement
14.5.1 A person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a
conviction for public entity crime may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods
or services to a public entity. may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the
construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of
real property to public entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a contractor,
supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public entity, and may not
transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in
Section 287.017 of the Florida Statutes, for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months
from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list.
14.6 Assignment of the Architect's Duties
14.6.1 The duties of the architect under this contract may be assigned by the owner. at
his discretion, to a construction manager selected by the owner.
14.7 Trench Safety
14.7.1 If applicable to the project, the contractor shall comply with all relevant provisions
of the Trench Safety Act (Sees. 553.60-553.64, Fla. Stat.).
14.8 Contingency
14.8.1 Monroe County's performance and obligation to pay under this contract is
contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Board of County Commissioners.
14.9 Effective Date
14.9.1 This contract will take effect on the date of the signature of the last party to sign.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be executed
by its duly authorized representative this day of
,1999
(SEAL)
Attest: DANNY L. KOLHAGE, Clerk
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
OF MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
By:
Deputy Clerk
By
Date
Mayor/Chainnan
(SEAL)
Attest:
CONTRACTOR
By:
Title:
By:
Title:
SECTION 00501
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
BY THIS BOND. We
Principal and
Surety, are bound to
Owner, in the sum of $
ourselves. or heirs, personal representatives,
severally.
as
a corporation, as
, herein called
for payment of which we bind
successors, and assigns, jointly and
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
1. Performs the contract dated , 19
between Principal and Owner for construction of
, the contract being made a part of this bond by reference, at the
times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payment to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida
Statutes, supplying Principal with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or
indirectly by Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract
and;
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, including damages for delay, expenses, costs,
and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains
because of a default by Principal under the contract; and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for
the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full
force.
Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance with any formalities
connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this
bond.
DATED ON
,19
(NAME OF PRINCIPAL)
BY
(AS ATTORNEY-IN-FACT)
(NAME OF SURETY)
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
A!A Document A201/CM
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION
General Conditions of the Contract
for Construction
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORT,A.NT LEG,A.L CONSEQUENCES; CONSULT,A.T10N
WITH ,A.N ,A.TTORNEY IS ENCOUMGED.
1980 EDITION
TABLE OF ARTICLES
1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
8. TIME
2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE
CONTRACT
9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND
PROPERTY
11. INSURANCE
12. CHANGES IN THE WORK
13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION
OF WORK
3. OWNER
4. CONTRACTOR
S. SUBCONTRACTORS
6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
~ CAUTION: You should use an original AlA document which has thlscautlon printed in red.
~ An original assures that changes will not be obscured as may occur when documents are reproduced.
Copyright 1975, ~ 1980, by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.
Reproduction of the material herein or subsUntial quoUtion of its provisions without written permission of the AlA violates
the copyright laws of the U:1ited SUtes and will be subject to legal prosecution.
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 19110 EDITION . AlA- . ~ 19110 . THE
"-MERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 2llOO6
A201/CM -1980 1
WARNING: UnIIcenMd phaIDcopytng ~ u.s. COI'rfIght I.- Md .. 8UbIect eo..... ~.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 1
Acceptance of Defective of Non-Conforming Work. .6.2.2, 13.3
Acceptance of Work................. .9.5.5,9.8.1,9.9.1,9.9.3
Access to Work . . . .. . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . .2.3.6, 6.2.1
Accident Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.5, 10
Acts and Omissions............. .4.18.3, 7.4, 7.6.2, 8.3.1, 10.5
Addenda, Definition of ............ ........... ....... ..1.1.1
Additional Costs, Claims for. ..................... .... .12.3
ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2, 4.3.3
Agreement, Extent of ...............................1.1,1.2
All Risk Insurance................................. ..11.3.1
Allowances .......................................... .4.8
Applications for Payment, Contractor's...... .2.3.8, 9.2.1, 9.3.1,
9.3.3.,9.5.3,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,9.9.5,11.3.1,14.2.2
Application~ for Payment,
Project................ .2.3.8,2.3.9,9.3.1, 9.4, 9.6.1, 9.7.1
Approvals..................... .2.3.18,3.4,4.3.3, 4.5, 4.12.4,
4.12.5,4.12.6,4.12.8,4.13.2.7.7,9.3.2
Arbitration. ...... .2.3.15, 2.3.23, 6.2.5. 7.9, 8.3.1, 11.3.1, 11.3.8
Architect, Definition of . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . . . .., . . . . . . . . . . .2.1
Architect, Extent of Authority. . . . . . . .2.3, 3.4, 4.12.8. 5.2, 7.7.2,
8.1.3,8.1.4,8.3.1,9.2,9.3.1.9.4.9.5.3,9.6,9.8, 9.9.1, 9.9.3,
12.1.1,12.1.4,12.3.1,12.4.1,13.1,13.2.1,13.2.5,14.2
Architect, limitations of Authority and Responsibility .... .2.3.2
through 2.3.5,2.3.13 through 2.3.18, 2.3.22. 4.12.6.
5.2.1,9.4.2,9.5.4,9.5.5,12.4
Architect's Additional Services.. .3.4,7.7.2,13.2.1,13.2.5,14.2.2
Architect's Approvals ..... .2.3.18, 3.4, 4.5, 4.12.6, 4.12.8. 4.18.3
Architect's Authority to Reject Work.. ..2.3.16,4.5, 13.1.2. 13.2
Architect's Copyright. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .1.3
Architect's Decisions............. .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2,
7.9.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.2.9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1
Architect's Inspections........ .2.3.16,2.3.21,9.4.2,9.8.1,9.9.1
Architect's Instructions......... .2.3.16,2.3.19,7.7.2,12.4,13..
Architect's Interpretations........ .2.3.10 through 2.3.13. 12.3.2
Architect's On.Site Observations. . . . .. .2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9, 7.7.1,
7.7.4,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1
Architect's Relationship with Contractor..... .1.1.2, 2.3.5, 2.3.6.
2.3.13.2.3.16.4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3,4.12.6,4.18,11.3.6
Architect's Relationship with
Subcontractors. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.2, 2.3.16, 9.5.3, 9.S.4
Architect's Representations................ .9.4.2,9.6.1, 9.9.1
Artistic Effect...................... .1.2.3,2.3.14,2.3.15,7.9.1
Allorneys' Fees ......................... ..4.18.1, 6.2.5, 9.9.2
Award of Separate Contracts.......................... .6.1.1
Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for
Portions of the Work.............................. .5.2
Boiler and Machinery Insurance...................... .11.3.2
Bonds, lien ....................................9.3.3, 9.9.2
Bonds. Performance, Labor and Material Payment.... .7.5, 9.9.3
Building Permit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.7
Certificate of Substantial Completion.... 9.8.1, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.8.4
Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval. . ., . . . . . . . .7.7.3
Certificates of Insurance....................... .9.3.2, 11.1.4
Certificates for Payment, Project....... .2.3.9,2.3.21,9.4,9.5.1,
9.5.5.9.6.1.9.1.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,12.1.4,14.1.1,14.2.2
Change Orders.............. .1.1.1, 2.3.19, 3.4, 4.8.2.3, 4.11.1,
5.2.3,7.7.2,8.3.1,9.7,9.9.3,11.3.1,11.3.5.11.3.7,
12.1,12.2.1,12.3.1,13.1.2,13.2.5,13.3.1
Change Orders. Definition of ........................ .12.1.1
CHANGES IN THE WORK................. .2.3.19, 4.11.1, 12
INDEX
Claims for Additional Cost or Time.... .8.3.2,8.3.3.12.2.1,12.3
Claims for Damages.............. .6.1.1,6.2.5,7.4,8.3,9.6.1.2
Claims and Disputes Between Contractor
and Owner..... ........ .2.3.12, 2.3.15, 2.3.23, 4.18.2, 7.9
Cleaning Up ........... .......................... .4.15, 6.3
Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to .3.2.1,4.2,
4.7.1,4.10,5.2.1.6.2.2,7.5,9.2,11.1,11.3.4
Communications.... ................. .2.3.2, 3.2.6, 4.9.1, 4.16
Completion,
Conditions Relating to .. .2.3.21, 4.11, 4.15, 9.4.2. 9.9, 13.2.2
COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND..........................9
Completion of the Project, Substantial..... . .8.1.4,9.8.3, 9.B.4,
9.9.4,9.9.5,9.9.6,13.2.1,13.2.2
Completion of the Work, Substantial....... .2.3.21, 8.1.1, 8.1.3,
8.2.2, 9.B, 9.4.2,9.9.3.11.3.9
Compliance with Laws ........... .1.3, 2.1.1, 4.6, 4.7, 4.13, 7.1,
7.6.1, 7.7.1, 10.2.2, 14.2.1
Concealed Conditions ................................ .12.2
Consent, Wrillen .................. ..2.3.22,4.14.2,7.2,7.6.2,
9.8.1,9.9.2,9.9.3,11.3.9
Construction Manager. Definilion of .................... .2.2
Construction MaNger's Approval .............. .4.10.1, 4.13.2
Construction Manager's
Additional Services........ .3.4.7.7.2,13.2.1,13.2.5.14.2.2
Construction Manager's Authority and Responsibility.... .2.3.3,
2.3.5,2.3.16,2.3.10,2.3.22,4.8.1,4.17.1,4.18.3,
7.7.4,9.2,10.2.5,11.3.6,12.1.4,14.1.1
Construction Manager's Confirmation ...................9.9.3
Construction Manager's Consultation with the Architect .2.3.12,
2.3.16,2.3.19,2.3.21,3.4.1,9.6.1, 9.B.l, 12.1.4, 12.3.1, 14.2.1
Construction Manager's Coordination and Scheduling... .2.3.7,
2.3.17,4.3.1,4.10.1,4.12.4
Construction Manager's.Decisions ................. .6.3,8.3.1
Construction MaNger's Determinations. .2.3.3, 6.3.1, 7.7.2, 8.3.1
Construction Manager's Interests............... .11.3.1,11.3.2
Construction Manager's Recommendations... .2.3.8,2.3.9,9.3.1,
9.4.1, 9.7.1, 9.9.1, 12.1.1
Construction Manager's Relationship
with Architect. . . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . .1.1.2, 2.3.1, 2.3.3, 2.3.21
Construction Manager's Relationship with Contractor.... .1.1.2,
2.3.15,2.3.16,3.2.6,4.2.1,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3,4.11.1, 4.12.4, 4.12.6,
4.16.1,4.17.1,4.18,5.2,6.2.1.6.2.2,7.6.2,7.7, 7.9.1, 7.9.2,
8.3.1,8.3.2,9.4.1,9.5.4,9.8.1,9.9.1,10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.6
Construction Manager's Relationship
with Subcontractors. ...... .. . .. . . . ... .1.1.2, 2.3.16, 5.3.1
Construction Manager's Review............ .2.3.8, 2.3.17,5.2.1
Construction Schedule, Contractor's .... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .4.10
Contract, Definition of ................, . . . . . .. . .. . . . . .1.1.2
Contract Administration .......................... .2.3, 4.3.3
Contract Award and Execution,
Conditions Relating to ..... .4.7.1, 4.10, 5.2, 7.5, 11.1,11.3.4
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ..........;....................1
Contract Documents,
Copies Furnished and Use of ... . ~. . . . . . . . . .1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3
Contract Documents, Definition of .................... .1.1.1
Contract Modifications. .. . ... . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .... ..1.1.1, 12
Contract Sum, Definition of ...........................9.9.1
Contract Termination ...................................14
Contract Time, Definition of ....... . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . .8.1.1
CONTRACTOIt .. ..... ........................ ..... .....4
Contractor, Definition of ......................... .4.1,6.1.2
Contractor's Construction Schedule .................... .4.10
2 A201/CM-1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT fOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 19110 EDITION . AI.... . <<l1911O . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 17JS NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
WARNING: UnIlceneed pholDcOpylng ~ 11S. ~__IIIId" 8UbIed ta ~ ~
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 2
Contractor's Employees..... .4.3.2,4.4.2,4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18, 10.2.1
through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1
Contractor's Liability Insurance........................ .11.1
Contractor's Relationship with ^rchitect ..... .1.1.2,2.3.5,2.3.6,
2.3.13,2.3.16,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.3,4.12.6,4.18,11.3.6
Contractor's Relationship with Construction Manager.... .1.1.2,
2.3.15,2.3.16,3.2.6,4.2.1,4.3.3,4.5,4.7.2, 4.11.1, 4.12.4,
4.12.6,4.16.1,4.17.1,4.18,5.2,6.2.1,6.2.2,7.6.2, 7.7, 7.9.1,
7.9.2,8.3.1,8.3.2,9.4.1,9.5.4,9.8.1,9.9.1, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11.3.6
Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors
and Owner's Forces. .......................... .3.2.7, 6
Contractor's Relationship with
Subcontractors......... .1.2.4, 5.2, 5.3, 9.5.2, 11.3.3, 11.3.6
Contractor's ,Representations.......... .1.2.2,4.5,4.12.5,9.3.3
Contractor's Responsibility for Those
Performing the Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.3.2, 4.18, 10
~ontractor's Review of Contract Documents ....1.2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3
Contractor's Right to Stop the Work .......... . . . . . . . . . . .9.7
Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . .14.1
Contractor's Submittals .............. .2.3.18, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1,
5.2.3,9.2,9.3.1,9.8.1,9.9.2,9.9.3
Contractor's Superintendent. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.9, 10.2.6
Contractor's Supervision and
Construction Procedures......... .1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3, 4.4, 10
Contractual Liability Insurance................ ...... . .11.1.3
Coordination and Correlation. ....... .1.2.2,1.2.4,4.3.1,4.10.1,
4.12.5,6.1.3,6.2.1
Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications ..1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3
Correction of Work.................... .3.3, 3.4, 10.2.5. 13.2
Cost, Definition of ................................. .12.1.4
COsls ...... .3.4,4.8.2,4.15.2,5.2.3,6.1.1,6.2.3,6.2.5,6.3,7.7.1,
7.7.2,9.7,11.3.1,11.3.5,12.1.3,12.1.4,12.3,13.1.2, 13.2, 14.2.2
Cutting and Patching of Work. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.14
Damage to the Work........... .4.14.2,10.2.1.2,10.2.7,11.3.1
Damage to Work. ........... .4.14.2, 4.18.1, 6.2.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.15,
10.2.1.3, 10.2.2, 10.2.5, 10.3, 13.2.6
Damages, Claims for................. .6.1.1,6.2.5, 7.4, 9.6.1.2
Damages for Delay......................... .6.1.1, 8.3.4, 9.7
Day, Definition of ................................... .8.1.5
Decisions of the Mchitect ........ .2.3.10 through 2.3.16, 7.7.2.
7.9.1,9.2,9.4,9.6.1,9.8.1,12.1.4,12.3.1
Decisions of the Construction Manager............. .6.3,8.3.1
Defective or Non-Conforming Work, ^cceptance,
Rejection and Correction of . .., . .2.3.4, 2.3.16, 3.3, 3.4, 4.5.
6.2.2,6.2.3,9.6.1.1,9.9.4.2,13
Definitions.............. .1.1,2.1,2.2,3.1.4.1,4.12.1 through
4.12.3,5.1,6.1.2,8.1,9.1.1,12.1.1,12.1.4
Delays and Extensions of Time......................... .8.3
Disputes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.3.12, 2.3.15, 2.3.23, 6.2.5, 6.3, 7.9.1
Documents and Samples at the Site.................... .4.11
Drawings and Specifications,
Use and Ownership of ............... .1.3,3.2.5,4.11,5.3
Easements. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .3.2.3
Emergencies ........................................ .10.3
Employees, Contractor's.......... .4.3.2,4.4.4,4.8.1, 4.9, 4.18,
10.2.1 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.1.1
Equipment, Labor, Materials and..... .1.1.1,4.4,4.5,4.12,4.13,
4.15.1,6.2.1,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.6.1.3,9.9.2,
10.2.1.2,11.3.1,12.1.4,13.2.2,13.2.5,14
Execution and Progress of the Work........ .1.1.3,1.2.3, 2.3.4,
2.3.5,2.3.11,4.2,4.4.1,4.5,4.7.1,6.2.2,7.9.3,
8.2.2,8.3.1,8.3.2,9.6.1,10.2.3,10.2.4,14.2
Execution, Correlation and Intent of
the Contract Documents..................... .1.2, 4.7.1
Extensions of Time ........................8.3, 12.1.1, 12.1.2
Failure of Payment by Owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .9.7, 14.1
Failure of Payment of Subcontractors...... 9.6.1.3, 9.9.2, 14.2.1
Failure to Carry out the Work......................... .2.3.5
Final Completion and Final Payment.. .2.3.15,2.3.21,9.9,13.3.1
Financial Mrangements, Owner's. . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . .. . . . . .3.2.1
Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance. ............... .11.3.1
Governing Law....................................... .7.1
Indemnification....................... .4.17, 4.18, 6.2.5, 9.9.2
Idenlification of Contract Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2.1
Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers ............5.2.1
Information and Services Required of
the Owner........................ .3.2, 6.1, 9, 11.2, 11.3
Inspections............. .2.3.16,2.3.21,4.3.3, 7.7, 12.1.2, 9.9.1
Instructions to 8idders ............................... .1.1.1
Instructions to the Contractor......... .2.3.2,3.2.6,4.8.1,7.7.2,
12.1.2, 12.1.4
INSURANCE..................................... .9.8.1, 11
Insurance, Contractor's Liability....................... .11.1
Insurance, Loss of Use. . . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . .. .. .. . . .11.4
Insurance, Owner's Liability........................... .11.2
I nsurance, Property ...................................11.3
Insurance, 80iler and Machinery.......... . . . . . . . .. . . .11.3.2
Insurance, Special Hazards .,........................ .11.3.5
Insurance, Stored Materials. . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.3.2, 11.3.1
Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy.... .11.3.9
Insurance Companies, Settlement With. . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .11.3.8
Intent of the Contract
Documents............. .1.2.3, 2.3.10, 2.3.13, 2.3.14, 12.4
Interest ............................................. .7.8
Interpretations, Written....... .1.1.1,2.3.11,2.3.12,2.3.13,12.4
Labor, Materials and Equipment...... .1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13,
4.15.1,6.2.1,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.6.1.3,9.2.2,10.2.1.2,
11.3.1,12.1.4,13.2.2,13.2.5,14
Labor and Material Payment 80nd .......................7.5
Labor Disputes. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. . ..... .8.3.1
Laws and Regulations............ .1.3,2.1.1,4.6,4.7,4.13,7.1,
7.6.1,7.7.1,10.2.2,14
Liens. . . . . . .. . . . . . . ... . .. . .., . . . . . . . . . . .9.3.3, 9.9.2, 9.9.4.1
Limitations of ^uthority ................. .2.3.2, 11.3.8, 12.4.1
Limitations of Liability.......... .2.3.13, 2.3.16, 2.3.18, 3.3, 4.2,
4.7.3,4.12.6,4.17,4.18,6.2.2,7.6.2,9.4.2,
9.5.4, 9.9.4, 9.9.5, 10.2.5, 11.1.2, 11.3.6
Limitations of Time, General....... .2.3.11, 2.3.18, 3.2.1, 3.2.4,
4.2,4.7.1,4.7.3,4.12.4,4.15.1,5.2.1,5.2.3,6.2.2,7.4,
7.7,7.9.2,8.2,9.5.2,9.6.1,9.8,9.9,11.3.1,11.3.4,
11.3.9,12.1.4,12.4,13.2.1,13.2.2,13.2.5
Limitations of Time, Specific........ .3.4,4.10, 7.9.2,8.2,8.3.2,
8.3.3,9.2.9.3.1,9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,11.1.4,11.3.8,
12.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,13.2,7,14.1 14.2.1
Limitations, Statutes of ...................7.9.2, 13.2.2; 13.2,7
Loss of Use Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . ... . . . .11.4
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . IUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. lns NEW YORI( AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
A201/CM-1980 3
WARNING; Unlicensed photoCOpying vIolata U.s. copyright '- and fa aubject to legal ptOMCUtIon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 3
Materials, labor and Equipment.. .... .1.1.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.12, 4.13,
4.15.1,6.2.1,9.3.2,9.3.3,9.6.1.3,9.9.2,
10.2.1.2,11.3.1,12.1.4,13.2.2.13.2.5,14
Material Suppliers..... ................. . .4.12.1, 5.2.1, 9.3.3
Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and
and Procedures of Construction........ .2.3.5, 4.3.1, 9.4.2
Minor Changes in the Work................ 1.1.1,2.3.19, 12.4
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ...........................7
Modifications, Definition of .......................... .1.1.1
Modifications to the Contract...... ..1.1.1, 1.1.2, 2.3.2, 2.3.22,
4.11.1,4.7.3, 12
Mutual Responsibility................................. .6.2
Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance of Defective or . . . . . . .13.3
Notice, Written........... .2.3.11, 2.3.15, 4.2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4, 4.9,
4.12.6,4.12.7,5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7.9.2,8.1.2,8.3.2,8.3.3,
9.4.1,9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,9.9.5,10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.1,
11.3.5,11.3.7,11.3.8,12.2,12.3,13.2.2,13.2.5,14
Notices, Permits, Fees and............ .2.3.2,4.7,4.13.1,10.2.2
Notice of Testing and Inspections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.7
Notice to Proceed................................... .8.1.2
Observations, Contractor's ...................... .1.2.2, 4.7.3
Occupancy. ................... ..... .8.1.3, 8.1.4, 9.5.5, 11.3.9
On-Site Inspections
by the Architect.......... .2.3.16,2.3.21,9.4.2,9.8.1,9.9.1
On-Site Observations by the Architect. . . . . . . .2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9,
7.7.1,7.7.4,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1
Orders, Written................. .3.3,4.9, 12.1.4, 12.4.1, 13 1
OWNER ...............................................3
Owner, Definition .................................... .3.1
Owner, Information and Services
Required of the......... .3.2, 4.7.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9, 11.2, 11.3
Owner's Authority................. .2.3.21,7.7.2,9.3.1,9.3.2,
9.8.1,11.3.8,12.1.2,12.1.4
Owner's Financial Capability ......................... .3.2.1
Owner's Liability Insurance........................... .11.2
Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors....... .. .1.1.2,9.5.4
Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work............. .3.4, 13.2.4
Owner's Right to Clean Up . ..................... .4.15.2, 6.3
Owner's Right to Perform Work and to
Award Separate Contracts .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.1
Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14.2
Owner's Right to Stop the Work........................ .3.3
Owne~hip and Use of Documents............. .1.3,3.2.5,5.3
Patching of Work, Cutting and........................ .4.14
Patents, Royalties and............................... .4.17.1
Payment Bond. labor and Material .......................7.5
Payment, Contractor's Applications for..... .2.3.B, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4,
9.5.3,9.6.1,9.7.1,9.8.2.9.9.1,9.9.5,14.2.2
Payment, Project Certificates for....... .2.3.9,2.3.21,9.4,9.5.1,
9.5.5,9.6.1,9.7.1,9.8.2,9.9.1,9.9.3,12.1.4, 14.1.1, 14.2.2
Payment, Failure of ............... .9.5.2,9.6.1.3,9.7,9.9.2,14
Payment, Final.................... 2.3.15, 2.3.21, 9.9, 13.3.1
Payments, Progress......... .7.8,7.9.3,9.5.5,9.8.2,9.9.3,12.1.4
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION..........................9
Payments to Subcontracto~ ......... .9.5.2, 9.5.3, 9.5.4, 9.6.1.3,
11.3.3,14.2.1
Payments Withheld................................... .9.6
Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond.. .7.5
Permits, Fees and Notices... .......... .3.2.3, 4.7, 4.13, 10.2.2
PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF ............. .10
Product Data, Definition of ....................,.....14.2.2
Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and.. .2.3.18, 4.2.1, 4.12
Progress and Completion ....................2.3.4, 7.9.3, 8.2
Progress Payments. . . . . . . . . .7.8, 7.9.3, 9.5.5, 9.8.2. 9.9.3, 12.1.4
Project, Definition of ...................,........... .1.1.4
Project Construction Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.10
Property Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .11.3
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY ............. .10
Record Documents .................................. .4.11
Regulations and laws.............. .1.3,2.1.1,4.6,4.7,4.13.1,
7.1,10.2.2, 14
Rejection of Work....................... .2.3.16, 4.5.1, 13.2
Releases of Waivers and Liens ....................9.9.2, 9.9.4
Representations........... .1.2.2,4.5,4.12.5,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1
Representatives... .2.1,2.2,2.3.2,2.3.22, 3.1, 4.1, 4.9, 5.1, 9.3.3
Responsibility for Those Performing the Work.... .2.3.5, 4.3.2,
6.1.3,6.2,9.8.1
Retainage ..................... .9.3.1,9.5.2,9.8.2,9.9.2,9.9.3
Review of Contract Documents by the Contractor ...... .1.2.2,
4.2, 4.7.3
Reviews of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and
Architect.............. .2.3.18,4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2
Rights and Remedies............ .1.1.2,2.3.15,2.3.16,3.3,3.4,
5.3,6.1,6.3,7.6,7.9,8.3.1,9.6.1,9.7,
10.3, 12.1.2, 12.2, 13.2.2, 14
Royalties and Patents ............................... ..4.17
Safety of Persons and Property ........................ .10.2
Safety Precautions and Programs................. .2.3.5, 10.1
Samples, Definition of .............................. .4.12.3
Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and..... .2.3.17, 2.3.18,
4.2, 4.12
Samples at the Site, Documents and...... ............. .4.11
Schedule, Contractor's Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .4.10
Schedule, Project Construction ........................ .4.10
Schedule of Values ....................................9.2
Separate Contracts and Contractors.... .4.14.2,6,11.3.6,13.1.2
Shop Drawings, Definition .......................... .4:12.1
Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples............ .2.3.17,
2.3.18,4.2,4.12
Site, Use of .................................... .4.13,6.2.1
Site Inspections......... . . .1.2.2, 2.3.4, 2.3.21, 7.7, 9.8.1, 9.9.1
Site Visits, Architect's. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .2.3.4, 2.3.6, 2.3.9, 7.7.1,
7.7.4,9.4.2,9.6.1,9.9.1
Special Inspection and Testing................... .2.3.16, 7.7
Special Hazards Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .11.3.5
Specifications.............................. .1.1.1, 1.2.4, 1.3
Statutes oi Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7
Stopping the Work..................... .3.3,9.7.1,10.3,14.1
Stored Materials........... .6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,11.3.1,13.2.5
SUBCONTRACTORS .......................... ..........S
Subcontractors, Definition of ......................... .5.1.1
Subcontractors, Work by ..............1.2.4, 2.3.5, 4.3.1. 4.3.2
Subcontractual Relations ...............................5.3
Submittals................ ..1.3,2.3.18,4.10,4.12, S.2.1, 5.2.3,
9.2,9.3.1,9.8.1,9.9.1,9.9.3
4 A201/CM-1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201'CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE.. N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C ~0006
WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying vlol8t.. U.s. copyright 1_ and Is subfect to legal prosecution.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 4
Subrogation, Waiver of ............................. .11.3.6
Substantiaf Completion of the Project....... .8.1.4,9.8.3,9.8.4,
9.9.4,9.9.5,9.9.6, 13.2.1,13.2.2
Substantial Completion of the Project, Definition of ..... .8.1.4
Substantial Completion of the Work....... .2.3.21,8.1.1,8.1.3,
8.2.2,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.3,11.3.9
Substantial Completion of the Work, Definition of . ...... .8.1.3
Substitution of Subcontractors.... . ...... .... .... .5.2.3, 5.2.4
Substitution of the Architect ..........................2.3.23
Substitution of the Construction Manager ..............2.3.23
Substitutions of Materials....... ................ .4.5, 12.1.4
Sub-subcontractors, Definition of .... ..... .. .. ......... .5.1.2
Subsurface Conditions............. . .. ....... ....... .12.1.1
Successors and Assigns .................................7.2
Supervision and Construction Procedures ..........1.2.4, 2.3.:;,
4.3, 4.4, 10
Superintendent, Contractor's ..................... .4.9, 10.2.6
Surety, Consent of ..............................9.9.2, 9.9.3
Surveys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2.2, 4.18.3
Taxes ............................................... .4.6
Termination by the Contractor ........................ .14.1
Termination by the Owner........ . . . ... .... ....... ... .14.2
Termination of the Architect... ................ .. ... .2.3.23
Termination of the Construction Manager.... ...... ... .2.3.23
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT ..................... .14
Tests. .... ....... ............ ~...... .2.3.16, 4.3.3, 7.7, 9.4.2
TIME................................................. .8
Time, Definition of ................................... .8.1
Time, Delays and Extensions of ......... .8.3, 12.1, 12.3, 13.2.7
Time limits, Specific.............. .3.4, 4.10, 7.9.2, 8.2, 8.3.2,
8.3.3,9.2,9.3.1,9.4.1,9.5.1,9.7,11.1.4,
11.3.8,12.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,13.2.7,14.1,14.2.1
Title to Work ..................................9.3.2, 9.3.3
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK .... . . . . . . . . .13
Uncovering of Work................................. .13.1
Unforseen Conditions. ...................... ... ..8.3.1, 12.2
Unit Prices................................ .12.1.3.2, 12.1.5
Use of Documents ............................1.3, 3.2.5, 5.3
Use of Site .....................................4.13, 6.2.1
Values, Schedule of ....................................9.2
Waiver of Claims by the Contractor... .7.6.2,8.3.2,9.9.5,11.3.6
Waiver of Claims by the Owner..... .7.6.2,9.9.4, 11.3.6, 11.4.1
Waiver of liens ......................................9.9.2
Warranty and Warranties............. .2.3.21,4.5, 9.3.3, 9.8.4,
9.9.4, 13.2.2,13.2.7
Weather Delays..................................... .8.3.1
Words, Recognized Meaning of ....................... .1.2.3
Work, Definition of ................................. .1.1.3
WORK BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS.......6
Written Consent......... .2.3.22, 4.14.2, 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.3
Written Interpretations.................. .1.1.1, 2.3.11, 12.3.2
Written Notice...... .2.3.11, 2.3.15, 4.2,4.7.3,4.7.4,4.9, 4.12.6,
4.12.7,5.2.1,7.3,7.4,7.7.2,7.9.2,8.1.2,8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9.4.1,
9.6.1,9.7,9.9.1,10.2.6,11.1.4,11.3.1,11.3.5,11.3.7,
11.3.8, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14
Written Orders.................. .3.3,4.9,12.1.4,12.4.1,13.1
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
A201/CM-1980 5
WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying ""*- US. c:opyrIght '- and 18 aubfect to legal proMCUtlon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 5
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ARTiClE 1
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1 DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor
Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Sup-
plementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the
Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all
Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A
Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract
signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written
interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub-
paragraph 2.3.11, or (4) a written order for a minor
change in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to
Paragraph 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include
Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invita-
tion to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the
Contractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any
of these, or any other documents unless specifically enu-
merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc-
tion. This Contract represents the entire and integrated
agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all
prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either
written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modi-
fied only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph
1.1.1. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to
create any contractual relationship of any kind between
the Architect and the Contractor, between the Construc-
tion Manager and the Contractor or between the Archi-
tect and the Construction Manager, but the Architect and
the Construction Manager shall be entitled to perform-
ance of the obligations of the Contractor intended for
their benefit and to enforcement thereof. Nothing con-
tained in the Contract Documents shall create any con-
tractual relationship between the Owner, the Construc-
tion Manager or the Architect and any Subcontractor or
Sub-subcontractor.
1.1.3 THE WORK
The Work comprises the completed construction required
of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, and in-
cludes all labor necessary to produce such construction,
and all materials and equipment incorporated or to be
incorporated in such construction.
1.1.4 THEPRO/ECT
The Project, as defined in the Owner-Contractor Agree-
ment, is the total construction of which the Work per-
formed under the Contract Documents is a part.
1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed in not
less than quadruplicate by the Owner and the Contractor.
If either the Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign
the Conditions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications
or any of the other Contract Documents, the Architect
shall identify such Documents.
1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a
representation that the Contractor has visited the site be-
come familiar with the local conditions under which the
Work is to be performed, and has correlated personal
observations with the requirements of the Contract Docu-
ments.
1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include
all items necessary for the proper execution and comple-
tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple-
mentary, and what is required by anyone shall be as
binding as if required by all. Work not covered in the
Contract Documents will not be requ;red unless it is con-
sistent therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as
being necessary to produce the intended results. Words
and abbreviations which have well-known technical or
trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in
accordance with such recognized meanings.
1.2.4 The organization of th~ Specifications into divi-
sions, sections and articles, and tlle arrangement of Draw-
ings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work
among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of
Work to be performed by any trade.
1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
1.3.1 All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof
furnished by the Architect are and sh'111 remain the prop-
erty of the Architect. They are to be used only with re-
spect to this Project and are not to be used on any other
project. With the exception of one contract set for each
party to the Contract, such documents are to be returned
or suitably accounted for to the Architect on request at
the completion of the Work. Submission or distribution
to meet official regulatory requirements or for other pur-
poses in connection with the Project is not to be con-
strued as publication in derogation of the Architect's
common law copyright or other reserved rights.
ARTICLE 2
ADMINISTRATION OF THE C:ONTRACT
2.1 THE ARCHITECT
2.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to
practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing ar-
chitecture, identified as such in the Owner-Contractor
Agreement. The term Architect means the Architect or
the Architect's authorized representative.
2.2 THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
2.2.1 The Construction Manager is the person or entity
identified as such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement.
The term Construction Manager means the Construction
Manager or the Construction Manager's authorized
representative.
2.3 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
2.3.1 The Architect and the Construction Manager will
.0.'.0. DOCUMENT .u01/CM . GENERAL CONCIITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 2OOO!i
A201/CM -1980 (,
WARNING: Unl~ photacopytng vlobltee US. copyright ....1IIld Is .ubfecl to IepI ptOMCUtIOn.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 6
provide administration of the Contract as hereinafter
described.
2.3.2 The Architect and the Construction Manager will
be the Owner's representatives during construction and
until final payment to all contractors is due. The Archi-
tect and the Construction Manager will advise and con-
sult with the Owner. All instructions to the Contractor
shall be forwarded through the Construction Manager.
The Ar~hitect and the Construction Manager will have
authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent
provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise
modified by written instrument in accordance with Sub-
paragraph 2.3.22.
2.3.3 The Construction Manager will determine in gen-
eral that the Work of the Contractor is being performed
in accordance with the Contract Documents, and will en-
deavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficien-
cies in the Work of the Contractor.
2.3.4 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro-
priate to the stage of construction to become generally
familiar with the progress and quality of the Work and to
determine in general if the Work is proceeding in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents. However, the Archi-
tect will not be required to make exhaustive or con-
tinuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quan-
tity of the Work. On the basis of on-site observations as
an architect. the Architect will keep the Owner informed
of the progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard
the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work
of the Contractor.
2.3.5 Neither the Architect nor the Construction Man-
ager will be responsible for or have control or charge of
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures. or for safety precautions and programs in
connection with the Work, and neither will be respon-
sible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Neither the
Architect nor the Construction Manager will be respon-
sible for or have control or charge over the acts or omis-
sions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their
agents or employees. or any other persons performing any
of the Work.
2.3.6 The Architect and the Construction Manager shall
at all times have access to the Work wherever it is in
preparation and progress. The Contractor shall provide
facilities for such access so that the Architect and the
Construction Manager may perform their functions under
the Contract Documents.
2.3.7 The Construction Manager will schedule and coor-
dinate the Work of all contractors on the Project includ-
ing their use of the site. The Construction Manager will
keep the Contractor informed of the Project Construction
Schedule to enable the Contractor to plan and perform
the Work properly.
2.3.8 The Construction Manager will review all Applica-
tions for Payment by the Contractor, including final pay-
ment. and will assemble them with similar applications
from other contractors on the Project into a combined
Project Application for Payment. The Construction Man-
ager will then make recommendations to the Architect
for certification for payment.
2.3.9 Based on the Architect's observations, the recom-
mendations of the Construction Manager and an evalua-
tion of the Project Application for Payment. the Architect
will determine the amount owing to the Contractor and
will issue a Project Certificate for Payment incorporating
such amount. as provided in Paragraph 9.4.
2.3.10 The Architect will be the interpreter of the re-
quirements of the Contract Documents and the judge of
the performance thereunder by both the Owner and the
Contractor.
2.3.11 The Architect will render interpretations neces-
sary for the proper execution or progress of the Work,
with reasonable promptness and in accordance with
agreed upon time limits. Either party to the Contract may
make written request to the Architect for such interpreta-
tions.
2.3.12 Claims, disputes and other matters in question
between the Contractor and the Owner relating to the
execution or progress of the Work or the interpretation
of the Contract Documents shall be referred initially to
the Architect for decision. After consultation with the
Construction Manager, the Architect will render a deci-
sion in writing within a reasonable time.
2.3.13 All interpretations and decisions of the Architect
shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonilbly in-
ferable from the Contract Doc:Jments and will be in writ-
ing or in graphic form. In this capacity as interpreter and
judge, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful per-
formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not
show partiality to either, and will not be liable for the
result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good
faith in such capacity.
2.3.14 The Architect's decisions in matters refating to
artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of
the Contract Documents.
2.3.15 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question
between the Contractor and the Owner referred to the
Architect through the Construction Manager, except those
relating to artistic effect as provided in Subparagraph
2.3.14 and those which have been waived by the making
or acceptance of final payment as provided in Subpara-
graphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6, inclusive, shall be subject to
arbitration upon the written demand of either party.
However, no demand for arbitration of any such claim,
dispute or other matter may be made until the earlier of
(1) the date on which the Architect has rendered a writ-
ten decision, or (2) the tenth day after the parties have
presented their evidence to the Architect or have been
given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if the Architect
has not rendered a written decision by that date. When
such a written decision of the Architect states (1) that the
decision is final but subject to appeal, and (2) that any
demand for arbitration of a claim. dispute or other matter
covered by such decision must be made within thirty days
after the date on which the party making the demand re-
ceives the written decision. failure to demand arbitration
within said thirty day period will result in the Architect's
decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner
and the Contractor. If the Architect renders a decision
after arbitration proceedings have been initiated. such
decision may be entered as evidence but will not super-
sede any arbitration proceedings unless the decision is
acceptable to all parties concerned.
7 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A2G1/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 19l1O EDITION . AlA- . ~ 19l1O . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W" WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
WARNING: UnllcenMd photocopying vlolat.. I1S. copyright '- 8IId Is aubfect to .... pcoaecutJon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 7
2.3.16 The Architect will have authority to reject Work
which does not conform to the Contract Documents, and
to require special inspection or testing, but will take such
action only after consultation with the Construction Man-
ager. Subject to review by the Architect. the Construction
Manager will have the authority to reject Work which
does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever,
in the Construction Manager's opinion, it is considered
necessary or advisable for the implementation of the in-
tent of the Contract Documents. the Construction Man-
ager will have authority to require special inspection or
testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraph
7.7.2 whether or not such Work be then fabricated, in-
stalled or completed. The foregoing authority of the Con-
struction Manager will be subject to the provisions of
Subparagraphs 2.3.10 through 2.3.16, inclusive, with re-
spect to interpretations and decisions of the Architect.
However, neither the Architect's nor the Construction
Manager's authority to act under this Subparagraph 2.3.16,
nor any decision made by them in good faith either to
exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise
to any duty or responsibility of the Architect or the Con-
struction Manager to the Contractor, any Subcontractor.
any of their agents or employees. or any other person
performing any of the Work.
2.3.17 The Construction Manager will receive from the
Contractor and review all Shop Drawings. Product Data
and Samples, coordinate them with information contained
in related documents, and transmit to the Architect those
recommended for approval.
2.3.18 The Architect will review and approve or take
other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals
such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. but
only for conformance with the design concept of the
Work and the information given in the Contract Docu-
ments. Such action shall be taken with reasonable prompt-
ness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's approval of
a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly
of which the item is a component.
2.3.19 Following consultation with the Construction
Manager, the Architect will take appropriate action on
Change Orders in accordance with Article 12, and will
have authority to order minor changes in the Work as
provided in Subparagraph 12.4.1.
2.3.20 The Construction Manager will maintain at the
Project site one record copy of all Contracts, Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modi-
fications pertaining to the Project. in good order and
marked currently to record all changes made during
construction, and approved Shop Drawings, Product
Data and Samples. These shall be available to the Archi-
tect and the Contractor, and shall be delivered to the
Architect for the Owner upon completion of the Project.
2.3.21 The Construction Manager will assist the Archi-
tect in conducting inspections to determine the dates of
Substantial Completion and final completion, and will
receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review
written warranties and related documents required by the
Contract and assembled by the Contractor. The Architect
will issue a final Project Certificate for Payment upon
compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 9.9.
2.3.22 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of
authority of the Architect and the Construction Manager
as the Owner's representatives during construction as set
forth in the Contract Documents, will not be modified or
extended without written consent of the Owner, the Con-
tractor, the Architect and the Construction Manager,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Failure
of the Contractor to respond within ten days to a written
request shall constitute consent by the Contractor.
2.3.23 In case of the termination of the employment of
the Architect or the Construction Manager, the Owner
shall appoint an architect or a construction manager
against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec-
tion and whose status under the Contract Documents
shall be that of the former architect or construction man-
ager, respectively. Any dispute in connection with such
appointments shall be subject to arbitration.
ARTICLE 3
OWNER
3.1 DEFINITION
3.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as
such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term
Owner means the Owner 0: the Owner's authorized
representative.
3.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF
THE OWNER
3.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor,
at the time of execution of the Owner-Contractor Agree-
ment furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that
the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the
Owner's obligations under the Contract. Unless such
reasonable evidence is furnished, the Contractor is not
required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement or
to commence the Work.
3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the
physical characteristics, legal limitations and ulility loca-
tions for the site of the Project, and a legal description of
the site.
3.2.3 Except as provided in Subparagraph 4.7.1, the
Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, ease-
ments, assessments and charges required for the construc-
tion. use or occupancy of permanent structures or for
permanent changes in existing facilities.
3.2.4 Information or services under the Owner's control
shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable prompt-
ness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work.
3.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge,
all copies of Drawings and Speciiications reasonably nec-
essary for the execution of the Work.
3.2.6 The Owner shall forward all instructions to the
Contractor through the Construction Manager, with simul-
taneous notification to the Architect.
3.2.7 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and
responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and es-
pecially those in respect to Work By Owner or By Sepa-
rate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and Insur-
ance in Articles 6, 9 and 11, respectively.
AlA DOCUMENT AlGl/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . @ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. Ins NEW YORK AVE.. SlY.. WASHINGTON. D.C. :!OClO&
A201/CM -1980 8
WARNING: UnllcenUd photoCOPYing vio..... u.s. copyright 1_ .00 I. 8Ubjecl to .... proMCUtlon.O
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 8
3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
3.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as
required by Paragraph 13.2, or persistently fails to carry
out the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu-
ments, the Owner, by a written order signed personally or
by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner in
writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or
any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has
been eliminated; however, this right of the Owner to stop
the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the
Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Con-
tractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent
required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
3.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
3.4.1. If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,
and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice
from the,Owner to commence and continue correction of
such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,
the Owner may, after seven days following receipt by the
Contractor of an additional written notice and without
prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have,
make good such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate
Change Order shall be issued deducting from the pay-
ments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of
correcting such deficiencies. including compensation for
the Architect's and the Construction Manager's additional
services made necessary by such default. neglect or fail-
ure. Such action by the Owner and the dmount charged
to the Contractor are both sob;ect to the prior approval
of the Architect. after consultation with the Construction
Manager. If the payments then or thereafter due the Con-
tractor are not sufficient to cover such amount, the Con-
tractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 4
CONTRACTOR
4.1 DEFINITION
4.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as
such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. The term Con-
tractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's author-
ized representative.
4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare
the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the
Architect and the Construction Manager any error, incon-
sistency or omission that may be discovered. The Con-
tractor shall not be liable to the Owner, the Architect or
the Construction Manager for any damage resulting from
any such errors. inconsistencies or omissions in the Con-
tract Documents. The Contractor shall perform no portion
of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or,
where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data
or Samples for such portion of the Work.
4.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION
PROCEDURES
4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the
Work. using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The
Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction
means. methods. techniques. sequences and procedures;
and shall coordinate all portions of the Work under the
Contract, subject to the overall coordination of the Con-
struction Manager.
4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner
for the acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees,
Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and any
other persons performing any of the Work under a con-
tract with the Contractor.
4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from the
Contractor's obligations to perform the Work in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents either by the activities
or duties of the Construction Manager or the Architect
in their administration of the Contract, or by inspections,
tests or approvals required or performed under Paragraph
7.7 by persons other than the Contractor.
4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor.
materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and
machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other
facilities and services necessary for the proper execution
and completion of the Work, whether temporary or per-
manent and whether or not incorporated or to be incor-
porated in the Work.
4.4.2 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict dis-
cipline and good order among the Contractor's em-
ployees and shall not employ on the Work any unfit per-
son or anyone not skilled in the task assigned them.
4.5 WARRANTY
4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner, the Archi-
tect and the Construction Manager that all materials and
equipment furnished under this Contract will be new un-
less otherwise specified, and that all Work will be of good
quality, free from faults and defects and in conformance
with the Contract Documents. All Work not conforming
to these requirements, including substitutions not prop-
erly approved and authorized, may be considered defec-
tive. If required by the Architect or the Construction Man-
ager. the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as
to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. This
warranty is not limited by the provisions of Paragraph
13.2.
4.6 TAXES
4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales. consumer, use
and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof
provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at
the time bids are received, whether or not yet effective.
4.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES
4.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments. the Owner shall secure and pay for the building
permit and the Contractor shall secure and pay for all
other perm[ts and governmental fees. licenses and inspec-
tions necessary for the proper execution and completion
of the Work which are customarily secured after execu-
tion of the Contract and which are legally required at the
time bids are received.
4.7.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply
with all laws. ordinances, rules. regulations and lawful
orders of any public authority bearing on the perform-
ance of the Work.
9 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITlo.lS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA. . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORI( ,WE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. ~ooon
WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying vlolatn Us. copyright 1_ and Is subject to leg8l prosecution.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 9
4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to
make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord-
ance with applicable laws, statutes, building codes and
regulations. If the Contractor observes that any of the
Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any re-
spect, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect
and the Construction Manager in writing, and any neces-
sary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate
Modification.
4.7.4 If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it
to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regula-
tions, and without such notice to the Architect and the
Construction Manager, the Contractor shall assume full
responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs attributable
thereto.
4.8 ALLOWANCES
4.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum
all allowar;1ces stated in the Contract Documents. Items
covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such
amounts and by such persons as the Construction Man-
ager may direct, but the Contractor will not be required
to employ persons against whom the Contractor makes a
reasonable objection.
4.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments:
.1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the
Contractor, less any applicable trade discount.
of the materials and equipment required by the
allowance, delivered at the site, and ali appli-
cable taxes; .
.2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and han-
dling on the site, labor. installation costs, over-
head. profit and other expenses contemplated
for the original allowance shall be included in
the Contract Sum and not in the allowance;
.3 whenever the cost is more or less than the
allowance. the Contract Sum shall be adjusted
accordingly by Change Order. the amount of
which will recognize changes. if any, in han-
dling costs on the site. labor. installation costs.
overhead. profit and other expenses.
4.9 SUPERINTENDENT
4.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superin-
tendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attend-
ance at the Project site during the progress of the Work.
The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all
communications given to the superintendent shall be as
binding as if given to the Contractor. Important commu-
nications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communi-
cations shall be so confirmed on written request in each
case.
4.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
4.10.1 The Contractor, immediately after being awarded
the Contract. shall prepare and submit for the Construc-
tion Manager's approval a Contractor's Construction
Schedule for the Work which shall provide for expedi-
tious and practicable execution of the Work. This sched-
ule shall be coordinated by the Construction Manager
with the Project Construction Schedule. The Contractor's
Construction Schedule shall be revised as required by the
conditions of the Work and the Project, subject to the
Construction Manager's approval.
4.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
4.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the Project site,
on a current basis, one record copy of all Drawings,
Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modi-
fications, in good order and marked currently to record
all changes made during construction, and approved Shop
Drawings, Product Data and Samples. These shall be
available to the Architect and the Construction Manager.
The Contractor shall advise the Construction Manager on
a current basis of all changes in the Work made during
construction.
4.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND
SAMPLES
4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules
and other data specially prepared for the Work by the
Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier
or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work.
4.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules,
performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and
other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate
a material, product or system for some portion of the
Work.
4.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate
materials, equipment or workmanship, and establish
standards by which the Work will be judged.
4.12.4 The Contractor shall prepare, review, approve and
submit through the Construction Manager, with reason-
able promptness and in such sequence as to cause no de-
lay in the Work or in the work of the Owner or any sepa-
rate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product Data and
Samples required by the Contract Documents. The Con-
tractor shall cooperate with the Construction Manager in
the Construction Manager's coordination of the Contrac-
tor's Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples with
those of other separate contractors.
4.12.5 By preparing, approving and submitting Shop
Drawings, Product Data and Samples, the Contractor rep-
resents that the Contractor has determined and verified
all materials. field measurements and field construction
criteria related thereto, or will do so with reasonable
promptness, and has checked and coordinated the infor-
mation contained within such submittals with the require-
ments of the Work, the Project and the Contract Docu-
ments.
4.12.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibil-
ity for any deviation from the requirements ot the Con-
tract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop
Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph
2.3.18. unless the Contractor has specifically informed the
Architect and the Construction Manager in writing of
such deviation at the time of submission and the Archi-
tect has given written approval to the specific deviation.
The Contractor shall not be relieved from responsibilitv
for errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings, Product
Data or Samples bv the Architect'5 approval of them.
4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct speCific attention. in
writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings. Product Data
or Samples. to revisions other than those requested by the
Architect on previous submittals.
AlA DOCUMENT A201ICM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . @ 1980 . THE
"MERICA~ INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 "EW YORK AVE.. "W.. WASH1"r.TOr-.:. D.C. ~.
A201/CM -1980 10
WARNING: Unlic....... photOCOPYing violaln U.S. copyright - and la subIeCt to legal proaecutlon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 10
4.12.8 No portion of the Work requiring submission of a
Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall be com-
menced until the submittal has been approved by the
Architect as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.18. All such
portions of the Work shall be in accordance with ap-
proved submittals.
4.13 USE OF SITE
4.13.1 The Contractor shall coniine operations at the site
to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the
Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encum-
ber the site with any materials or equipment.
4.13.2 The Contractor shall coordinate all of the Contrac-
tor's operations with, and secure approval from, the Con-
struction Manager before using any portion of the site.
4.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK
4.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting,
fitting or patching that may be required to complete the
Work or to make its several parts fit together properly.
4.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger any
portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any
separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise
altering any work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall
not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any
separate contractor except with the written consent of the
Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor
shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any
separate contractor consent to cutting or otherwise alter-
ing the' Work.
4.15 CLEANING UP
4.15.1 The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises
free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish
caused by the Contractor's operations. At the completion
of the Work, the Contractor shall remove all the Contrac-
tor's waste materials and rubbish from and about the
Project as well as all the Contractor's tools, construction
equipment. machinery and surplus materials.
4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the comple-
tion of the Work. the Owner may do so as provided in
Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the
Contractor.
4.16 COMMUNICATIONS
4.16.1 The Contractor shall forward all communications
to the Owner and the Architect through the Construction
Manager.
4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
4.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license
fees, shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of
any patent rights and shall save the Owner and the Con-
struction Manager harmless from loss on account thereof,
except that the Owner, or the Construction Manager as
the case may be, shall be responsible for all such loss
when a particular design, process or the product of a par-
ticular manufacturer or manufacturers is selected by such
person or such person's agent, If the Contractor, or the
Construction Manager as the case may be. has reason to
believe that the design, process or product selected is an
infringement of a patent. that party shall be responsible
for such loss unless such information is promptly given to
the others and also to the Architect.
4.18 INDEMNIFICATION
4.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Con-
tractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the
Architect, the Construction Manager, and their agents and
employees from and against all claims, damages, losses
and expenses, including, but not limited to, attorneys'
fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of
the Work, provided that any such claim, damage, loss or
expense (1) is attributable to bodily Injury, sickness, dis-
ease or death, or to injury to or destruction oi tangible
property (other than the Work itself) including the loss of
use resulting therefrom, and (2) is caused in whole or in
part by any negligent act or omission of the Contractor,
any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them
may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused
in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation
shall not be construed to negate, abridge or otherwise
reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which
would otherwise exist as to any party or person described
in this Paragraph 4.18.
4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner, the Archi-
tect, the Construction Manager or any of their agents or
employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Sub-
contractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any
of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be
liable, the indemnification obligation under this Para-
graph 4.18 shall not be limited in any way by any limita-
tion on the amount or type of damages, compensation or
benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Sub-
contractor under workers' or workmen's compensation
acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
4.18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para-
graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Architect
or the Construction Manager, their agents or employees,
arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps,
drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, de-
signs or specifications. or (2) the Aiving of or the failure to
give directions or instructions by the Architect or the
Construction Manager, their agents or employees, pro-
vided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause
of the injury or damage.
ARTICLE 5
SUBCONTRAaORS
5.1 DefINITION
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a
direct contract with the Contractor to perform any of the
Work at the site. The term Subcontractor means a Sub-
contractor or a Subcontractor's authorized representative.
The term Subcontractor does not include any separate
contractor or any separate contractor's subcontractors.
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has
a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to per-
form any of the Work at the site. The term Sub-subcon-
tractor means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized rep-
resentative thereof.
5.2 AWARDS OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER
CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK
5.2.1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu-
11 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A101/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CO:-;STRUCTIO~
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.\\'.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 2O()Ob
WARNING: Unlicensed pholocopving v~ U.S. cll9Vrlghll- and I. aubIKllD legal proaaeullon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 -11
ments or the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as soon
as practicable after the award of the Contract, shall fur-
nish to the Construction Manager in writing for review
by the Owner, the Architect and the Construction Man-
ager, the names of the persons or entities (including those
who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to
a special design) proposed for each of the principal por-
tions of the Work. The Construction Manager will
promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating
whether or not the Owner, the Architect or the Con-
struction Manager, after due investigation, has reasonable
objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure
of the Construction Manager to reply promptly shall con-
stitute notice of no reasonable objection.
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any such
proposed person or entity to whom the Owner, the Ar-
chitect or the Construction Manager has made reasonable
objection under the provisions of Subparagraph 5.2.1. The
Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone
to whom the Contractor has a reasonable objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner, the Architect or the Construction
Manager has reasonable objection to any such proposed
person or entity, the Contractor shall submit a substitute
to whom the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager have no reasonable objection, and the Contract
Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in
cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate
Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in
the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu-
tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re-
sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara-
graph 5.2.1.
5.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any
Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the
Owner, the Architect or the Construction Manager makes
reasonable objection to such substitution.
5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally
required for validity, the Contractor shall require each
Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed
by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by
the terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume to-
ward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibili-
ties which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes
toward the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager. Said agreement shall preserve and protect the
rights of the Owner, the Architect and the Construction
Manager under the Contract Documents with respect to
the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that
the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,
and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically
provided otherwise in the Contractor-Subcontractor
Agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress
against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu-
ments, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the
Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into
similar agreements with their Sub-subcontractors. The
Contractor shall make available to each proposed Sub-
contractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract,
copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcon-
tractor will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identify
to the Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the pro-
posed Subcontract which may be at variance with the
Contract Documents. Each Subcontractor shall similarly
make copies of such Documents available to their Sub-
subcontractors.
ARTICLE 6
WORK BY OWNER OR BY
SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERfORM WORK AND TO
AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re-
lated to the Project with the Owner's own forces, and to
award separate contracts in connection with other por-
tions of the Project or other work on the site under these
or similar Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor
claims that delay, damage or additional cost is involved
because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall
make such claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different
portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term
Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall
mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-
Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the
work of the Owner's own forces and of each separate
contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall
cooperate therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBIUTY
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner, the Con-
struction Manager and separate contractors reasonable
opportunity for the introduction and storage of their ma-
terials and equipment and the execution of their work,
and shall connect and coordinate the Work with theirs
as required by the Contract Documents.
6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for
proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner
or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to
proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Con-
struction Manager any apparent discrepancies or defects
in such other work that render it unsuitable for such
proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so
to report shall constitute an acceptance of the Owner's
or separate contractor's work as fit and proper to receive
the Work, except as to defects which may subsequently
become apparent in such work by others.
6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work
shall be borne by the party responsible therefor.
6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to
the work or property of the Owner, or to other work or
property on the site, the Contractor shall promptly rem-
edy such damage as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5.
6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully delay or cause
damage to the work or property of any separate contrac-
tor, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, promptly at-
tempt to settle with such other contractor by agreement,
or otherwise to resolve the dispute. If such separate con-
tractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against
the Owner on account of any delay or damage alleged to
have been caused by the Contractor, the Owner shall
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONOITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1911O EDITION . AlA- . cr> 19110 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A201/CM - 1980 12
WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violate. u.s. c:opyrivl1ll_ end Ie eubjec:t to '8981 proeecutlon,
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750-12
notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings
at the Owner's expense, and if any judgment or award
against the Owner arises therefrom, the Contractor shall
payor satisfy it and shall reimburse the Owner for all
attorneys' fees and court or arbitration costs which the
Owner has incurred.
6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and
separate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning
up as required by Paragraph 4.1 S, the Owner may clean
up and charge the cost thereof to the contractors respon-
sible therefor as the Construction Manager shall deter-
mine to be just.
ARTICLE 7
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
7,1 GOVERNING LAW
7.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the
place where the Project is located.
7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
7.2.1 The Owner and the Contractor, respectively, bind
themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal
representatives to the other party hereto and to the part-
ners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such
other party with respect to all covenants, agreements and
obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither
party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it
as a whole without the written consent of the other.
7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
7.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly
served if delivered in person to the individual or mem-
ber of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corpora-
tion for whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent
by registered or certified mail to the last business address
known to the party giving the notice.
7.4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES
7.4.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or
damage to person or property because of any act or omis-
sion of the other party or of any of the other party's
employees, agents or others for whose acts such party is
legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to such
other party within a reasonable time after the first observ-
ance of such injury or damage.
7.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND
MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the
Contractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful perform-
ance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations
arising thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Doc-
uments or the Contract Documents.
7.6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
7.6.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Con-
tract Documents and the rights and remedies available
thereunder shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of,
anv duties. obligations, rights and remedies otherwise im-
posed or available by law.
7.6.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, the Ar-
chitect, the Construction Manager or the Contractor shall
constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of
them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or
failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in
any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically
agreed in writing.
7.7 TESTS
7.7.1 If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules.
regulations or orders of any public authority having juris-
dictIon require any portion of the Work to be inspected,
tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect
and the Construction Manager timely notice of its readi-
ness so the Architect and the Construction Manager may
observe such inspection, testing or approval. The Con-
tractor shall bear all costs of such inspections, tests or
approvals conducted by public authorities. Unless other-
wise provided, the Owner shall bear all costs of other in-
spections, tests or approvals.
7.7.2 If the Architect or the Construction Manager deter-
mines that any Work requires special inspection, testing
or approval which Subparagraph 7.7.1 does not include,
the Construction Manager will, upon written authoriza-
tion from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to order
such special inspection, testing cr approval, and the Con-
tractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph
7.7.1. If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure
of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con-
tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs
thereof, including compensation for the Architect's and
the Construction Manager's additional services made nec-
essary by such failure; otherwise the Owner shall bear
such costs, and an appropriate Change Order shall be
issued.
7.7.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or ap-
proval shall be secured by the Contractor and the Con-
tractor shall promptly deliver them to the Construction
Manager for transmittal to the Architect.
7.7.4 If the Architect or the Construction Manager wishes
to observe the inspections, tests or approvals required by
the Contract Documents, they will do so promptly and,
where practicable. at the source of supply.
7.8 INTEREST
7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Doc-
uments shall bear interest from the date payment is due
at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or,
in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at the
place of the Project.
7.9 ARBITRATION
7.9.1 All claims, dispules and other mailers in question
between the Contractor and the Owner arising out of or
relating to the Contl'iilct Documents or the breach thereof.
except as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.14 with respect
to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to artistic
effect. and except for claims which have been waived by
the making or acceptance of final payment as provided
by Subparagraphs 9.9.4 through 9.9.6. inclusive. shall be
decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construc-
tion Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitra-
tion Association then obtaining unless the parties mutually
13 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . CENERAL CO~OITIONS'OF THE CO~TRACT fOR CO:-':STRL'CTlON
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA_ . @ 1980 . THE
,\MERICA" INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS. l~J; NEW YORK AVE.. '<.\\'.. WASHI'I(;TON. D.C. 1(lOOf,
WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying Yi~ U.S. copyright '- .net I. aubject 10 legal proaecullon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750-13
agree otherwise. No arbitration arising out of or relating
to the Contract Documents shall include, by consolida-
tion, joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the
Construction Manager, their employees or consultants
except by written consent containing a specific reference
to the Owner-Contractor Agreement and signed by the
Architect, the Construction Manager, the Owner, the
Contractor and any other person sought to be joined. No
arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or in
any other manner, parties other than the Owner, the
Contractor and any other persons substantially involved
in a common question of fact or law, whose presence is
required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi-
tration. No person other than the Owner or the Contrac-
tor shall be included as an original third party or addi-
tional third party to an arbitration whose interest or re-
sponsibility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration
involving an additional person or persons shall not con-
stitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not described
therein or with any person not named or described
therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and any
other agreement to arbitrate with an additional person or
persons duly consented to by the parties to the Owner-
Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable
under the prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered
by the arbitrators shall be final. and judgment may be en-
tered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.
7.9.2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed
in writing with the other party to the Owner-Contractor
Agreement and with the Am~rican Arbitration Associa-
tion. and a copy shall be filed with the Architect and the
Construction Manager. The demand for arbitration shall
be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraph
2.3.1 S where applicable, and in all other cases within a
reasonable time aiter the claim, dispute or other matter
in question has arisen; and in no event shall it be made
after the date when institution of legal or equitable pro-
ceedings based on such claim, dispute or other matter in
question would be barred by the applicable statute of
limitations.
7.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor
shall carrY on the Work and maintain its progress durilJg
any arbit~ation proceedings, and the Owner shall con-
tinue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance
with the Contract Docum('nts. .
ARTiClE 8
TIME
8.1 DEFINITIONS
8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is
the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for
Substantial Completion of the Work as defined in Sub-
paragraph 8.1.3. including authorized adjustments thereto.
8.1.2 The date oi commencement of the Work is the
date established in a notice to proceed. If there is no no-
tice to proceed. it shall be such other date as may be
established in the Owner-Contractor Agreement or else-
where in the Contract Documents.
8.1.3 The Date oi Substantial Completion of the Work
or deSignated portion thereof is the Date certified by the
Architect when construction is sufficientlv complete. in
accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the
Owner or separate contractors can occupy or utilize the
Work or a designated portion thereof rtlr the use for
which it is intended.
8.1.4 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project
or designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the
Architect when construction is sufficiently complete so
the Owner can occupy or utilize the Project or designated
portion thereof for the use for which it was intended.
8.1.5 The term day as used in the Contract Documents
shall mean calendar day unless specifically designated
otherwise.
8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Contract.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date
of commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1.2. The
Contractor shall carry the Work forward expeditiously
with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Com-
pletion of the Work within the Contract Time.
8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the
progress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner,
the Architect, the Construction Manager. any of their em-
ployees, any separate contractor employed by the Owner,
or by changes ordered in the Work, labor disputes, fire,
unusual delay in transportation. adverse weather condi-
tions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties.
any causes beyond the Contractor's control. delay author-
ized by the Owner pendinR arbitration, or by any other
cause which the Construction Manager determines may
justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex-
tended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the
Construction Manager may determine.
8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in
writing to the Construction Manager not more than
twenty days after the commencement of the delay; other-
wise it shall be waived. In the case of a continuing delay
only one claim is necessary. The Contractor shall provide
an estimate of the probable effect of such delay on the
progress of the Work.
8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon
which interpretations as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.11
shall be furnished. then no claim for delay shall be
allowed on account of failure to furnish such interpreta-
tions until fifteen days after written request is made for
them. and not then unless such claim is reasonable.
8.3.4 This Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery
of damages for delay by either party under other provi-
sions oi the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 CONTRACT SUM
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contrac-
tor Agreement and. includin!; authorized adjustments
thereto. is the total amount pavable bv the Owner to the
Contractor for the performance oi the Work under the
Contract Documents.
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS Of THE CO:-.lTRACT fOR CO:-;STRUCTlO:-.l
CO:-;STRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AIA~ . @ 1980 . THE
'\.\\ERICAN 1:-;~T1TUTE OF .\RCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. :-;.\\'. \\'ASHI-':GTO~. D.C. ~00f)(,
A201/CM -1980 14
WARNING: unbc..-d photocopying vlol.l.. U.S. copyright '- 8nd t. 8Ubjec:t 10 leg" pt'OHCUllon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 14
9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment. the Con-
tractor shall submit to the Construction Manager a
schedule of values allocated to the various portions of the
Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data
to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect and the Con-
struction Manager may require. This schedule. unless
objected to by the Construction Manager or the Architect.
shall be used only as a basis for the Contractor's Applica-
tions for Payment.
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
9.3.1 At least fifteen days before the date for each
progress payment established in the Owner-Contractor
Agreement, the Contractor shall submit to the Construc-
tion Manager an itemized Application for Payment. notar-
ized if required. supported by such data substantiating
the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner. the Ar-
chitect qr the Construction Manager may require, and re-
flecting retainage. if any, as provided elsewhere in the
Contract Documents. The Construction Manager will as-
,emble the Application with similar applications from
other contractors on the Project into a combined Project
Application for Payment and forward it with recommen-
dations to the Architect within seven days.
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, payments will be made on account of materials or
equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered
and suitably stored at the site and. if approved in advance
by the Owner, payments may similarly be made for mate-
rials or equipment suitably 'stored at some other loca-
tion agreed upon in writing. Payments for materials or
equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned
upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or
such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner to estab-
lish the Owner's title to such materials or equipment or
otherwise protect the Owner's interest. including applica-
ble insurance and transportation to the site for those
materials and equipment stored off the site.
9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work.
materials and equipment covered by an Application for
Pavment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation
in the construction or upon receipt of payment by the
Contractor. whichever occurs first. free and clear of all
liens. claims. security interests or encumbrances. herein-
after referred to in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that no
Work. materials or equipment covered by an Application
for Pavment will have been acquired by the Contractor.
or by any other person performing Work at the site or
furnishing materials and equipment for the Project. sub-
ject to an agreement under which an interest therein or
an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or oth-
erwise imposed bv the Contractor or such other person.
9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT
9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after the re-
ceipt of the Project Application for Payment with the rec-
ommendations of the Construction Manager. review the
Project Application for Payment and either issue a Project
Certificate for Payment to the Owner with a copy to the
Construction Manager for distribution to the Contractor
for such amounts as the Architect determines are prop-
erlv due. or notify the Construction Manager in writing of
the reasons for withholding a Certificate as provided in
Subparagraph 9.6.1. Such notification will be forwarded
to the Contractor by the Construction Manager.
9.4.2 The issuance of a Project Certificate for Payment
will constitute a representation by the Architect to the
Owner that, based on the Architect's observations at the
site as provided in Subparagraph 2.3.4 and the data com-
prising the Project Application for Payment, the Work has
progressed to the point indicated; that. to the best of the
Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality
of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Docu-
ments (subject to an evaluation of the Work for conform-
ance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial
Completion of the Work, to the results of any subsequent
tests required by or performed under the Contract Docu-
ments, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents
correctable prior to completion. and to any specific quali-
fications stated in the Certificate); and that the Contrac-
tor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. How-
ever. by issuing a Project Certificate for Payment. the Ar-
chitect shall not thereby be deemed to represent that the
Architect has made exhaustive or continuous on-site in-
spections to check the quality or quantity of the Work,
has reviewed the construction means. methods. tech-
niques. sequences or procedures. or has made any exam-
ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac-
tor has used the monies previously paid on account of the
Contract Sum.
9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9.5.1 After the Architect has issued a Project Certificate
for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the man-
ner and"within the time provided in the Contract Docu-
ments.
9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon-
tractor upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of
the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such
Subcontractor's Work. the amount to which said Subcon-
tractor is entitled. reflecting the percentage actually re-
tained, if any, from payments to the Contractor on ac-
count of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall.
by an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor.
require each Subcontractor to make pavments to their
Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at the Archi-
tect's discretion. furnish to any Subcontractor. if prac-
ticable. information regarding the percentages of com-
pletion or the amounts applied for by the Contractor and
the action taken thereon by the Architect on account of
Work done by such Subcontractor.
9.5.4 Neither the Owner, the Architect nor the Construc-
tion Manager shall have any obligation to payor to see to
the payment of any monies to any Subcontractor except
as may otherwise be required by law.
9.5.5 No certification of a progress payment. any prog-
ress payment. or any partial or entire use or occupancy
of the Project by the Owner. shall constitute an accept-
ance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD
9.6.1 The Architect. following consultation with the
Construction Manager. may decline to certify payment
15 A201/CM -1980
AlA OOCUMENT A2lI1/CM . GENERAL CONOITIONS.Df THE CONTRACT FOR co~snUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. ;l.W.. IVASHINGTO;l. D.C. ~0006
WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. c:opvrIIJht '- 8nd Ia aubjecl toleg8l prosecution.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 15
and may withhold the Certificate in whole or in part to
the extent necessary to reasonably protect the Owner, if,
in the Architect's opinion, the Architect is unable to make
representations to the Owner as provided in Subpara-
graph 9.4.2. If the Architect is unable to make representa-
tions to the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2,
and to certify payment in the amount of the Project Ap-
plication, the Architect will notify the Construction Man-
ager as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor
and the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the
Architect will promptly issue a Project Certificate for Pay-
ment for the amount for which the Architect is able to
make such representations to the Owner. The Architect
may also decline to certify payment or, because of subse-
quently discovered evidence or subsequent observations,
the Architect may nullify the whole or any part of any
Project Certificate for Payment previously issued to such
extent as may be necessary, in the Architect's opinion, to
protect the Owner from loss because of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence in-
dicating probable iiling of such claims;
.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop-
erly to Subcontractors, or for labor, materials or
equipment;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com-
pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;
.5 damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be
completed within the Contract Time; or
.7 persistent failure to carrY out the Work in accord-
ance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.2 When the grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 above
are removed, payment shall be made for amounts with-
held because of them.
9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT
9.7.1 If the Construction Manager should fail to issue
recommendations within seven days of receipt of the
Contractor's Application for Payment, or if, through no
fault of the Contractor, the Architect does not issue a
Project Certificate for Payment within seven days after
the Architect's receipt of the Project Application for Pay-
ment. or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within
seven days after the date established in the Contract Doc-
uments any amount certified by the Architect or awarded
by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi-
tional days' written notice to the Owner. the Architect
and the Construction Manager, stop the Work until pay-
ment of the amount owing has been received. The Con-
tract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Con-
tractor's reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start-
up, which shall be effected by appropriate Change Order
in accordance with Paragraph 12.3.
9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a
designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the
Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara-
graph 8.1.3, the Contractor shall prepare for the Construc-
tion Manager a list of items to be completed or cor-
rected. The failure to include any items on such list does
not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete
all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
When the Architect, on the basis of inspection and con-
sultation with the Construction Manager. determines that
the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially
complete, the Architect will then prepare a Certificate of
Substantial Completion of the Work which shall establish
the Date of Substantial Completion of the Work, shall
state the responsibilities of the Owner and the Contractor
for security, maintenance, heal. utilities, damage to the
Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which
the Contractor shall complete the items listed therein.
The Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Work
shall be submitted to the Owner and the Contractor for
their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to
them in such Certificate.
9.8.2 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or desig-
nated portion thereof, and upon application by the Con-
tractor and certification by the Architect. the Owner shall
make payment. reflecting adjustment in retainage. if any,
for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Con-
tract Documents.
9.8.3 When the Architect, on the basis of inspections,
determines that the Project or designated portion thereof
is substantially complete, the Architect will then prepare
a Certificate of Substantial Completion of the Project
which shall establish the Date of Substantial Completion
of the Project and fix the time within which the Contrac-
tor shall complete any uncompleted items on the Certif-
icate of Substantial Completion of the Work.
9.8.4 Warranties required by the Contract Documents
shall commence on the Date of Substantial Completion of
the Project or designated portion thereof unless other-
wise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Comple-
tion of the Work or designated portion thereof.
9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT
9.9.1 Following the Architect's issuance of the Certificate
of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated por-
tion thereof, and the Contractor's completion of the
Work, the Contractor shall forward to the Construction
Manager a written notice that the Work is ready for final
inspection and acceptance, and shall also forward to the
Construction Manager a final Application for Payment.
Upon receipt, the Construction Manager will make the
necessary evaluations and forward recommendations to
the Architect who will promptly make such inspection.
When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under
the Contract Documents and the Contract fully per-
formed, the Architect will issue a ProjKt Certificate for
Payment which will approve the final payment due the
Contractor. This approval will constitute a representation
that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, informa-
tion and belief, and on the basis of observations and in-
spections. the Work has been completed in accordance
with the Terms and Conditions of the Contract Docu-
ments and that the entire balance found to be due the
Contractor, and noted in said Certificate, is due and pay-
able. The Architect's approval of said Project Certificate
for Payment will constitute a further representation that
the conditions precedent to the Contractor's being en-
titled to final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2
have been fulfilled.
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . ~ 19110 . THE
AMERICAN INSTlTUT< OF ARCHIT<CTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006
A201/CM-1980 16
WARNING: Unllceneed photocopying vIoIaIn u.s. copyright ... 8Ild .. subject to IelPI pIOMCUtIon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 16
9.9.2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining retain-
age shall become due until the Contractor submits to the
Architect, through the Construction Manager, (1) an affi-
davit that all payrolls, bills for materials and equipment,
and other indebtedness connected with the Work for
which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any
way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satis-
fied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final payment, and
(3) if required by the Owner, other data establishing pay-
ment or satisfaction of all such obligations, such as re-
ceipts, releases and waivers of liens arising out of the
Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be desig-
nated by the Owner. If any Subcontractor refuses to fur-
nish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Con-
tractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to
indemnify the Owner against any such lien. If any such
lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the
Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the
laller may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,
including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.
9.9.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final
completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault
of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orders
affecting final completion, and the Construction Manager
so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the
Contractor and certification by the Architect and without
terminating the Contract. make payment of the balance
due for that portion of the Work fully completed and
accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully
completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipu-
lated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been
furnished as provided in Paragraph 7.5, the written con-
sent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for
that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted
shall be submilled by the Contractor to the Construction
Manager prior to certification of such payment. Such pay-
ment shall be made under the Terms and Conditions gov-
erninR final payments, except that it shall not constitute a
waiver of claims.
9.9.4 The making of final payment shall, after the Date
of Substantial Completion of the Project, constitute a
waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising
from:
.1
.2
unsettled liens;
faulty or defective Work appearing after Substan-
tial Completion of the Work;
.3 failure of the Work to comply with the require-
ments of the Contract Documents; or
.4 terms of any special warranties required by the
Contract Documents.
""9.9.5 The acceptance of final payment shall, after the
Date of Substantial Completion of the Project, constitute
a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those
previously made in writing and identified by the Contrac-
tor as unsettled at the time of the final Application for
Payment.
9.9.6 All provisions of this Agreement, including with-
out limitation those establishing obligations and proce-
dures. shall remain in full force and effect notwithstand-
ing the making or acceptance of final payment prior to
the Date of Substantial Completion of the Project.
ARTICLE 10
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,
maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and
programs in connection with the Work.
10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable precau-
tions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable
protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to:
.1 all employees on the Work and all other persons
who may be affected thereby;
.2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or
off the site, under the care, custody or control of
the Contractor or any of the Contractor's Subcon-
tractors or Sub-subcontractors;
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in-
cluding trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures and utilities not designated
for removal, relocation or replacement in the
course of construction; and
.4 the work of the Owner or other separate contrac-
tors.
10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply
with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations
and lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the
safety of persons or property or their protection from
damage. injury or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re-
quired by existing conditions and the progress of the
Work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,
including posting danger signs and other warnings against
hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying
owners and users of adjacent utilities.
10.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other
hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the
execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the
utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the
supervision of properly qualified personnel.
10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage
or loss (other than damage or loss insured under Para-
graph 11.3) to any property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2
and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contrac-
tor, any Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor, anyone di-
rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any-
one for whose acts any of them may be liable, and for
which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2
and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to the
acts or omissions of the Owner, the Architect, the Con-
struction Manager or anyone directly or indirectly em-
ployed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable. and not attributable to the fault
or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obliga-
tions of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's
obligations under Paragraph 4.18.
10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible
member of the Contractor's organization at the site
whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This
person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless
17 A201/CM -1980
AlA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONDITIONfbF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. N.W . IVASltlNGTON. DC. 200lln
WARNING: UnllceMed photocopying vtolaWs u.s. copyrlght ... MIl Is subject 10 ...,.. pcoMCUtlon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 17
otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the
Owner and the Construction Manager.
10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part
of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety.
10.3 EMERGENCIES
10.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons
or property the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor's
discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
Any additional compensation or extension of time
claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency
work shall be determined as provided in Article 12 for
Changes in the Work.
ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE
11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insur-
ance for protection from the claims set forth below which
may arise out of or result from the Contractor's opera-
tions under the Contract, whether such operations be"by
the Contractor or by any Subcontractor, or by anyone di-
rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any-
one for whose acts any of them may be liable:
.1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensa-
tion, disability benefit and other similar employee
benefit acts;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occu-
pational sickness or disease, or death of the Con-
tractor's employees; .
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick-
ness or disease, or death of any person other than
the Contractor's employees;
.4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in-
jury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by
any person as a result of an offense directly or
indirectly related to the employment of such per-
son by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person;
.5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself,
because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property, including loss of use resulting therefrom;
and
.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury or
death of any person or property damage arising
out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any
motor vehicle.
11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1
shall be written for not less than any limits of liability
speCified in the Contract Documents or reqUired by law,
whichever is greater.
11.1.3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1
shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to
the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18.
11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner
shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for trans-
miltalto the Owner prior to commencement of the Work.
These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages
afforded under the policies will not be canceled until at
least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to
the Owner.
11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing
and maintaining Owner's liability insurance and, at the
Owner's option, may purchase and maintain insurance
for protection against claims which may arise from
operations under the Contract.
11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE
11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur-
chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire
Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This
insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the
Construction Manager, the Contractor, Subcontractors
and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and shall insure
against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall
include "all risk" insurance for physical loss or damage
including, without duplication of coverage, theft, van-
dalism and malicious mischief. If the Owner does not
intend to purchase such insurance for the full insurable
value of the entire Work, the Owner shall inform the
Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the
Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which
will protect the interests of the Contractor, the Contrac-
tor's Subcontractors and the Sub-subcontractors in the
Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof
shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is dam-
aged by failure of the Owner to purchase or maintain
such insurance and to so notify the Contractor, then the
Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributa-
ble thereto. If not covered under the all risk insurance
or otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. the
Contractor shall effect and maintain similar property in-
surance on portions of the Work stored off the site or in
transit when such portions of the Work are to be in-
cluded in an Application for Payment under Subpara-
graph 9.3.2.
11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such
boiler and machinery insurance as may be required by
the Contract Documents or by law. This insurance shall
include the interests of the Owner. the Construction Man-
ager. the Contractor. Subcontractors and Sub-subcontrac-
tors in the Work.
11.3.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11.3.1 is to
be adjusted with the Owner and made payable to the
Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may
appear, subject to the requirements of. any applicable
mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.8. The Con-
tractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any
insurance monies received by the Contractor, and by ap-
propriate agreement, written where legally required for
validity, shall require each Subcontractor to make pay-
ments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.
11.3.4 The Owner shall file a copy 01 all policies with
the Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur.
11.3.5 If the Contractor requests in writing that insur-
ance for risks other than those described in Subpara-
graphs 11.3.1 and 11.3.2, or other special hazards, be
included in the property insurance policy, the Owner
shall. if possible, include such insurance. and the cost
thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate
Change Order.
"IA DOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONOITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA- . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF "RCHlTECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVE.. ,,", W. WASHINGTON. D.C. ~0006
A201/CM -1980 18
WARNING: Unlicensed pl1otocopytng vkMIM u.s. c:opynght '- 8nd Is .ubIKt to IegIII ptWeCUtIon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750-18
11.3.6 The Owner and the Contractor waive all rights
against (1) each other and the Subcontractors, Sub-sub-
contractors, agents and employees of each other, and (2)
the Architect, the Construction Manager and separate con-
tractors, if any, and their subcontractors, sub-subcontrac-
tors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or
other perils to the extent covered by insurance obtained
pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or any other property in-
surance applicable to the Work, except such rights as
they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held
by the Owner as trustee. The foregoing waiver afforded
the Architect. the Construction Manager, their agents and
employees shall not extend to the liability imposed by
Subparagraph 4.18.3. The Owner or the Contractor, as
appropriate, shall require of the Architect, the Construc-
tion Manager, separate contractors, Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors by appropriate agreements, written
where legally required for validity, similar waivers each
in favor of all other parties enumerated in this Sub-
paragrapn 11.3.6.
11.3.7 If required in writing by any party in interest, the
Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an in-
sured loss, give bond for the proper performance of the
Owner's duties. The Owner shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received, and shall distribute it in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest
may reach, or in accordance with an award by arbitration
in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Para-
graph 7.9. If after such loss no other special agreement
is made, replacement of damaged Work shall be covered
by an appropriate Change Order.
11.3.8 The Owner, as trustee, shall have power to adjust
and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object. in writing within five days
after the occurrence of loss, to the Owner's exercise of
this power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators
shall be chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner
as trustee shall, in that case, make settlement with the
insurers in accordance with the directions of such arbi-
trators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbi-
tration is required, the arbitrators will direct such dis-
tribution.
11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use
a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
Completion thereof. such occupancy shall not commence
prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner and the
Contractor and to which the insurance company or com.
panies providing the property insurance have consented
by endorsement to the policy or policies. This insurance
shall not be canceled or lapsed on account of such partial
occupancy. Consent of the Contractor and of the insur-
ance company or companies to such occupancy or use
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
11.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE
11.4.1 The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase
and maintain insurance for protection against loss of use
of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,
however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action
against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's
property, including consequential losses due to fire or
other hazards however caused, to the extent covered by
insurance under this Paragraph 11.4.
ARTICLE 12
CHANGES IN THE WORK
12.1 CHANGE ORDERS
12.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Con-
tractor signed to show the recommendation of the Con-
struction Manager, the approval of the Architect and the
authorization of the Owner, issued after execution of the
Contract, authorizing a change in the Work or an adjust-
ment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. The
Contract Sum and the Contract Time may be changed
only by Change Order. A Change Order signed by the
Contractor indicates the Contractor's agreement there-
with, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or
the Contract Time.
12.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract,
may order changes in the Work within the general scope
of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other
revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being
adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall
be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed
under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu-
ments.
12.1.3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a
change in the Work shall be determined in one or more
of the following ways:
.1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly
itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating
data to permit evaluation;
.2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or
subsequently agreed upon;
.3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon
by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or
percentage fee; or
.4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1.4.
12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses
12.1.3.1,12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac-
tor, provided a written order signed by the Owner is re-
ceived, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved.
The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the
Architect, after consultation with the Construction Man-
ager. on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and
savings of those performing the Work attributable to the
change, including, in the case of an increase in the Con-
tract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and
profit. In such case. and also under Clauses 12.1.3.3 and
12.1.3.4 above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in
such form as the Owner, the Architect or the Construc-
tion Manager may prescribe. an itemized accounting to-
gether with appropriate supporting data for inclusion in
a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided in the Con.
tract Documents, cost shall be limited to the following:
cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery;
cost of labor, including social security, old age and
unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits required by
agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's compensa-
tion insurance; bond premiums; rental value of equip-
ment and machinery; and the additional costs of super-
vision and field office personnel directly attributable to
the change. Pending final determination of cost to the
Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Ar-
chitect's approval of a Project Certificate for Payment.
19 A201/CM -1980
AlA OOCUMENT A201/CM . GENERAL CONOITIO~ OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlAe . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHIlECTS. 17JS NEW YORK AVE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON, O.c. 20006
WARNING: UnllcenMd photocopying vloIalea U.S. ~ '-1IIId Is eubject to IepI proeecutlon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 19
The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to
the Owner for any deletion or change which results in a
net decrease in the Contract Sum will be the amount of
the actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect after
consultation with the Construction Manager. When both
additions and credits covering related Work or substitu-
tions are involved in anyone change, the allowance for
overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the
net increase, if any, with respect to that change.
12.1.5 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Docu-
ments or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities
originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed
Change Order that application of the agreed unit prices
to the quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial
inequity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable
unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.
12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS
12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the
performance of the Work below the surface of the ground
or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing
structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by
the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical
conditions below the surface of the ground or should
concealed or unknown conditions in an existing struc-
ture of an unusual nature, differing materially from those
ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as in-
herent in work of the character provided for in this Con-
tract, be encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equita-
bly adjusted by Change Order upon claim by either party
made within twenty days after the first observance of the
conditions. .
12.3 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST
12.3.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an
increase in the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall give
the Architect and the Construction Manager written no-
tice thereof within twenty days after the occurrence of
the event giving rise to such claim. This notice shall be
given by the Contractor before proceeding to execute the
Work, except in an emergency endangering life or prop-
erty in which case the Contractor shall proceed in ac-
cordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim shall be
valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Contractor
cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in the
Contract Sum, it shall be determined by the Architect
after consultation with the Construction Manager. Any
change in the Contract Sum resulting from such claim
shall be authorized by Change Order.
12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cost is in-
volved because of, but not limited to, (1) any written in-
terpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.3.11, (2) any or-
der by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para-
graph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault. or any
such order by the Construction Manager as the Owner's
agent. (3) any written order for a minor change in the
Work issued pursuant to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of
payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7. the
Contractor shall make such claim as provided in Sub-
paragraph 12.3.1.
12.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
12.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor
changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the
Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not
inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents.
Such changes shall be effected by written order !ss~ed
through the Construction Manager, and shall be bmdmg
on the Owner and the Contractor. The Contractor shall
carry out such written orders promptly.
ARTICLE 13
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK
13.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
13.1.1 If any portion of the Work should be covered
contrary to the request of the Architect or the Construc-
tion Manager, or to requirements specifically expressed in
the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by
either, be uncovered for their observation and shall be
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
13.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been cov-
ered which the Architect or the Construction Manager
has not speCifically requested to observe prior to its being
covered, either may request to see such Work and it shall
be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work be found
in accordance with the Contract Documents, the cost of
uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change
Order, be charged to the Owner. If such Work be found
not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the
Contractor shall pay such costs unless it be found that
this condition was caused by the Owner or a separate
contractor as provided in Article 6, in which event the
Owner shall be responsible for the payment of such costs.
13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work
rejected by the Architect or the Construction Manager as
defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Docu-
ments whether observed before or after Substantial Com-
pletion of the Project and whether or not fabricated, in-
stalled or completed. The Contractor shall bear all costs
of correcting such rejected Work, including compensa-
tion for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's
additional services made necessary thereby.
13.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial
Completion of the Project or designated portion thereof,
or within one year after acceptance by the Owner of
designated equipment, or within such longer period of
time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any
applicable special warranty required by the Contract Docu-
ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in
accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor
shall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice
from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previ-
ously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such
condition. This obligation shall survive both final payment
for the Work or designated portion thereof and termina-
tion of the Contract. The Owner shall give such notice
promptly after discovery of the condition.
13.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site all
portion~ of the Work which are defective or nonconform-
ing and which have not been corrected under Subpara-
graphs 4.5.1,13.2.1 and 13.2.2. unless removal is waived
by the Owner.
13.2.4 If the Contractor fails to correct defective or non-
conforming Work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5.1,
A'A DOCUMENT A201/CM . GE,""ERAl CONOITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE 1980 EDITION . AlA_ . ~ 1980 . THE
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK ,WE.. N.W.. WASHINGTON. D,C. ~0006
A201/CM -1980 20
WARNING: l1iilcensed photOCOpying vi~ u.s. copyright '- .1Id .. 8Ubject eo leg8I pl'OMCUtlon.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 20
13.2.1 and 13.2.2, the Owner may correct it in accordance
with Paragraph 3.4.
13.2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor-
rection of such defective or nonconforming Work within
a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi-
tect issued through the Construction Manager, the Owner
may remove it and may store the materials or equipment
at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does
not pay the cost of such removal and storage within ten
days thereafter, the Owner may, upon ten additional
days' written notice, sell such Work at auction or at pri-
vate sale and shall account for the net proceeds thereof,
after deducting all the costs that should have been borne
by the Contractor, including compensation for the Archi-
tect's and the Construction Manager's additional services
made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not
cover all costs which the Contractor should have borne,
the difference shall be charged to the Contractor and an
appropriate Change Order shall be issued. If the payments
then or lt1ereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to
cover such amount. the Contractor shall pay the differ-
ence to the Owner.
13.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making
good all work of the Owner or separate contractors de-
stroyed or damaged by such correction or removal.
13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be
construed to establish a period of limitation with respect
to any other obligation which the Contractor might have
under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5
hereof. The establishment of the time periods noted in
Subparagraph 13.2.2, or SUCR longer period of time as
may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any warranty
required by the Contract Documents. relates only to the
specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work,
and has no relationship to the lime within which the
Contractor's obligation to comply with the Contract Doc-
uments may be sought to be enforced. nor to the time
within which proceedings may be commenced to estab-
lish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contrac-
tor's obligations other than specifically to correct the
Work.
13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFEOIVE OR
NONCONFORMING WORK
13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non-
conforming Work. the Owner may do so instead of requir-
ing its removal and correction, in which case a Change
Order will be issued to reflect a reduction in the Contract
Sum where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment
shall be effected whether or not final payment has been
made.
ARTICLE 14
TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1 TERMINATION BYTHECONTRAOOR
14.1.1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days
under an order of any court or other public authority
having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government
such as a declaration of a national emergency making
materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the Con-
tractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or
any other persons performing any of the Work under a
contract with the Contractor, or if the Work should be
stopped for a period of thirty days by the Contractor be-
cause of the Construction Manager's failure to recom-
mend or the Architect's failure to issue a Project Certifi-
cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because
the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in
Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi-
tional days' written notice to the Owner, the Architect
and the Construction Manager, terminate the Contract and
recover from the Owner payment for all Work executed
and for any proven loss sustained upon any materials,
equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery,
including reasonable profit and damages.
14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER
14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or
makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors,
or if a receiver is appointed on account of the Contrac-
tor's insolvency, or if the Contractor persistently or re-
peatedly refuses or fails, except in cases for which exten-
sion of time is provided, to supply enough properly
skilled workers or proper mat~rials, or fails to make
prompt payment to Subcontractors or for materials or
labor. or persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules,
regulations or orders of any public authority having juris-
tion, or otherwise is guilty of a substantial violation of a
provision of the Contract Documents, and fails within
seven days after receipt of written notice to commence
and continue correction of such default, neglect or viola-
tion with diligence and promptness. the Owner, upon
certification by the Architect after consultation with the
Construction Manager that sufficient cause exists to justify
such action, may, after seven days following receipt by
the Contractor of an additional written notice and with-
out prejudice to any other remedy the Owner may have,
terminate the employment of the Contractor and take
possession of the site and of all materials, equipment,
tools. construction equipment and machinery thereon
owned by the Contractor and may finish the Work by
whatever methods the Owner may deem expedient. In
such case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive
any further payment until the Work is finished.
14.2.2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum ex-
ceeds the costs of finishing the Work, including compen-
sation for the Architect's and the Construction Manager's
additional services made necessary thereby, such excess
shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the
unpaid balance. the Contractor shall pay the difference
to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor
or to the Owner. as the case may be. shall be certified by
the Architect, upon application. in the manner provided
in Paragraph 9.4. and this obligation for payment shall
survive the termination of the Contract.
21 A201/CM -1980
AlA OOCUMENT A201'CM . GENERAL CONOITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT EDITION . JUNE '1'980 EDITION . AlA- . CD 19l1O . THE
AMERICA" I"STITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 173S NEW YORK AVE., N.W.. WASHINGTON. O.c. 20006
WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying ~ U.S. copyright '- and Is subfect to legal prosecution.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
00750 - 21
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS
Information contained in this Supplementary Conditions amends, supplements or clarifies
the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Construction Management
Edition, AlA Document A201/CM dated June 1980 Edition.
In cases of conflict between the General Conditions and these Supplementary Conditions.
wording of this Section shall govern.
ARTICLE 1
1. Subparagraph 1.1.3-third line-after the word "construction," delete the remaining
words and insert the following:
"and all supplies, tools, construction equipment and machinery. water, heat,
utilities, transportation, and other facilities, services, and incidentals necessary for
the proper execution and completion of such construction; except as expressly
noted in the Scope of Work or the General Requirements of the Contract."
2. Subparagraph 1.2.1-delete in its entirety.
3. Add new subparagraph 1.2.5 as follows:
"Where on any of the drawings a portion of the Work is drawn out and the
remainder is indicated in outline, the parts drawn out shall also apply to all other
like portions of the Work."
4. Add new subparagraph 1.3.2 as follows:
"Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be
furnished, free of charge, all copies of Drawings and Specifications reasonably
necessary for the execution of the Work."
ARTICLE 2
1. Subparagraph 2.2.1-after the word "representative", add:
"The term Construction Manager means the Construction Manager acting through
his authorized representative."
2. Subparagraph 2.3.4-first sentence after the word "Architect," add "along with the
Construction Manager."
3. Subparagraph 2.3.7-delete in its entirety.
4. Subparagraph 2.3.15-delete in its entirety.
5. Subparagraph 2.3.18-delete the word "reasonable" in the sixth (6th) line. After
the word "promptness", add "consistent with the constraints of the project
schedule so as to cause no delay."
6. Subparagraph 2.3.21-first line-delete the words "The Construction Manager will
assist the Architect", and substitute, "The Architect will assist the Construction
Manager."
7. Subparagraph 2.3.23-delete the phrase "against whom the Contractor makes no
reasonable objection and." Also, delete the last sentence in the subparagraph in
its entirety.
ARTICLE 3
1. Subparagraph 3.2.1-delete in its entirety.
2. Subparagraph 3.3.1-delete from the last sentence the phrase, "..., except to the
extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3".
3. Subparagraph 3.4.1-substitute three (3) days notice in each case for the seven
(7) day notices stipulated. Add at end of subparagraph the following: "In the
event of clean-up issues, Owner has right to provide a minimum of 24 hours
notice. In the event of safety issues determined to be of a serious nature, as
determined by the Construction Manager, notice will given, and contractor is
required to rectify deficiency immediately."
ARTICLE 4
1. Add new subparagraph 4.4.3 as follows:
"The Contractor is responsible for the conduct of his employees at all times.
Misconduct, destruction of property, unsafe practices, or violation of any Federal
or State regulations including abuse of alcohol or drugs, will be cause for
permanent dismissal from the project. If any Contractor employee is determined
to be detrimental to the Project, as deemed by the Construction Manager, the
Contractor will remove and/or replace the employee at the request of the
Construction Manager. Employees dismissed from the project will be transported
from the jobsite at the Contractor's expense."
2. Add new subparagraph 4.,1.4 as follows:
''The Contractor shall be totally responsible for the security of his work, materials,
equipment, supplies, tools, machinery, and construction equipment."
3. Add new subparagraph 4.4.5 as follows:
"The Contractor shall be responsible for complete. timely and accurate field
measurements as necessary for proper coordination, fabrication and installation of
his materials and equipment. The Contractor agrees to cooperate with the
Construction Manager, if required, to accommodate any discovered variations or
deviations from the Drawings and Specifications so that the progress of the Work
is not adversely affected."
4. Subparagraph 4.7.1-delete in its entirety and replace with:
"The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits, impact fees, governmental
fees, licenses. inspections and surveys required by Federal, State, or Municipal
bodies having jurisdiction over the project for the proper execution and completion
of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and
which are legally required at the time bids are received. The Owner will not
assess any County building permit or County impact fees. The Contractor will be
responsible for any other building permit costs or impact fees required for this
project. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all building and specialty permits
including plumbing, electrical, HVAC, etc."
5. Subparagraph 4.8-delete in its entirety.
6. Subparagraph 4.9.1-add the following sentence:
"The superintendent shall be satisfactory to the Construction Manager and shall
not be changed except with the consent of the Construction Manager, unless the
superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor or ceases to be in his
employ. "
7. Subparagraph 4.10.1-add the following sentence:
''This schedule, to be submitted within seven (7) days after Contract Award, shall
indicate the dates for the starting and completion of the various stages of
construction, shall be revised as required by the conditions of the Work, and shall
be subject to the Construction Manager's approval."
8. Add new subparagraph 4.10.2:
"The Construction Manager will conduct a weekly scheduling meeting which the
Contractor shall attend. At this meeting, the parties can discuss jointly such
matters as progress, scheduling, and problems."
9. Add new subparagraph 4.12.9:
"If materials specified in the Contract Documents are not available on the present
market, the Contractor may submit data on substitute materials through the
Architect to the Construction Manager for approval by the Owner."
10. Subparagraph 4.14.1-add at line 3 after "properly":
"He shall also provide protection of existing work as required."
11. Subparagraph 4.14.2-at end of paragraph, add:
"When structural members are involved, the written consent of the
Architect/Engineer shall also be required. The Contractor shall not unreasonably
withhold from the Construction Manager or any separate contractor his consent to
cutting or otherwise altering the Work."
12. Add new subparagraph 4.14.3:
'The Contractor shall arrange for any blockouts, cutouts, or opening required for
the installation of his materials and equipment and the execution of his work,
whether or not shown or indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall be
further responsible for sealing and/or finishing, in an acceptable fashion and
meeting any applicable code requirements, any such block-out, cutout opening, or
other hole in any fire-rated floor, ceiling, wall, security wall, or any other finished
surface".
13. Subparagraph 4.15.1-at end of paragraph, add:
"Clean up shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Owner or Construction
Manager."
14. Add new subparagraph 4.16.2:
"The Contractor shall promptly return telephone calls or respond to any other form
of communication initiated by the Construction Manager. Failure to promptly do so
shall be considered a lack of performance on the part of the Contractor, and may
be considered grounds for replacement of site personnel."
15. Add new Subparagraph 4.16.3:
"All written correspondence to the Construction Manager shall be serialized,
dated. and signed by an authorized representative of the Contractor. The
correspondence shall be directed to:
Mr. Stephen W. Piazza, AlA, NCARB
Monroe County
Construction Manager
5100 College Road
Key West, Florida 33040
or hand delivered to the Construction Manager's office.
16. Subparagraph 4.18-delete in its entirety and insert "Indemnification and Hold
Harmless" and the following:
"The Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Monroe
County and Monroe County Board of County Commissioners from any and all
claims for bodily injury (including death), personal injury, and property damage
(including property owned by Monroe County) and any other losses, damages,
and expenses (including attorney's fees) which arise out of, in connection with, or
by reason of services provided by the Contractor or any of its subcontractors in
any tier, occasioned by the negligence or other wrongful act or omission of the
Contractor or its subcontractors in any tier, their employees, or agents.
The first ten dollars ($10.00) of remuneration paid to the Contractor is for the
indemnification provided for the above.
The extent of liability is in no way limited to, reduced, or lessened by the insurance
requirements contained elsewhere within this agreement."
ARTICLE 5
1. Subparagraph 5.2.3-delete in its entirety and insert the following:
"If the Owner or Construction Manager refuses to accept any person or entity on
a list submitted by the Contractor in response to the requirements of the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute; however, no
increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitution."
ARTICLE 6
1. Subparagraph 6.1.1-delete the last sentence.
2. Subparagraph 6.1.3-delete in its entirety, and insert the following:
"It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate his work with the work
of other contractors on the site. The Owner and Construction Manager shall be
held harmless of any and all costs associated with improper coordination."
3. Subparagraph 6.2.5-sixth (6th) line, after the word "initiates," delete the words
"an arbitration proceeding" and substitute "a claim;" tenth line, delete the words "at
the Owner's expense, and"; thirteenth line, after the words "and court or," delete
the word "arbitration" and substitute "claim."
4. Add new subparagraph 6.2.6:
"Should the Contractor contend that he is entitled to an extension of time for
completion of any portion or portions of the work, he shall, within (72) hours of the
occurrence of the cause of the delay, notify the Construction Manager in writing,
of his contention: setting forth (A) the cause for the delay, (B) a description of the
portion or portions of work affected thereby, and (C) all details pertinent thereto.
A subsequent written application for the specific number of days of extension of
time requested shall be made by the Contractor to the Construction Manager with
(72) hours after the delay has ceased to exist.
It is a condition precedent to the consideration or prosecution of any claim for an
extension of time that the foregoing provisions be strictly adhered to in each
instance and, if the Contractor fails to comply, he shall be deemed to have waived
the claim.
The Contractor agrees that whether or not any delay, regardless of cause, shall be
the basis for an extension of time he shall have no claim against the Owner or
Construction Manager for an increase in the contract price, nor a claim against the
Owner or Construction Manger for a payment or allowance of any kind for
damage, loss or expense resulting from delays: nor shall the Contractor have any
claim for damage, loss or expense resulting from interruptions to, or suspension
of, his work to enable other contractors to perform their work. The only remedy
available to the Contractor shall be an extension of time."
ARTICLE 7
1. Subparagraph 7.1.1-delete in its entirety and insert the following:
"The contract shall be govemed by the laws of the State of Florida. Venue for any
claims or disputes arising under this contract shall be in the Circuit Court of the
16th Judicial Circuit of the State of Florida."
2. Subparagraph 7.2.1-delete in its entirety and insert the following:
"The Owner or Construction Manager (as the case may be) and the Contractor
each binds himself, his partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives
of such other party in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations
contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign
the Contract or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other."
3. Add new Subparagraph 7.2.2:
"The Contractor shall not assign any monies due or to become due under this
Contract without prior written consent of the Owner or Construction Manager."
4. Paragraph 7.5-delete in its entirety and insert:
"The Owner shall require the Contractor to furnish a Public Construction Bond in
accordance with paragraph 11.1.9."
5. Subparagraph 7.8.1-delete in its entirety.
6. Paragraph 7.9 'Arbitration' and all associated subparagraphs 7.9.1, 7.9.2, &
7.9.3-delete in their entirety.
ARTICLE 8
1. Add new Subparagraph 8.1.6:
"The Owner/Construction Manager shall be the final judge as to whether
substantial completion has been achieved and certifies the date to the Contractor
and Architect."
2. Subparagraph 8.3.1-delete in its entirety and insert the following:
"If the Contractor is delayed, at any time, in the progress of the Work by any act or
neglect of the Owner, Construction Manager, or the Architect/Engineer, or by any
employee of either, or by any separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by
changes ordered in the Work, or by fire, unusual delay in transportation, adverse
weather conditions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties or any
causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner,
Construction Manager, or by any other cause which the Construction Manager
determines may justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by no
cost Change Order for such reasonable time as the Construction Manager may
determine. in accordance with subparagraph 6.2.6."
3. Subparagraph 8.3.2-delete in its entirety and insert:
"Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Construction
Manager not more than seventy-two (72) hours after the commencement of the
delay in accordance with paragraph 6.2.6; otherwise it shall be waived. Any claim
for extension of time shall state the cause of the delay and the number of days of
extension requested. If the cause of the delay is continuing, only one claim is
necessary, but the Contractor shall report the termination of the cause for the
delay within seventy-two (72) hours after such termination in accordance with
paragraph 6.2.6; otherwise, any claim for extension of time based upon that cause
shall be waived."
4. Subparagraph 8.3.4-delete in its entirety and insert the following:
"No claim for an increase in the Contract Sum for either acceleration or delay will
be allowed for extensions of time pursuant to this Paragraph 8.3 or for other
changes in the Construction Schedules."
5. Add new subparagraph 8.3.5:
"If the Project is delayed as a result of the Contractor's refusal or failure to begin
the Work on the date of commencement as defined in paragraph 8.1.2, or his
refusal or failure to carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate forces, the
Contractor causing the delay shall be liable, but not limited to, delay claims from
other Contractors which are affected."
ARTICLE 9
1. Subparagraph 9.3.3-add at line 14 after the word "person":
"All Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall execute an agreement stating
that title will so pass, upon their receipt of payment from the Contractor."
2. Subparagraph 9.5.1-add:
"From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a progress payment,
10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the Owner until
final payment is made. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable. less all
previous payments, shall be certified for payment.
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor shall not be entitled to demand or
receive progress payment based on quantities of work in excess of those
provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders, except when
such excess quantities have been determined by the Construction Manager to be
a part of the final quantity for the item of work in question.
No progress payment shall bind the Owner to the acceptance of any materials or
work in place, as to quality or quantity. All progress payments are subject to
correction at the time of final payments.
3. Add new subparagraph 9.5.6:
"All material and work covered by partial payments made shall thereupon become
the sole property of the Owner, and by this provision shall not be construed as
relieving the Contractor from the sole responsibility for the materials and work
upon which payments have been made or the restoration for any damaged
material, or as a waiver to the right of the Owner or Construction Manager to
require the fulfillment of all the terms of the Contract."
4. Add new subparagraph 9.5.7:
"Except in case of bona fide disputes, or where the Contractor has some other
justifiable reason for delay, the Contractor shall pay for all transportation and utility
services not later than the end of the calendar month following that in which
services are rendered and for all materials, tools, and other expendable
equipment which are delivered at the site of the Project. The Contractor shall pay,
to each of his Subcontractors. not later than the end of the calendar month in
which each payment is made to the Contractor, the representative amount allowed
the Contractor on account of the work performed by his Subcontractor interest
therein. The Contractor shall, by an appropriate agreement with each
Subcontractor, also require each Subcontractor to make payments to his suppliers
and Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner."
5. Subparagraph 9.6.1-delete in its entirety and insert the following:
''The Construction Manager/Architect may decline to approve an Application for
Payment if, in his opinion, the application is not adequately supported. If the
Contractor and Construction Manager cannot agree on a revised amount, the
Construction Manager shall process the Application for the amount he deems
appropriate. The Construction Manager may also decline to approve any
Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or
subsequent inspections, he may nullify, in whole or part, any approval previously
made to such extent as may be necessary in his opinion because of: (1) defective
work not remedied; (2) third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating
probable filing of such claims; (3) failure of the Contractor to make payments
properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials, or equipment; (4) reasonable
evidence that the work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the
Contract Sum; (5) damage to the Construction Manager, the Owner, or another
contractor working at the project; (6) reasonable evidence that the Work will not be
completed within the contract time; (7) persistent failure to carry out the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.6.1.1 No payment shall be made to the Contractor until
certificates of insurance or other evidence of compliance by the
Contractor, within all the requirements of Artide 11, have been filed
with the Owner and Construction Manager. Further, no payments
on the basis of work performed by a Subcontractor shall be paid
until copies of all bonds required by Paragraph 7.5 and any
certificates of insurance required of the Subcontractors under
Article 11 have been filed with the Owner."
6. Paragraph 9.7-delete in its entirety.
7. Add paragraph 9.10:
"Any requirement of this Article 9 that the Contractor furnish proof to the Owner,
Architect or Construction Manager that the subcontractors and materialmen have
been paid is for the protection and convenience of the Owner only. Unpaid
subcontractors and materialmen may only seek payment from the Contractor and
the surety that provided the Contractor's Public Construction Bond. The
Contractor must insert this paragraph 9.10 in all its contracts with subcontractors
and materialmen."
ARTICLE 1 0
1. Paragraph 10.2.S-second line-delete "(other than damage or loss insured under
Paragraph 11.3)".
ARTICLE 11
1. Delete Article 11 in its entirety and insert Article 11; "Insurance and Bonds" and
the following subparagraphs:
Prior to commencement of work governed by this contract (including the pre-
staging of personnel and material), the Contractor shall obtain, at their own
expense, insurance as specified in the attached schedules, which are made part
of this Agreement. The Contractor will ensure that the insurance obtained will
extend protection to all subcontractors engaged by the Contractor. As an
alternative the Contractor may require all subcontractors to obtain insurance
consistent with the attached schedules.
The Contractor will not be permitted to commence work governed by the
Agreement (including pre-staging of personnel and material) until satisfactory
evidence of the required insurance has been furnished to the County as specified
below. Delays in the commencement of work resulting from the failure of the
Contractor to provide satisfactory evidence of the required insurance shall not
extend deadlines specified in this Agreement and any penalties and failure to
perform assessments shall be imposed as if the work commenced on the
specified date and time, except for the Contractor's failure to provide satisfactory
evidence.
The Contractor shall maintain the required insurance throughout the entire term of
this contract and any extensions specified in any attached schedules. Failure to
comply with this provision may result in the immediate suspension of all work until
the required insurance has been reinstated or replaced. Delays in the completion
of work resulting from the failure of the Contractor to maintain the required
insurance shall not extend deadlines specified in this Agreement and any
penalties and failure to perform assessments shall be imposed as if the work
commenced on the specified date and time, except for the Contractor's failure to
provide satisfactory evidence.
The Contractor shall provide, to the County in care of the Construction Manager,
as satisfactory evidence of the required insurance, either:
m Certificate of Insurance
or
m A certified copy of the actual insurance policy
The County, at its sole option, has the right to request a certified copy of any or all
insurance policies required by this Contract.
All insurance policies must specify that they are not subject to cancellation, non-
renewal, material change, or reduction in coverage unless a minimum of thirty (30)
days prior notification is given to the County by the insurer.
The acceptance and/or approval of the Contractor's insurance shall not be
construed as relieving the Contractor from any liability or obligation assumed
under this contract or imposed by law.
The Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, it's employees and officials
will be included as "Additional Insured" on all policies, except for Worker's
Compensation.
In addition, the County will be named as an additional insured and loss payee on
all policies covering County-owned property.
Any deviations from these General Insurance Requirements must be requested in
writing on the County prepared form entitled "Request for Waiver of Insurance
Requirements" and approved by the Monroe County's Risk Manager.
11.1.8 Throughout the term of the contract, the Contractor shall purchase and
maintain Builder's Risk Insurance on an All Risk Loss Form. Coverage shall
include: Theft. Windstorm, Hail, Explosion, Riot, Civil Commotion, Aircraft,
Vehicles, Smoke, Fire, Collapse and Floods. The policy limits shall be no less
than the amount of the finished project and coverage shall be provided on a
completed value basis. The completed value is defined as all material, labor,
supplies, and equipment intended to be incorporated in and to become a
permanent part of the completed facility. The facility as defined for this paragraph
includes structures as defined in the contract drawings and specifications.
Property located on the construction premises, which is intended to become a
permanent part of the building, shall be included as property covered. The policy
shall be endorsed permitting the County to occupy the building prior to completion
without effecting the coverage.
11.1.9
Public Construction Bond
The Owner shall require the Contractor to furnish a Public Construction Bond in
the form provided by the Owner in this section as a guarantee for the faithful
performance of the Contract (including guarantee and maintenance provisions)
and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder. The Public Construction
Bond shall be in an amount at least equal to the contract price. This contract is
subject to the provisions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes. which are
incorporated herein.
ARTICLE 12
1. Subparagraph 12.1.2-Add to end of paragraph, "The Architect will prepare each
Change Order in the format of the AlA Document G701/CM."
2. Subparagraph 12.1.~nder item .1, add the following at the end of the sentence.
", as set forth in subparagraph 12.1.6"
3. Subparagraph 12.1.4-delete in its entirety and insert the following:
"If none of the methods set forth in Clauses 12.1.3.1, 12.1.3.2 or 12.1.3.3 is
agreed upon, the Contractor. provided a written order signed by the Owner or
Construction Manager is received, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved.
The cost of such work shall then be determined by daily force accounts in a form
acceptable to the Owner and Construction Manager. The daily force account
forms shall identify contractor and/or subcontractor personnel by name. total hours
for each man, each piece of equipment and total hours for equipment and all
material(s) by type for each extra work activity claim. Each daily force account
form shall be signed by the designated Construction Manager's representative no
later than the close of business on the day the work is performed to verify the
items and hours listed. Extended pricing of these forms shall be submitted to the
Construction Manager with all supporting documentation required by the
Construction Manager for inclusion into a change order. Unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents, cost shall be limited to the following: cost of
materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery; cost of labor, including social
security, old age and unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits required by
agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's compensation insurance; and the
rental value of equipment and machinery. Mark-ups for overhead and profit will be
in accordance with subparagraph 12.1.6. Pending final determination of cost,
payments on account shall be made as determined by the Construction Manager.
The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor for any deletion or change,
which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum, will be the amount of the
actual net cost as confirmed by the Construction Manager. When both additions
and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in anyone change,
the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net
increase, if any, with respect to that change."
4. Add new subparagraph 12.1.6:
"The actual cost of Changes in the Work may include all items of labor or material,
power tools, and equipment actually used, utilities. pro rata charges for foreman,
and all payroll charges such as Public Liability and Workmen's Compensation
Insurance. No percentage for overhead and profit shall be allowed on items of
Social Security and Sales Tax. If deductions are ordered, the credit shall be the
net cost. Items considered as overhead shall include insurance other than that
mentioned above. bond or bonds, superintendent, timekeeper. clerks, watchmen,
use of small tools, miscellaneous supplies, incidental job costs, warranties, and all
general home/field office expenses. The actual cost of Changes in the Work
(other than those covered by unit prices set forth in the Contract Documents) shall
be computed as follows:
12. 1.6.1 If the Contractor performs the actual Work, the maximum percentage
mark-up for overhead shall be five percent (5%) and the maximum percentage for
profit shall be five percent (5%).
12.1.6.2 If the Subcontractor performs the actual Work, the percentage mark-up
for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of ten percent (10%). If the
Contractor does not enter into the Work, the maximum mark up for managing this
work will be five percent (5%).
12.1.6.3 If the Subcontractor performs part of the actual work, his percentage
mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of ten percent (10%)
on his direct work only. If the Contractor performs part of the actual work, his
percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a maximum addition of ten
percent (10%) on his direct work only.
5. Add new subparagraph 12.1.7:
"The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner through the Construction Manager, an
itemized breakdown of the quantities and prices used in computing the value of
any change that might be ordered. Any additional supporting documentation
requested by the Construction Manager such as certified quotations or invoices
shall be provided by the Contractor to the Construction Manager at no additional
cost to the Owner."
6. Subparagraph 12.3.1-delete in its entirety and insert the following:
"If the Contractor claims that any instructions given to him by the Construction
Manager, by drawings or otherwise, involve extra work not covered by the
Contract, he shall give the Construction Manager written notice thereof within five
(5) days after the receipt of such instructions and before proceeding to execute
the work, except in emergencies endangering life or property, in which case the
Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3.
The written notice to the Construction Manager for the extra work shall include a
complete description of the extra work, the total cost and a detailed cost
breakdown by labor, material and equipment for each additional activity required
to be performed. Mark-ups shall be limited as specified elsewhere in this Article.
Except as otherwise specifically provided, no claim for additional cost shall be
allowed unless the complete notice specified by this subparagraph is given by the
Contractor."
7. Subparagraph 12.3.2-change the word 'agent' in the seventh (7th) line, to
'representative', and revise the remainder of the paragraph to read: "or (3) any
written order for a minor change in the Work issued pursuant to Paragraph 12.4,
the Contractor shall make such claim as provided in Subparagraph 12.3.1."
8. Add new subparagraph 12.3.3:
"Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor shall carry on the Work and
maintain its progress during any dispute or claim proceeding, and Owner shall
continue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Disputes unresolved shall be settled in accordance with
subparagraph 7.1.1. The Contractor shall maintain completed daily force account
forms in accordance with subparagraph 12.1.4 for any dispute or claim item."
ARTICLE 14
1. Subparagraph 14.1.1-starting at the eighth (8th) line, delete the phrase. "..., or if
the Work should be stopped for a period of thirty (30) days by the CONTRACTOR
because of the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S failure to recommend or the
ARCHITECTS failure to issue a Project Certificate for Payment as provided in
Paragraph 9.7 or because the OWNER has not made. payment thereon as
provided in Paragraph 9.7".
2. Subparagraph 14.1.1-add to the last sentence: "excluding home office overhead."
3. Subparagraph 14.2.1-change the words 'seven days' in the 13th and 18th line, to
'72 hours'.
......END OF SECTION 00800......
SECTION 00970
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
1.1 REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
A. Every Contractor and Subcontractor employed on the Project shall
comply with all applicable local, State, and Federal safety and health
regulations and with Monroe County safety and health policies as
described herein.
1.2 PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
A. It is recognized that it is good business and evidence of competent
leadership to prevent the occurrence of incidents that lead to occupational
injuries or illnesses. Safety and health requirements on this project include,
but are not limited to, the following:
1. In general, this accident prevention policy is based
on a sincere desire to eliminate personal injuries, occupational
illnesses, and equipment and property damage; and to protect the
general public exposed to or associated with the work.
2. The importance of the safety of all workers on the
project shall be recognized and accident prevention shall be an
integral part of all operations.
3. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall conduct
work in a safe and practical manner in conformance with the OSHA
Safety and Health Regulations and the latest edition of the Manual
of Accident Prevention, Associated General Contractors of
America.
4. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall observe all
applicable Federal, State, local and project laws and regulations
pertaining to safety and health, pollution control, water supply, fire
protection, sanitation facilities, waste disposal and other related
items.
5. The Mandatory Safety and Health Rules shall be
posted in a conspicuous location along with the OSHA and
Emergency Phone Number posters.
6. A record of all occupational injuries and illnesses
shall be maintained. Medical and lost time cases shall be properly
recorded on the OSHA log, and reported to Monroe County. A
copy of the insurance report for workmen compensation cases
shall be provided to Monroe County.
7. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall provide or
arrange for adequate first aid facilities, emergency transportation
and persons qualified in first aid.
8. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall cooperate
fully with all other contractors in their respective safety and health
programs.
9. Good housekeeping shall be observed at all times.
Waste, debris, and garbage shall be removed daily or placed in
appropriate waste containers. All materials, tools, and equipment
shall be stored in a safe and orderly fashion. Each contractor shall
donate 10% of their staff to a crew that will convene every Friday at
1 :00 pm for a joint site clean-up effort not to exceed a duration of
three hours.
In summary, there will be a three-part clean-up plan.
The first part consists of the contractor cleaning up on a daily
basis, his workstations, and his trade work. The second part
consists of the general clean-up, the concerted effort by all trade
contractors working on the project A minimum of one (1) crew is to
be utilized by each contractor, or 10%, whichever is more. The
third part consists of the Owner cleaning up for a particular trade
contractor should adequate notice not compel him to clean up his
work. In this case, the appropriate contractors will be backcharged.
10. This project shall be a Hard Hat job and all
supervisors, employees and visitors shall be required to wear a
suitable hard hat while on the project site.
11. Other appropriate personal protective equipment
shall be provided and worn as required including but not limited to
long pants, shirts with sleeves and appropriate leather work boots.
12. Temporary construction aids such as ladders,
scaffolds, stairs, railings, etc., shall be provided to facilitate access
or working conditions in a manner that shall conform to the safety
standards specified by Federal, State, Local or manufacturer's
recommendations or stipulations.
13. Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall be
expected to indoctrinate his employees as to the safety and health
requirements of this project and to enforce adherence to safe work
procedures.
14. If Monroe County notifies any Contractor of any
noncompliance with the provisions of this program, the Contractor
shall make all reasonable efforts to immediately correct the unsafe
conditions or acts. Satisfactory corrective action shall be taken
within the specified time. If the Contractor or Subcontractor
refuses to correct unsafe or unhealthy conditions or acts, Monroe
County shall take one or more of the following steps:
a. Cease the operation or a portion
thereof.
b. Stop payment for the work being
performed.
c. Correct the situation using other
forces and back charge the Contractor expenses incurred.
d. Increase withholding in proportional
increments for that given pay period.
15. All Contractor's Superintendents shall be required to
attend and participate in all general project safety meetings. These
meetings will be included in the weekly coordination meetings as
previously specified or on an as needed basis.
16. All Contractors shall conduct Weekly Tool Box
Safety Training Meetings, and shall document the minutes on the
forms provided. These forms are to be transmitted to Monroe
County on a weekly basis. All employees working at the project
site shall be required to attend and participate in the meetings.
17. Shortly after the award of the contract and prior to
the beginning of work, an Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan)
shall be prepared by the contractor and submitted to Monroe
County for approval. The analysis will address the hazards for
each activity to be performed in that phase and will present the
procedures and safeguards necessary to eliminate the hazards or
reduce the risk to an acceptable level. A phase is defined as an
operation involving a type of work presenting hazards not
experienced in previous operations or where a new subcontractor
or work crew is to perform work. The analysis will be discussed by
the contractor and Monroe County on-site representatives at the
Preparatory Inspection Meeting. Work will not proceed on that
phase until the Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan) has been
accepted by Monroe County.
18.
job-site.
No personal radios or stereos will be allowed on the
1.3 FIRE PROTECTION
A. Every Contractor and Subcontractor employed on the Project shall
exercise good construction practices to prevent fire. It shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor to insure that general fire protection
facilities are adequate for his work and to provide additional fire protection
facilities and devices, including fire extinguishers as required by their
scope of work.
1.4
WORK NEAR ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES
A. It shall be the Contractor's sole and exclusive responsibility (a) to
provide personnel capable of working adjacent to energized electrical lines
or other utilities; (b) to provide adequate, safe and properly maintained
equipment; (c) to conduct all of his work in accordance with the safety
rules and regulations prescribed by the National Electric Code, National
Electric Safety Code, H30, and Safety Rules for Installation and
Maintenance of Electrical Supply and Communication Lines Hand Book
81, Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as well as other safety
codes in effect at the site of construction and as specified elsewhere
herein, or as are generally applicable to the type of work being performed;
and (d) to continuously supervise and inspect the work being performed to
assure that the requirements of (a), (b), and (c) above are complied with,
and nothing in these Contract Documents shall be held to mean that any
such responsibility is the obligation of the Owner or the Architect or the
Construction Manager.
1.5
BARRICADES, WARNING DEVICES AND LIGHTING
A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing temporary
ladders, guard rails, warning signs, barricades, night guard lights, and deck
or floor closures required in connection with his work to comply with
Federal, State and local safety requirements. The Contractor shall be
solely and exclusively responsible for the design, construction, inspection
and maintenance of such facilities at all times.
B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide additional
temporary lighting, if needed to maintain safe conditions.
C. It shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Contractor to
provide a safe place to work for all laborers and mechanics and other
persons employed on or in connection with the project, and nothing in
these Contract Documents shall be construed to give any of such
responsibility to the Owner, the Architect, or the Construction Manager.
****************...***
END OF SECTION 00970
SECTION 00980
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
1.1 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Construction Management Superintendent will monitor all work
performed by the Contractor and assist the Contractor with his
conformance of the work to the Contract Drawings and Specifications.
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
A. The Contractor is responsible for the quality of the work performed
by his work force on this project as well as the quality of the material,
equipment and supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the work.
B. The Contractor will designate a Quality Control Representative who
will be on site at all times while the respective Contractor's work is in
progress and will have the authority and responsibility to accept or reject
items of work. The Contractor's Quality Control Representative may
delegate his duties but the primary responsibility and authority will rest on
him.
C. The Contractor's Quality Control Representative will coordinate the
submittal of all shop drawings, product data and samples to the
Architect/Engineer. Any submittal that is at variance to the contract
requirements must be identified as such and transmitted to the
Construction Manager for submittal and approval by the Architect/Engineer
or Owner. No work requiring submittal of a shop drawing, product data or
sample shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed and
approved by the Architect/Engineer.
D. The Contractor will bear the responsibility of scheduling all required
testing and inspections by the designated material-testing laboratory, in a
timely fashion, to prevent needless cancellations and delays of work
activities. Any costs caused by untimely notification shall be borne by the
Contractor.
E. The Contractor's Quality Control Representative will review his
drawings, procurement documents and contracts to insure that the
technical information provided and all work performed is in accordance
with the latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and Specifications.
F. The Contractor's Quality Control Representative will perform an
inspection upon receipt at the site of the work of all materials, equipment
and supplies including those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes from
this inspection will be filled out on the appropriate form and included with
the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report. Items which are damaged or
not in conformance with the respective submittals, quality standards,
contract drawings and specifications shall be brought to the attention of
Monroe County representative on site and then will be identified and
segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified will not be
incorporated into the work until corrective action acceptable to
Construction Management is completed. Items determined unsalvageable
will be removed from the job site. These items shall be noted as deficient
in the applicable section of the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report.
1.3 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. INSPECTION PLAN
Construction Management utilizes a multi-point inspection plan for
each separate feature of work to be performed under this Contract, Le.,
work described by each division of the technical provision section of the
contract specifications. This plan consists of the following:
1. Preparatory Inspection-Prior to commencing the
work, the Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with
the Construction Management Superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and check the following
items at a minimum for conformance:
(a) Approval of shop drawings and
submittals.
(b) Approval of inspection and test
reports of materials and equipment to be utilized.
(c) Completion of previous operations of
preliminary work.
(d) Availability of materials and
equipment required.
( e) Potential utility outages.
(f) Any other preparatory steps
dependent upon the particular operation.
(g) Quality standards.
(h) Safety or environmental precautions
to be observed. (Phase Hazard)
Note: Construction Management will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly.
2. Initial Inspection-Upon completion of a
representative sample of a given feature of the work, the
Contractor's Quality Control Representative will meet with the
Construction Management Superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and check the following
items at a minimum for conformance:
(a) Workmanship to established quality
standards.
(b)
and specifications.
(c)
and tools utilized.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Configuration to contract drawings
Construction methods, equipment
Materials and articles utilized.
Adequacy of testing methods.
Adequacy of shop drawings.
Adequacy of safety or environmental
precautions.
Note: Construction Management will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting and distribute accordingly.
3. Follow-up Inspections-The Contractor's Quality
Control Representative will inspect the work daily to assure the
continuing conformance of the work to the workmanship standards
established during the preparatory and initial inspections.
Additionally, as a part of the follow-up inspection,
sign-off sheets will be utilized as often as possible. The intent of
these sheets is to achieve concurrence from other trade
contractors and responsible parties that ensuing work can indeed
commence over underlying work. This will prevent oversights and
omissions which could elevate costs. Sign-off sheets shall be used
for, but not be limited to, concrete, drywall, ceilings, painting,
roofing substrates and flooring. These reports are to be generated
by the Contractor and submitted to the Construction Management
Superintendent for approval prior to the start-up of work.
Failure to generate a sign-off sheet or to attain
proper signatures prior to covering up underlying work may affect
payment for that piece of work if ensuing problems are detected or
not. This disciplinary action shall be carried out via the
Nonconformance Report. (See Section 1.4. B of this plan.)
Note: The Contractor shall be responsible to record these
inspections and all other project related activities encountered
throughout the day on the Contractor Daily Quality Control Report.
4. Completion Inspections-Upon completion of a given
feature of the work, the Contractor's Quality Control Representative
will meet with the Construction Management Superintendent, if he
so desires to attend, to perform an inspection of the completed
work. Nonconforming items will be identified and corrected prior to
commencement of the next operation.
Note: The Contractor shall conduct and report corrections
of this inspection which shall be a required submittal.
5. Follow-On Inspections-Upon execution of the
contractor's completion inspection in elements of the work which
result in concealment; such as, ceiling and drywall installations, the
Contractor shall schedule and conduct multi-trade or singular
inspections prior to covering installation.
Note: Construction Management will record the minutes to
this inspection meeting.
6. Pre-Finallnspectio~Upon substantial completion of
the project work Construction Management shall coordinate and
conduct a universal inspection of all areas and elements of the
work. The Architect/Engineer may be represented if he so desires.
This inspection shall be completed at least (15) days prior to the
final substantial completion inspection which shall be conducted by
the Architect/Engineer. All deficiencies and incomplete work
should be completed prior to the final substantial completion
inspection.
B. OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING
The Contractor will provide personnel and equipment to perform the
operational tests and check-out of the equipment, facilities or equipment
constructed, fabricated or installed under this Contract. The Construction
Management Superintendent will coordinate and witness all such tests.
Notification should be given at least ten (10) days in advance of the
scheduled tests.
C. FINAL INSPECTION
Construction Management will coordinate and attend all final
inspections of the work by the Architect/Engineer. Prior to requesting a
final inspection, all tests for the equipment and systems must be
completed.
See Section 01700 for contract closeout.
1.4 REPORTING
Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is extremely important in the Quality
Assurance Program. These records will act as a main source of information in the
present and in the future for the entire project management team. The main
report that will be utilized to provide this information is the Daily Quality Control
Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be issued.
A. DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT
The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to document the
summary of daily inspection activities performed by the Contractor's
designated Quality Control Representative. It shall include any of the
steps of inspection that are performed that day, all test monitoring and any
rework of nonconforming items. The daily Quality Control Report section
of the Daily Superintendent's Report will be routinely used for daily
reporting requirements. When the magnitude or complexity necessitates
such. a more separate and comprehensive form will be used. Reference
Contractor's Daily Report, and as needed Contractor Daily Quality Control
Report. Section 01385.
B. NONCONFORMANCE REPORT
Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is found to be
in nonconformance with the contract documents or the referenced quality
standards. The report will be issued by Construction Management.
It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue
nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after normal enforcement
standards have been exhausted, or if the work performed is a detriment to
the project.
A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be forwarded to the Site
Project Manager for his information and/or action. It should also be
included in the Contractor's Daily Quality Report package for general
review.
Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the deficient item
or items have adequately been corrected. This will be done by the issuing
Superintendent and Project Manager. These sign-offs will be included with
a corresponding corrective action taken. Significant nonconformances
need to be addressed to prevent recurrence. The signed-off report will
also be submitted for review.
Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report will
proportionally counter-affect payments. Whether that be partial or full
retainage will be left up to the discretion of Construction Management.
1.5 AUDITS
A. Construction Management may choose at its option to perform
Contractor audits of their Contractor Quality Control Plan at any time.
Reports of these audit results will be forwarded to the Project Manager for
his action. Any action items noted during an audit for the Contractor will
be followed up and documented to insure compliance and avoid
recurrence.
1.6 SUMMARY
The intention of this plan is to create a system of checks and balances that will
minimize delays caused by rework and a lack of planning and maximize
production and insure that the finished product is one that the entire construction
team can pride themselves in. These goals can be achieved by giving the Owner
exactly what he has bought. The Owner will expect no more and through Quality
Assurance, the construction team will provide no less.
...*................**
END OF SECTION 00980
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
A.
The Project consists of construction of a new roof at East Martello at
3501 South Roosevelt Boulevard, in Key West, Florida as shown on
Contract Documents prepared by Bender & Associates Architects, dated
1999.
B.
The Work consists of two roof conditions. Condition 1 is an existing
rolled roof over an existing concrete roof deck. Condition 2 is an
existing rolled roof over a wood and plywood subroof structure over an
uneven existing concrete roof slab that is covered with stone rubble.
At Condition 1, install a new EPDM roof system. At Condition 2 remove
the wood and plywood subroof structure and the stone rubble, level with
insulation, and install a Type IV fibreglass four ply aggregate surfaced
asphalt built up roof over tapered perlite roof insulation system.
CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A.
General: During the construction period the Contractor shall have full
use of the premises for construction operations, including use of the
si te. The Contractor's use of the premises is limited only by the
Owner's right to perfor.m construction operations with its own forces or
to employ separate contractors on portions of the project.
B.
General: Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas
indicated.
1. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated.
2. Burial of Waste Materials: Do not dispose of organic and hazardous
material on site, either by burial or by burning.
OWNER OCCUPANCY
A.
Partial OWner Occupancy: The OWner reserves the right to occupy and to
place and install equipment in completed areas of the building, prior
to Substantial Completion provided that such occupancy does not
interfere with completion of the Work. Such placing of equipment and
partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work.
1. A Certificate of Substantial Completion will be executed for each
specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner
occupancy.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from local building officials
prior to Owner occupancy.
3. Prior to partial OWner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems
shall be fully operational. Required inspections and tests shall
have been successfully completed. Upon occupancy the Owner will
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
provide operation and maintenance of mechanical and electrical
systems in occupied portions of the building.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not applicable).
END OF SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
01010 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01027 - APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements
governing the Contractor's Applications for Payment.
B. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements
governing each prime Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1. Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with
the Contractor's Construction Schedule, List of Subcontracts, and
Submittal Schedule.
C. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule are
included in Section "Submittals".
1.3
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A.
Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of the
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required
administrative schedules and forms, including:
a. Contractor's construction schedule.
b. Application for Payment form.
c. List of subcontractors.
d. Schedule of alternates.
e. List of products.
f. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
g. Schedule of submittals.
2. Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at the earliest
feasible date, but in no case later than 7 days before the date
scheduled for submittal of the initial Application for Payment.
B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual Table of Contents as a guide
to establish the format for the Schedule of Values.
1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on
the Schedule of Values:
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of the Architect.
c. Project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in a tabular form with separate
columns to indicate the following for each item listed:
a. Generic name.
b. Related Specification Section.
c. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that have affected value.
g. Dollar value.
h. Percentage of Contract Sum to the nearest one-hundredth
percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to
facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and
progress reports. Break principal subcontract amounts down into
several line items.
4. Round amounts off to the nearest whole dollar; the total shall
equal the Contract Sum.
5. For each part of the Work where an Application for Payment may
include materials or equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored,
but not yet installed, provide separate line items on the Schedule
of Values for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent
stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of
the Work.
6. Margins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs, and margins
on actual costs, only to the extent that such items will be listed
individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the
Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete
including its total cost and proportionate share of general
overhead and profit margin.
a. At the Contractor's option, temporary facilities and other
major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-
place may be shown as separate line items in the Schedule of
Values or distributed as general overhead expense.
7. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values when
Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change
in the Contract Sum.
1.4
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT:
A.
Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous
applications and payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by
the Owner.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment
at time of Substantial Completion, and the final Application for
Payment involve additional requirements.
B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the
15th day of each month. The period of construction Work covered by each
Application for Payment is the period ending 15 days prior to the date
for each progress payment and starting the day following the end of the
preceding period.
C. Payment Application Forms: Use AlA Document G 702 and Continuation
Sheets G 703 as the form for Application for Payment.
D.
Application Preparation:
notarization and execution
on behalf of the Owner.
without action.
Complete every entry on the form, including
by person authorized to sign legal documents
Incomplete applications will be returned
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's
Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions have
been made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives
issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by
the application.
E. Transmittal: Submit 3 executed copies of each Application for Payment
to the Architect by means ensuring receipt within 24 hours; one copy
shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments,
when required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments, and
recording appropriate information related to the application in a
manner acceptable to the Architect.
F. Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment submit
waivers of mechanics liens from subcontractors or sub- subcontractors
and suppliers for the construction period covered by the previous
application.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for the amount requested, prior
to deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or
full waivers.
3. The Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved
in the Work must submit waivers.
4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with the
Contractor's waiver of mechanics lien for the period of
construction covered by the application.
a. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final
waivers from every entity involved with performance of Work
covered by the application who could lawfully be entitled to
a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
manner, acceptable to Owner.
G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals
that must precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application
for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
3. Schedule of Values.
4. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final) .
5. Schedule of principal products.
6. Schedule of unit prices.
7. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final).
8. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
9. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
10. Copies of building permits
11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities
for performance of the Work.
12. Initial progress report.
13. Report of pre-construction meeting.
14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
15. Performance and payment bonds (if required) .
16. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
17. Initial settlement survey and damage report, if required.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance
of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for
Paymenti this application shall reflect any Certificates of Partial
Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of
designated portions of the Work.
I. Administrative actions and submittals that shall proceed or coincide
with this application include:
1. Occupancy permits and similar approvals.
2. Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements.
3. Test/adjust/balance records.
4. Maintenance instructions.
5. Meter readingsi.
6. Start-up performance reports.
7. Change-over information related to Owner's occupancy, use,
operation and maintenance.
8. Final cleaning.
9. Application for reduction of retainage, and consent of surety.
10. Advice on shifting insurance coverages.
11. Final progress photographs.
12. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's
Certificate of Substantial Completion.
J. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals which
must precede or coincide with submittal of the final payment Application
for Payment include the following:
1. Completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Completion of punch list items.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
3. All claims are settled.
4. All work complete and accepted.
5. Transmittal of required Project construction records to Owner.
6. Certified property survey.
7. Proof that taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid.
8. Removal of temporary facilities and services.
9. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish and similar elements.
10. Change of door locks to Owner's access.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01027
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01030 - ALTERNATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
Alternates.
B.
Definition: An Alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated
on the Bid Form for certain construction activities defined in the
Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from Base Bid
amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either
the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products,
materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in
Contract Documents.
C.
Coordination: Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust adjacent
Work as necessary to ensure that Work affected by each accepted
Alternate is complete and fully integrated into the project.
D.
Notification: Immediately following the award of the Contract, prepare
and distribute to each party involved, notification of the status of
each Alternate. Indicate whether Alternates have been accepted,
rejected or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a
complete description of negotiated modifications to Alternates.
E.
Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this
Section. Specification Sections referenced in the Schedule contain
requirements for materials and methods necessary to achieve the Work
described under each Alternate.
1. Include as part of each Alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory
objects and similar items incidental to or required for a complete
installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
ALTERNATES
01030 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A.
Alternate NO.1:
B.
Alternate NO.2:
C.
Alternate No.3:
END OF SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES
State the amount to be added, deducted or no change
to the Base Bid to omit the specified roofson
Sections l,2,3,and 4 and substitute a Kemper roof
System.
State the amount to be added to the Base Bid to
remove tar from the face brick.
State the amount to be added to the Base Bid to
remove the non-historic concrete patching.
01030 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01035 - MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections,
apply to this section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
handling and processing Contract modifications.
B.
Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that
relate to this section:
1. Division 1 Section "Allowances" for procedural requirements
governing the handling and processing of allowances.
2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" for requirements for the
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3. Divisio~ 1 Section "Application for Payment" for administrative
procedures governing applications for payment.
4. Division 1 Section "Product Substitutions" for administrative
procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after award
of the Contract.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not
involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, will be
issued by the Architect on AlA form G710, Architect's Supplemental
Instructions.
1.4
CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A.
Owner-Initiated proposal Requests: Proposed changes in the Work that
will require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time will be
issued by the Architect, with a detailed description of the proposed
change and supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications, if
necessary.
1. Proposal requests issued by the Architect are for information only.
Do not consider an them instruction either to stop work in
progress, or to execute the proposed change.
2. Unless otherwise indicated in the proposal request, within 20 days
of receipt of the proposal request, submit to the Architect for the
Owner's review an estimate of cost necessary to execute the
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01035 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
proposed change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and
unit costs, along with the total amount of purchases to be
made. Where requested, furnish survey data to substantiate
quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental,
and amounts of trade discounts.
c. Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change
in the Work will have on the Contract Time.
B. Contractor-Initiated Change Order Proposal Requests: When latent or
other unforseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, the
Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to
the Architect.
1. Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the
effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description
of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change
on the Contract Sum and Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products to be purchased and unit
costs along with the total amount of purchases to be made. Where
requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and
amounts of trade discounts.
4. Comply with requirements in Section "Product Substitutions" if the
propo$ed change in the Work requires the substitution of one
product or system for a product or system specified.
C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G 709 for Change Order Proposal
Requests.
D.
Proposal Request Form: Use forms provided by the Owner for Change Order
Proposals; sample copies are included at the end of this Section.
1.5
ALLOWANCES
A.
Allowance Adjustment: Base each Change Order Proposal Request for an
allowance cost adjustment solely on the difference between the actual
purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by the final measurement
of work-in-place, with reasonable allowances, where applicable, for
cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections,
and similar margins.
1. Include installation costs in the purchase amount only where
indicated as part of the allowance.
2. When requested, prepare explanations and documentation to
substantiate the margins claimed.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of work claimed in the
Change Orders related to unit-cost allowances.
4. The Owner reserves the right to establish the actual quantity of
work-in-place by independent quantity survey, measure, or count.
B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01035 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
of the allowance described in the Contract Documents, whether for the
purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor, installation,
overhead, and profit, within 20 days of receipt of the change order or
construction change directive authorizing work to proceed. Claims
submitted later than 20 days will be rejected.
1. The Change Order cost amount shall not include the Contractor's or
Subcontractor's indirect expense except when it is clearly
demonstrated that either the nature or scope of work required was
changed from that which could have been foreseen from the
description of the allowance and other information in Contract
Documents.
2. No change to the Contractor's indirect expense is permitted for
selection of higher or lower priced materials or systems of the
same scope and nature as originally indicated.
1.6
CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A.
Construction Change Directive: When the Owner and Contractor are not
in total agreement on the terms of a Change Order proposal Request, the
Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AlA Form G714,
instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for
subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. The Construction Change Directive will contain a complete
9-escription of the change in the Work and des.ignate the method to
be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or Contract
Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis
of work required by the Construction Change Directive.
1. After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and
supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments
to the Contract.
1.7 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A.
Upon the Owner I s approval of
Architect will issue a Change
Contractor on AlA Form G701,
Contract.
a Change Order Proposal Request, the
Order for signatures of the Owner and
as provided in the Conditions of the
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01035
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01035 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01040 - PROJECT COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general prov~s~ons of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies
necessary for proj ect
limited to:
administrative and supervisory requirements
coordination including, but not necessarily
1. Coordination.
2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3. General installation provisions.
4. Cleaning and protection.
B.
Field engineering is included in Section "Field Engineering".
C.
Progress meetings, coordination meetings and pre-installation
conferences are included in Section "Project Meetings".
D.
Requirements for the Contractor's Construction Schedule are included in
Section "Submittals".
COORDINATION
A.
Coordination: Coordinate construction activities included under various
Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly
installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction
operations included under different Sections of the Specifications that
are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and
operation.
1. Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on
installation of other components, either before or after its own
installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence
required to obtain the best results.
2. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of
different components to assure maximum accessibility for required
maintenance, service and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later
installation.
B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribut ion to each party
involved outlining special procedures required for coordination.
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
Include such items as required notices, reports, and attendance at
meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate Contractors
where coordination of their Work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required
administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid
conflicts and ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative
activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of schedules.
2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities.
3. Delivery and processing of submittals.
4. Progress meetings.
5. Project Close-out activities.
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that
operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of
energy, water, and materials.
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not
actually incorporated in, the w Work. Refer to other sections for
disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's
property.
1.4
SUBMI'ITALS
A.
Coordination Drawings: Prepare and submit coordination Drawings where
close and careful coordination is required for installation of products
and materials fabricated off-site by separate entities, and where
limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for
efficient installation of different components.
1. Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop
Drawings.
2. Indicate required installation sequences.
3. Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals."
4. Refer to Division-IS Section "Basic Mechanical Requirements," and
Division-16 Section "Basic Electrical Requirements" for specific
coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical
installations.
B. Staff Names: Within 15 days of Notice to Proceed, submit a list of the
Contractor's principal staff assignments, including the Superintendent
and other personnel in attendance at the site; identify individuals,
their duties and responsibilities; list their addresses and telephone
numbers.
1. Post copies of the list in the Project meeting room, the temporary
field office, and each temporary telephone.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) .
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS
A.
Inspection of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major component
to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which Work is to be
performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in an acceptable manner.
B. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation
instructions and recommendations, to the extent that those instructions
and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements
contained in Contract Documents.
C. Inspect materials or equipment immediately upon delivery and again prior
to installation. Reject damaged and defective items.
D. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for
securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level. Allow for expansion
and building movement.
E.
Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work.
joints in exposed Work to obtain the best visual effect.
questionable choices to the Architect for final decision.
Arrange
Refer
F. Recheck measurements and dimensions, before starting each installation.
G. Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that
wi 11 ensure the best possible results. Isolate each part of the
completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to
prevent deterioration.
H. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to
minimize the necessity of uncovering completed construction for that
purpose.
I.
Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install
individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the
industry for the particular application indicated. Refer questionable
mounting height decisions to the Architect for final decision.
CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.
During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in
progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering
where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at
Substantial Completion.
B.
Clean and maintain completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate
operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
C. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction activities to ensure that
no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to
harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during
the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but
are not limited to, the following:
1. Excessive static or dynamic loading.
2. Excessive internal or external pressures.
3. Excessively high or low temperatures.
4. Thermal shock.
5. Excessively high or low humidity.
6. Air contamination or pollution.
7. Water.
8. Solvents.
9. Chemicals.
10. Light.
11. Radiation.
12. Puncture.
13. Abrasion.
14. Heavy traffic.
15. Soiling, staining and corrosion.
16. Bacteria.
17. Rodent and insect infestation.
18. Combustion.
19. Electrical current.
20. High speed operation,
21. Improper lubrication,
22. Unusual wear or other misuse.
23. Contact between incompatible materials.
24. Destructive testing.
25. Misalignment.
26. Excessive weathering.
27. Unprotected storage.
28. Improper shipping or handling.
29. Theft.
30. Vandalism.
END OF SECTION 01040
PROJECT COORDINATION
01040 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01045 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general prov~s~ons of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-l Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
cutting and patching.
B.
Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations
applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
1. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical
installations. Refer to Division-IS and Division-16 Sections for
other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and
patching mechanical and electrical installations.
C.
Demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations is
included in Section "Selective Demolition."
SUBMI'ITALS
A.
Cutting and Patching Proposal: Where approval of procedures for cutting
and patching is required before proceeding, submit a proposal describing
procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be
performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following
information, as applicable, in the proposal:
1. Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is
to be performed; indicate why it cannot be avoided.
2. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing
construction; include changes to structural elements and operating
components as well as changes in the building's appearance and
other significant visual elements.
3. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform
Work.
4. Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed.
5. List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those
that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily
out-of-service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted.
6. Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations
to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original
structure.
CU'ITING AND PATCHING
01045 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
7. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does
not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal
and replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural
elements in a manner that would reduce their load-carrying capacity or
load-deflection ratio.
1. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting
and patching the following structural elements:
a. Foundation construction.
b. Bearing and retaining walls.
c. Structural concrete.
d. Structural steel.
e. Lintels.
f. Structural decking.
g. Miscellaneous structural metals.
h. Equipment supports.
i. Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment.
B.
Operational and Safety Limitations:
elements or safety related components
reducing their capacity to perform as
maintenance, or decreased operational
Do not cut and patch operating
in a manner that would result in
intended, or result in increased
life or safety.
1. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting
and patching the following operating elements or safety related
systems:
a. Shoring, bracing, and sheeting.
b. Primary operational systems and equipment.
c. Air or smoke barriers.
d. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
e. Membranes and flashings.
f. Fire protection systems.
g. Noise and vibration control elements and systems.
h. Control systems.
i. Communication systems.
j. Electrical wiring systems.
k. Special construction specified by Division-13 Sections.
C. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the
exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the
Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities, or
result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace
Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
1. If possible retain the original installer or fabricator to cut and
patch the following categories of exposed Work, or if it is not
possible to engage the original installer or fabricator, engage
another recognized experienced and specialized firm:
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
a. Processed concrete finishes.
b. Stucco and ornamental plaster.
c. Acoustical ceilings.
d. Carpeting.
e. HVAC enclosures, cabinets or covers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Use materials that are identical to existing materials. If identical
materials are not available or cannot be used where exposed surfaces are
involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the
fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials
whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing
materials.
B. Plaster: Comply with ASTM C 842.
1. Base Coat: Ready-mixed, sand aggregate gypsum plaster base.
2. Finish Coat: Ready-mixed gypsum finish plaster.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSPECTION
A.
Before cutting existing surfaces, examine surfaces to be cut and patched
and conditions under which cutting and patching is to be performed.
Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory
conditions are encountered.
1. Before proceeding, meet at the site with parties involved in
cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades.
Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate
procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching
to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions
for portions of the Project that might be exposed during cutting and
patching operations.
C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free
passage to adjoining areas.
D. Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit
CU'ITING AND PATCHING
01045 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
or ductwork serving the building, but scheduled to be removed or
relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3
PERFORMANCE
A.
General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching.
Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and
complete without delay.
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other
components or performance of other construction activities and the
subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces to
their original condition.
B. Cutting: CUt existing construction using methods least likely to damage
elements to be retained or adjoining construction. Where possible
review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply with the
original installer's recommendations.
1. In general, where cutting is required use hand or small power tools
designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut
holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance
of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the
exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. CUt through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as
a carborundum saw or diamond core drill.
4. Comply with requirements of applicable Sections of Division-2 where
cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling.
5. By-pass utility services such as pipe or conduit, before cutting,
where services are shown or required to be removed, relocated or
abandoned. Cut-off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe
or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter
after by-passing and cutting.
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible.
Comply with specified tolerances.
1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate
integrity of the installation.
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that
will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
3. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into
another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space
to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove
existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials,
if necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend
final paint coat over entire unbroken containing the patch,
after the patched area has received primer and second coat.
CU'ITING AND PATCHING
01045 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
4. Patch, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide
an even plane surface of uniform appearance.
D. Plaster Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and
install thickness and coats as indicated.
1. Unless otherwise indicated provide 3-coat Work.
2. Finish gypsum plaster with smooth-troweled finish. Sand lightly
to remove trowel marks and arrises.
3. Cut, patch, point -up and repair plaster to accommodate other
construction and to restore cracks, dents and imperfections.
3.4
CLEANING
A.
Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is
performed or used as access. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils,
putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and
similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore
damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
END OF SECTION 01045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045 - 5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01095 - REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
DEFINITIONS
A.
General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of
the Contract.
B.
Indicated: The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations,
notes or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in
the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents.
Where terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are
used, it is to help the reader locate the reference; no limitation on
location is intended.
C.
Direct~d: Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized,"
"selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean "directed by
the Architect," "requested by the Architect," and similar phrases.
D.
Approve: The term "approved," where used in conjunction with the
Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and
requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities as
stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
E.
Regulation: The term "Regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes,
and lawful orders issued by authorities having juriSdiction, as well as
rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
F.
Furnish: The term "furnish" is used to mean "supply and deliver to the
Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation,
and similar operations."
G.
Install: The term "install" is used to describe operations at project
site including the actual "unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection,
placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations."
H.
Provide: The term "provide" means "to furnish and install, complete and
ready for the intended use."
I.
Installer: An "Installer" is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the
Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower
tier for performance of a particular construction activity, including
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01095 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.3
installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers
are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to
perform.
1. The term "experienced," when used with the term "Installer," means
having a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and
scope to this Project, being familiar with the special requirements
indicated, and having complied with requirements of the authority
having jurisdiction.
2. Trades: Use of titles such as "carpentry" is not intended to imply
that certain construction activities must be performed by
accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic
name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements
specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding
generic name.
3. Assignment of Specialists: Certain Sections of the Specifications
require that specific construction activities shall be performed
by specialists who are recognized experts in the operations to be
performed. The specialists must be engaged for those activities,
and assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no
choice or option. Nevertheless, the ultimate responsibility for
fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor.
a. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with
enforcement of building codes and similar regulations
governing the Work. It is also not intended to interfere with
local trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar
conventions.
J.
Project Site is the space available to the Contractor for performance
of construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with
others performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the
Project Site is shown on the DraWings and mayor may not be identical
with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built.
K.
Testing Laboratories: A "testing laboratory" is an independent entity
engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project
Site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required, to interpret
results of those inspections or tests.
SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION
A.
Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions
and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's
16-Division format and MASTERFORMAT numbering system.
B.
Specification Content: This Specification uses certain conventions in
the use of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words,
and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These
conventions are explained as follows:
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications and other
Contract Documents is the abbreviated type. Words and meanings
shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words that are implied, but
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01095 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
not stated shall be interpolated as the sense required. Singular
words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted
as singular where applicable and the context of the Contract
Documents so indicates.
2. Imperative and streamlined language is used generally in the
Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are
to be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the
text, for clarity, subjective language is used to describe
responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the
Contractor, or by others when so noted.
a. The words "shall be" shall be included by inference wherever
a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
1.4
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A.
Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract Documents include
more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards
have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the
Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made
a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B.
publication Dates: Comply with the standard in effect as of the date
of the Contract Documents.
G.
Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards
is specified, and the standards may establish different or conflicting
requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels. Refer
requirements that are different, but apparently equal, and uncertainties
to the Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level
shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The
actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity
or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within
reasonable limits. In complying with these requirements, indicated
numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate for the
context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to the Architect
for a decision before proceeding.
D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the project
is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that
entity's construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not
bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed for performance of a required
construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly
from the publication source.
E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general
standards are frequently abbreviated. Where such acronyms or
abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract
Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association,
standards generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01095 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
other entity applicable to the context of the text provision. Refer to
the "Encyclopedia of Associations," published by Gale Research Co.,
available in most libraries.
END OF SECTION 01095
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01095 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general prov~s~ons of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
project meetings including but not limited to:
1. Pre-Construction Conference.
2. Pre-Installation Conferences.
3. Coordination Meetings.
4. Progress Meetings.
B.
Construction schedules are specified in another Division-1 Section.
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A.
Schedule a pre-construction conference and organizational meeting at the
Project site or other convenient location no later than 15 days after
execution of the Agreement and prior to commencement of construction
activities. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and
personnel assignments.
B.
Attendees: The Owner, Architect and their consultants, the Contractor
and its superintendent, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers
and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the conference
by persons familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to
the Work.
C.
Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress
including such topics as:
1. Tentative construction schedule.
2. Critical Work sequencing.
3. Designation of responsible personnel.
4. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
5. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
6. Distribution of Contract Documents.
7. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
8. Preparation of record documents.
9. Use of the premises.
10. Office, Work and storage areas.
11. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
12. Safety procedures.
13 . First aid.
14. Security.
15. Housekeeping.
16. Working hours.
1.4
PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCES
A.
Conduct a pre-installation conference at the site before each
construction activity that requires coordination with other
construction. The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and
fabricators involved in or affected by the installation, and its
coordination or integration with other materials and installations that
have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise the
Architect of scheduled meeting dates.
1. Review the progress of other construction activities and
preparations for the particular activity under consideration at
each pre-installation conference, including requirements for:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related Change Orders.
d. Purchases
e. Deliveries.
f. Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples.
g. Possible conflicts.
h. Compatibility problems.
i. Time schedules.
j. Weather limitations.
k. Manufacturer's recommendations.
1. Compatibility of materials.
m. Acceptability of substrates.
n. Temporary facilities.
o. Space and access limitations.
p. Governing regulations.
q. Safety.
r. Inspection and testing requirements.
s. Required performance results.
t. Recording requirements.
u. Protection.
2. Record significant discussions and agreements and disagreements of
each conference, along with the approved schedule. Distribute the
record of the meeting to everyone concerned, promptly, including
the Owner and Architect.
3. Do not proceed if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to
performance of Work and reconvene the conference at the earliest
feasible date.
1.5 COORDINATION MEETINGS
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.6
A.
Conduct Project coordination meetings at regularly scheduled times
convenient for all parties involved. Project coordination meetings are
in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as
regular progress meetings and special pre-installation meetings.
B.
Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved
in coordination or planning for the construction activities involved.
C.
Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance
and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each
meeting.
PROGRESS MEETINGS
A.
Conduct progress meetings at the Project site at regularly scheduled
intervals. Notify the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates.
Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of the payment request.
B.
Attendees: In addition to representatives of the Owner and Architect,
each subcontractor, supplier or other entity concerned with current
progress or involved in planning, coordination or performance of future
activities shall be represented at these meetings by persons familiar
with the Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to
progress.
C.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous progress.
meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress.
Include topics for discussion as appropriate to the current status of
the Project.
D.
Minimum Agenda:
1. Review, revise as necessary, and approve minutes of previous
meetings.
2. Review progress of the Work since last metting, including status
of submittals for approval.
3. Identify problems which impede planned progress.
4. Develop corrective measures and proceedures to regain planned
schedule.
5. Complete other current business.
E. Revisions to minutes:
1. Unless published minutes are challanged in writing prior to the
next regularly scheduled progress meeting, they will be accepted
as properly stating the activities and decisions of the meeting.
2. Persons challenging published minutes shall reproduce and
distribute copies of the challange to all indicated recipients of
the particular set of minutes.
3. Challange to minutes shall be settled as priority portion of .old
business" at the next regularly scheduled meeting.
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
F. Reporting: No later than 3 days after each progress meeting date,
distribute copies of minutes of the meeting to each party present and
to other parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary,
in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report.
1. Schedule Updating: Revise the construction schedule after each
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or
recognized. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the
report of each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01200
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01300 - SUBMI'ITALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 .
1.2
1.3
SUBMI'ITALS
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general prov~s~ons of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-l Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
submittals required for performance of the Work, including;
1. Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Submittal schedule.
3. Daily construction reports.
4. Shop Drawings.
5. Product Data.
6. Samples.
B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division-l Sections and.other
Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such
submittals include, but are not limited to:
1. Permits.
2. Applications for payment.
3. Performance and payment bonds.
4. Insurance certificates.
5. List of Subcontractors.
C.
The Schedule of Values submittal is included in Section "Applications
for Payment."
D.
Inspection and test reports are included in Section "Quality Control
Services."
E.
Submittal of Project photographs is included under Section "Construction
Photographs."
SUBMI'ITAL PROCEDURES
A.
Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with
performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal
sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction
activities to avoid delay.
1.
Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing,
delivery, other submittals and related activities that require
01300 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related
elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need
to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. The Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a
submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until
related submittals are received.
3. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will
not be delayed as a result of the time required to process
submittals, including time for resubmittals.
a. Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if
processing must be delayed to permit coordination with
subsequent submittals. The Architect will promptly advise the
Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed
for coordination.
b. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as
the initial submittal.
c. Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal.
d. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of
failure to transmit submittals to the Architect sufficiently
in advance of the Work to permit processing.
B. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each
submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that
prepared each submittal on the label or title block.
1. Provide a space approximately 4" x 5" on the label or beside the
title block on Shop Drawings to record the Contractor's review and
approval markings and the action taken.
2. Include the following information on the label for processing and
recording action taken.
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Architect.
d. Name and address of Contractor.
e. Name and address of subcontractor.
f. Name and address of supplier.
g. Name of manufacturer.
h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
C. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for
transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to
Architect using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources
other than the Contractor will be returned without action.
1.
On the transmittal Record relevant information and requests for
da ta. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from
Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and
limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information
complies with Contract Document requirements.
SUBMI'ITALS
01300 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2. Transmittal Form: Use AlA Document G 810.
3. Transmittal Form: Use the sample form at the end of this Section
for transmittal of submittals.
1.4
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A.
Bar-Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar- chart
type Contractor's construction schedule. Submit within 30 days of the
date established for "Commencement of the Work".
1. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction
activity. Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first
working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of units of the
Work as indicated in the "Schedule of Values".
2. Within each time bar indicate estimated completion percentage in
10 percent increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting
mark in each bar to indicate Actual Completion.
3. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable
transparency, or other reproducible media, of sufficient width to
show data for the entire construction period.
4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the
Work from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the
schedule with other construction activities; include minor elements
involved in the sequence of the Work. Show each activity in proper
sequence. Indicate graphically sequences necessary for completion
of related portions of the Work.
5. Coordinate the Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule
of values, list of subcontracts, submittal schedule, progress
reports, payment requests and other schedules.
6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for
Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the
schedule to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for
certification of Substantial Completion.
B. Phasing: Provide notations on the schedule to show how the sequence of
the Work is affected by requirements for phased completion to permit
Work by separate Contractors and partial occupancy by the Owner prior
to Substantial Completion.
C. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major
portion of the Work, including testing and installation.
D. Area Separations: Provide a separate time bar to identify each major
construction area for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where
each element in an area must be sequenced or integrated with other
activities.
E. Cost Correlation: At the head of the schedule, provide a two item cost
correlation line, indicating "precalculated" and "actual" costs. On the
line show dollar-volume of Work performed as of the dates used for
preparation of payment requests.
1.
Refer to Section "Applications for Payment" for cost reporting and
payment procedures.
SUBMI'ITALS
01300 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
F. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and
distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and other
parties required to comply with scheduled dates. Post copies in the
Project meeting room and temporary field office.
1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post
in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they
have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer
involved in construction activities.
G.
Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity,
where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated
schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.
1.5
SUBMI'ITAL SCHEDULE
A.
After development and acceptance of the Contractor's construction
schedule, prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit the
schedule within 10 days of the date required for establishment of the
Contractor's construction schedule.
1. Coordinate submittal schedule with the list of subcontracts,
schedule of values and the list of products as well as the
Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Prepare the schedule in chronological orderi include submittals
required during the first 90 days of construction. Provide the
following information:
a. Scheduled date for the first submittal.
b. Related Section number.
c. Submittal category.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the part of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for resubmittal
g. Scheduled date the Architect's final release or approval.
B. Distribution: Following response to initial submittal, print and
distribute copies to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and other
parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated. Post copies
in the Project meeting room and field office.
1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post
in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they
have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer
involved in construction activities.
C.
Schedule Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity,
where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated
schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.
1.6
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
A.
Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information
SUBMI'ITALS
01300 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
concerning events at the site; and submit duplicate copies to the
Architect at weekly intervals:
1. List of subcontractors at the site.
2. Approximate count of personnel at the site.
3. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.
4. Accidents and unusual events.
5. Meetings and significant decisions.
6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses.
7. Meter readings and similar recordings.
8. Emergency procedures.
9. Orders and requests of governing authorities.
10. Change Orders received, implemented.
11. Services connected, disconnected.
12. Equipment or system tests and start-ups.
13. Partial Completions, occupancies.
14. Substantial Completions authorized.
1.7
SHOP DRAWINGS
A.
Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight,
encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents.
Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the
basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific
reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings.
B.
Shop Drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting
diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates and similar drawings. Include
the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full- size
Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2" x 11" but
no larger than 36" x 48".
7. Initial Submittal: Submit one correctable translucent reproducible
print and one blue- or black-line print for the Architect's review;
the reproducible print will be returned.
8. Initial Submittal: Submit 2 blue- or black-line prints for the
Architect's review; one will be returned.
9. Final Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black-line prints; submit 5
prints where required for maintenance manuals. 2 prints will be
retained; the remainder will be returned.
10. Final Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black-line prints and 2
additional prints where required for maintenance manuals, plus the
number of prints needed by the Architect for distribution. 2
prints will be retained; the remainder returned.
a.
One of the prints returned shall be marked-up and maintained
as a "Record Document".
SUBMI'ITALS
01300 - 5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
11. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp
indicating action taken in connection with construction.
C. Coordination drawings are a special type of Shop Drawing that show the
relationship and integration of different construction elements that
require careful coordination during fabrication or installation to fit
in the space provided or function as intended.
1. Preparation of coordination Drawings is specified in section
"Project Coordination" and may include components previously shown
in detail on Shop Drawings or Product Data.
2. Submit coordination Drawings for integration of different
construction elements. Show sequences and relationships of
separate components to avoid conflicts in use of space.
1.8
PRODUCT DATA
A.
Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of
construction or system. Product Data includes printed information such
as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard
color charts, roughing-in diagrams and templates, standard wiring
diagrams and performance curves. Where Product Data must be specially
prepared because standard printed data is not suitable for use, submit
as "Shop Drawings."
1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where
printed Product Data includes information on several products, some
of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable
information. Include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
b. Compliance with recognized trade association standards.
c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
f. Notation of coordination requirements.
2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of
the Contract Documents has been confirmed.
3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single-copy of Product
Data where selection of options is required.
4. Submittals: Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4
copies where required for maintenance manuals. The Architect will
retain one, and will return the other marked with action taken and
corrections or modifications required.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is
observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.
5.
Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers,
subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others
required for performance of construction activities. Show
distribution on transmittal forms.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
a. Do not proceed with installation until an applicable copy of
Product Data applicable is in the installer's possession.
b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in
connection with construction.
1.9
SAMPLES
A.
Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as
specified and physically identical with the material or product
proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or
fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range
sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern.
1. Mount, display, or package Samples in the manner specified to
facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match
the Architect's Sample. Include the following:
a. Generic description of the Sample.
b. Sample source.
c. Product name or name of manufacturer.
d. Compliance with recognized standards.
e. Availability and delivery time.
2. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for
a final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for
a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal
and the actual component as delivered and installed.
a. Where variation in color, pattern, texture or other
characteristics are inherent in the material or product
represented, submit multiple units (not less than 3), that
show approximate limits of the variations.
b. Refer to other Specification Sections for requirements for
Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques,
details of assembly, connections, operation and similar
construction characteristics.
c. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to the
Contractor for incorporation in the Work. Such Samples must
be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicate
special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals.
3. Preliminary submittals: Where Samples are for selection of color,
pattern, texture or similar characteristics from a range of
standard choices, submit a full set of choices for the material or
product.
a. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with the
Architect's mark indicating selection and other action.
4.
Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details,
workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation and
similar characteristics, submit 3 sets; one will be returned marked
with the action taken.
Maintain sets of Samples, as returned, at the Project site, for
5.
SUBMITTALS
01300 - 7
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
quality comparisons throughout the course of construction.
a. Unless noncompl iance with Contract Document provis ions is
observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.
b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the
construction associated with each set.
B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to
subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and
others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on
transmittal forms.
1. Field Samples specified in individual Sections are special types
of Samples. Field Samples are full-size examples erected on site
to illustrate finishes, coatings, or finish materials and to
establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.
a. Comply with submittal requirements to the fullest extent
possible. Process transmittal forms to provide a record of
activity.
1.10
ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A.
Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, where
action and return is required or requested, the Architect will review
each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly.
1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's
responsibility.
B. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with a uniform,
self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked,
as follows, to indicate the action taken:
1. Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked
"Approved," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may
proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract
Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance.
2. Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Approved
as Noted," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may
proceed provided it complies with notations or corrections on the
submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final
acceptance will depend on that compliance.
3. Returned for Resubmittal: When submittal is marked "Not Approved,
Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with that part of the Work
covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication,
delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in
accordance with the notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if
necessary to obtain a different action mark.
a.
Do not permit submittals marked "Not Approved, Revise and
Resubmit" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where
Work is in progress.
SUBMI 'ITALS
01300 - 8
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
4. Other Action: Where a submittal is primarily for information or
record purposes, special processing or other activity, the
submittal will be returned, marked "Action Not Required".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) .
END OF SECTION 01300
SUBMI 'ITALS
01300 - 9
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general prov~s~ons of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies requirements for temporary services and
facilities, including utilities, construction and support facilities,
security and protection.
B.
Temporary utilities required include but are not limited to:
1. Water service and distribution.
2. Temporary electric power and light.
3. Telephone service.
4. Storm and sanitary sewer.
C. Temporary construction and support facilities required include but are
not limited to:
1. Field offices and storage sheds.
2. Sanitary facilities, including drinking water.
3. Temporary enclosures.
4. Hoists.
5. Temporary Project identification signs and bulletin boards.
6. Waste disposal services.
7. Rodent and pest control.
8. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
D. Security and protection facilities required include but are not limited
to:
1. Temporary fire protection.
2. Barricades, warning signs, lights.
3. Environmental protection.
SUBMI'ITALS
A.
Temporary Utilities: Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter
readings and similar procedures performed on temporary utilities.
B.
Implementation and Termination Schedule: Submit a schedule indicating
implementation and termination of each temporary utility within 15 days
of the date established for commencement of the Work.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.5
A.
Regulations:
regulations
limited to:
Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and
if authorities having jurisdiction, including but not
1. Building Code requirements.
2. Health and safety regulations.
3. Utility company regulations.
4. Police, Fire Department and Rescue Squad rules.
5. Environmental protection regulations.
B. Standards: Comply with NFPA Code 241, "Building Construction and
Demolition Operations", ANSI-A10 Series standards for "Safety
Requirements for Construction and Demolition", and NECA Electrical
Design Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities."
1. Refer to "Guidelines for Bid Conditions for Temporary Job Utilities
and Services", prepared jointly by AGC and ASC, for industry
recommendations.
2. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA and UL standards and
regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in
compliance with National Electric Code (NFPA 70) .
C.
Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and
test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications
and permits.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for
implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At the
earliest feasible time, when acceptable to the Owner, change over from
use of temporary service to use of the permanent service.
B.
Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and
neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take
necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or
permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous
dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or
persist on the site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
General: Provide new materials; if acceptable to the Architect,
undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be
used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended.
B.
Lumber and Plywood:
Comply with requirements in Division-6 Section
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
"Rough Carpentry."
1. For job-built temporary offices, shops and sheds within the
construction area, provide UL labeled, fire treated lumber and
plywood for framing, sheathing and siding.
2. For signs and directory boards, provide exterior type, Grade B-B
High Density Concrete Form Overlay Plywood conforming to PS-1, of
sizes and thickness indicated.
3. For fences and vision barriers, provide exterior type, minimum 3/8"
thick plywood.
4. For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges and similar uses, provide
minimum 5/8" thick exterior plywood.
C. Gypsum Wallboard: Provide gypsum wallboard complying with requirements
of ASTM C 36 on interior walls of temporary offices.
D. Roofing Materials: Provide UL Class "A" standard weight asphalt
shingles complying with ASTM D 3018, or UL Class "C" mineral surfaced
roll roofing complying with ASTM D 249 on roofs of job- built temporary
offices, shops and sheds.
E. Paint: Comply with requirements of Division-9 Section "Finish
Painting. "
1. For job-built temporary offices, shops, sheds, fences and other
exposed lumber and plywood, provide exterior grade acrylic-latex
emulsion ov~r exterior primer.
2. For sign panels and applying graphics, provide exterior grade alkyd
gloss enamel over exterior primer.
3. For interior walls of temporary offices, provide two coats interior
latex flat wall paint.
F. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL labeled tarpaulins
wi th flame-spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures
provide translucent nylon reinforced laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl
chloride fire retardant tarpaulins.
G. Water: Provide potable water approved by local health authorities.
2.2
EQUIPMENT
A.
General: Provide new equipment; if acceptable to the Architect,
undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition may be
used. Provide equipment suitable for use intended.
B.
Water Hoses: Provide 3/4" heavy-duty, abrasion-resistant, flexible
rubber hoses 100 ft. long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum
pressure of the water distribution system; provide adjustable shut-off
nozzles at hose discharge.
C.
Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets
to prevent insertion of 110-120 volt plugs into higher voltage outlets.
Provide receptacle outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit
interrupters, reset button and pilot light, for connection of power
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
tools and equipment.
D. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords; use
"hard-service" cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide
waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords, if
single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are
in progress.
E. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps
of wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or
tempered glass enclosures, where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior
fixtures where exposed to moisture.
F. Temporary Offices: Provide prefabricated or mobile units or similar
job-built construction with lockable entrances, operable windows and
serviceable finishes. Provide heated and air- conditioned units on
foundations adequate for normal loading.
G. Temporary Toilet Units: Provide self-contained single-occupant toilet
units of the chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type,
properly vented and fully enclosed with a glass fiber reinforced
polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.
H. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations.
I. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class "A"
fire extingui~hers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other
locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, class "ABC" dry
chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA
recommended classes for the exposures.
1. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification, extinguishing agent
and size required by location and class of fire exposure.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities.
Locate facilities where they will serve the Project adequately and
result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate
and modify facilities as required.
B.
Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay.
Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no
longer needed, or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent
facilities.
3.2
TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A.
General: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install
temporary service or connect to existing service. Where the company
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching,
compatible materials and equipment; comply with the company's
recommendations.
1. Arrange with the company and existing users for a time when service
can be interrupted, where necessary, to make connections for
temporary services.
2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to
temporary utility availability, provide trucked-in services.
3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to the site, where
the Owner's easements cannot be used for that purpose.
4. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not
chargeable to the Owner or Architect, and will not be accepted as
a basis of claims for a Change Order.
B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution p~p~ng of sizes
and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service
is in use.
1. Sterilization: Sterilize temporary water piping prior to use.
C. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded
electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size,
capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include
meters, transformers, overload protected disconnects, automatic
ground-fault interrupters and main distribution switch gear.
1. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise
vertically where least exposed to damage. Where permitted, wiring
circuits not exceeding 125 Volts, AC 20 ampere rating, and lighting
circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable where overhead and
exposed for surveillance.
D. Temporary Lighting: Whenever overhead floor or roof deck has been
installed, provide temporary lighting with local switching.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security
and protection requirements, without operating the entire system,
and will provide adequate illumination for construction operations
and traffic conditions.
E. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service for all
personnel engaged in construction activities, throughout the
constructiun period. Install telephone on a separate line for each
temporary office and first aid station. Where an office has more than
two occupants, install a telephone for each additional occupant or pair
of occupants.
1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
F. Sewers and Drainage: If sewers are available, provide temporary
connections to remove effluent that can be discharged laWfully. If
sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide drainage ditches,
dry wells, stabilization ponds and similar facilities. If neither
sewers nor drainage facilities can be lawfully used for diSCharge of
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
effluent, provide containers to remove and dispose of effluent off the
site in a lawful manner.
1. Filter out excessive amounts of soil, construction debris,
chemicals, oils and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or
pollute waterways before discharge.
2. Connect temporary sewers to the municipal system as directed by the
sewer department officials.
3. Maintain temporary sewers and drainage facilities in a clean,
sanitary condition. Following heavy use, restore normal conditions
promptly.
G.
Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around
excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding
by runoff of storm water from heavy rains.
3.3
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A.
Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities and other
temporary construction and support facilities for easy access.
1. Maintain temporary construction and support facilities until near
Substantial Completion. Remove prior to Substantial Completion.
Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted
to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to the
Owner.
B. Provide incombustible construction for offices, shops and sheds located
within the construction area, or within 30 feet of building lines.
Comply with requirements of NFPA 241.
C. Field Offices: Provide insulated, weathertight temporary offices of
sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel at the Project
site. Keep the office clean and orderly for use for small progress
meetings. Furnish and equip offices as follows:
1. Furnish with a desk and chairs, a 4-drawer file cabinet, plan table
and plan rack and a 6-shelf bookcase.
2. Equip with a water cooler.
D. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Install storage and fabrication sheds,
sized, furnished and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment
invol ved, including temporary utility service. Sheds may be open
shelters or fully enclosed spaces within the building or elsewhere on
the site.
E. Sanitary facilities include temporary toilets, wash facilities and
drinking water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health. codes for
the type, number, location, operation and maintenance of fixtures and
facilities. Install where facilities will best serve the Project's
needs.
1. Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups and similar
disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
containers for used material.
F.
Toilets:
privacy.
Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure
Use of pit-type privies will not be permitted.
G. Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water
at convenient locations for personnel involved in handling materials
that require wash-up for a healthy and sanitary condition. Dispose of
drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each
condition.
1. Provide safety showers, eye-wash fountains and similar facilities
for convenience, safety and sanitation of personnel.
H. Drinking Water Facilities: Provide containerized tap-dispenser
bottled-water type drinking water units, including paper supply.
1. Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to
maintain dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F (7 to 13 deg
C) .
I. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosure for protection of
construction in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather,
other construction operations and similar activities.
1. Install tarpaulins securely, with incombustible wood framing and
other materials. Close openings of 25 square feet or less with
plywood or similar materials.
2. Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces
with load-bearing wood-framed construction.
3. Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 square feet
in area, use UL-labeled fire-retardant treated material for framing
and main sheathing.
J.
Temporary Lifts
and employees.
materials are
facilities.
and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials
Truck !=ranes and similar devices used for hoisting
considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary
K. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare project
identification and other signs of the size indicated; install signs
where indicated to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to the
Project. Support on posts or framing of preservative treated wood or
steel. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs.
1. Project Identification Signs: Engage an experienced sign painter
to apply graphics. Comply with details indicated.
2. Temporary Signs: Prepare signs to provide directional information
to construction personnel and visitors.
L. Temporary Exterior Lighting: Install exterior yard and sign lights so
that signs are visible when Work is being performed.
M. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas
and elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 7
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
3.4
of combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements
strictly. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather
or 3 days when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27
deg C). Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials
separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of
material in a lawful manner.
N.
Rodent and Pest Control: Before deep foundation Work has been
completed, retain a local exterminator or pest control company to
recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents,
roaches and other pests. Employ this service to perform extermination
and control procedures at regular intervals so the Project will be
relatively free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion.
Perform control operations in a lawful manner using environmentally safe
materials.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A.
Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not
change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to
permanent facilities until Substantial Completion, or longer as
requested by the Architect.
B.
Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire protection needs are supplied by
permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire protection
facilities of the types needed to protect against reasonably predictable
and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for
Portable Fire Extinguishers," and NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding
Construction, Alterations and Demolition Operations."
1. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their
intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor
at or near each usable stairwell.
2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants,
temporary fire protection facilities, stairways and other access
routes for fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire
exposure areas.
4. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type
temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition.
C. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area
of the Project, complete installation of the permanent fire protection
facility, including connected services, and place into operation and
use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities.
D. Barricades, Warning Signs and Lights: Comply with standards and code
requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint
with appropriate colors, graphics and warning signs to inform personnel
and the public of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate
and needed provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.
E. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure
of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 8
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft and similar
violations of security.
1. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of
value or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce
discipline in connection with the installation and release of
material to minimize the opportunity for theft and vandalism.
F.
Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary
facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply
with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air,
waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other
undesirable effects might ~esult. Avoid use of tools and equipment
which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and
equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms
near the site.
3.5
OPERATION, TERMINATION AND REMOVAL
A.
Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities.
Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended
uses to minimize waste and abuse.
B.
Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until
removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar
elements.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling,
humidity control, ventilation and similar facilities on a 24-hour
day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid
possibility of damage.
2. Protection: Prevent water filled piping from freezing. Maintain
markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during
excavation operations.
C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Architect requests that it be
maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has
ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or
no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary,
restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean
exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily
repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are
property of the Contractor. The Owner reserves the right to take
possession of Project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities
that have been used during the construction period, including but
not limited to:
a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings.
b. Replace significantly worn parts and parts that have been
subject to unusual operating conditions.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 9
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
c. Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by
substantial hours of use.
END OF SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
01500 - 10
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 '
1.2
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements
governing the Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project.
B.
The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals
are included under Section "Submittals."
C. Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for
applicability of industry standards to products specified.
D.
Administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made
after award .of the Contract are included under Section "Product
Substitutions."
DEFINITIONS
A.
Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning
of other terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties,"
"systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms.
Such terms such are self-explanatory and have well recognized meanings
in the construction industry.
1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work,
whether purchased for the Project or taken from previously
purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
a. "Named Products" are items identified by manufacturer's
product name, including make or model designation, indicated
in the manufacturer's published product literature, that is
current as of the date of the Contract Documents.
b. "Foreign Products", as distinguished from "domestic products,"
are items substantially manufactured (50 percent or more of
value) outside of the United States and its possessions; or
produced or supplied by entities substantially owned (more
than 50 percent) by persons who are not citizens of nor living
within the United States and its possessions.
2. "Materials" are products that are substantially shaped, cut,
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated,
processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.
3. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized
or manually operated, that requires service connections such as
wiring or piping.
1.4
SUBMI'ITALS
A.
Product List Schedule: Prepare a schedule showing products specified
in a tabular form acceptable to the Architect. Include generic names
of products required. Include the manufacturer's name and proprietary
product names for each item listed.
1. Coordinate the product list schedule with the Contractor's
Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals.
2. Form: Prepare the product listing schedule with information on
each item tabulated under the following column headings:
a. Related Specification Section number.
b. Generic name used in Contract Documents.
c. Proprietary name, model number and similar designations.
d. Manufacturer's and name and address.
e. Supplier'S name and address.
f. Installer's name and address.
g. Projected delivery date, or time span of delivery period.
3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days after date of commencement of
the Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list schedule.
Provide a written explanation for omissions of data, and for known
variations from Contract requirements.
a. At the Contractor's option, the initial submittal may be
limited to product selections and designations that must be
established early in the Contract period.
4. Completed Schedule: Within 60 days after date of commencement of
the Work, submit 3 copies of the completed product list schedule.
Provide a written explanation for omissions of data, and for known
variations from Contract requirements.
5. Architect's Action: The Architect will respond in writing to the
Contractor within 2 weeks of receipt of the completed product list
schedule. No response within this time period constitutes no
objection to listed manufacturers or products, but does not
constitute a waiver of the requirement that products comply with
Contract Documents. The Architect's response will include the
following:
a. A list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief
explanation of reasons for this action.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
of the same kind, from a single Source.
1. When specified products are available only from sources that do not
or cannot produce a quantity adequate to complete project
requirements in a timely manner, consult with the Architect for a
determination of the most important product qualities before
proceeding. Qualities may include attributes relating to visual
appearance, strength, durability, or compatibility. When a
determination has been made, select products from sources that
produce products that possess these qualities, to the fullest
extent possible.
B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of
se lect ing between two or more products for use on the proj ect, the
product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected,
even if previously selected products were also options.
1. Each prime Contractor is responsible for providing products and
construction methods that are compatible with products and
construction methods of other prime or separate Contractors.
2. If a dispute arises between prime Contractors over concurrently
selectable, but incompatible products, the Architect will determine
which products shall be retained and which are incompatible and
must be replaced.
C. Foreign Product Limitations: Except under one or more of the following
cond~tions, provide domestic products, not foreign products, for
inclusion in the Work:
1. No available domestic product complies with the Contract Documents.
2. Domestic products that comply with Contract Document are only
available at prices or terms that are Substantially higher than
foreign products that also comply with the Contract Documents.
D. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not
attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks
on exposed surfaces of products which will be exposed to view in
oCcupied spaces or on the exterior.
1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed
surface or, where required for observation after installation, on
an accessible surface that is not conspicuous.
2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item
of service-connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on an
easily accessible surface which is inconspicuous in oCcupied
spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and
other essential operating data:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
d. Speed.
e. Ratings.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01600 -
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.6
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver, store and handle products in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration and loss, including theft.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to
prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum
holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily
damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other losses.
3. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and
instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and
installing.
4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the
Contract Documents, and to ensure that products are undamaged and
properly protected.
5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate
inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner
that will not endanger the supporting construction.
7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground,
under cover in a weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate
to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within
range required by manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
PRODUCT SELECTION
A.
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the
Contract Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated,
unused at the time of installation.
1. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish,
safety guards and other devices and details needed for a complete
installation and for the intended use and effect.
2. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of
types that have been produced and used successfully in similar
situations on other projects.
B. Product Selection Procedures: Product selection is governed by the
Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous Project
experience. Procedures governing product selection include the
following:
1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where only a single
product or manufacturer is named, provide the product indicated.
No substitutions will be permitted.
2. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where two or more
products or manufacturers are named, provide one of the products
indicated. No substitutions will be permitted.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
a. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name,
accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal"
comply with the Contract Document provisions concerning
"substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed
product.
3. Non-Proprietary Specifications: When the Specifications list
products or manufacturers that are available and may be
incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to use
of these products only, the Contractor may propose any available
product that complies with Contract requirements. Comply with
Contract Document provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain
approval for use of an unnamed product.
4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications
describe a product or assembly, listing exact characteristics
required, with or without use of a brand or trade name, provide a
product or assembly that provides the characteristics and otherwise
complies with Contract requirements.
5. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications
require compliance with performance requirements, provide products
that comply with these requirements, and are recommended by the
manufacturer for the application indicated. General overall
performance of a product is implied where the product is specified
for a specific application.
a. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published
product literature, or by the manufacturer's certification of
performance.
6. Compliance with Standards, Codes and Regulations: Where the
Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code,
standard or regulation, select a product that complies with the
standards, codes or regulations specified.
7. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an
established Sample, the Architect's decision will be final on
whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily.
a. Where no product available within the specified category
matches satisfactorily and also complies with other specified
requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents
concerning "substitutions" for selection of a matching product
in another product category, or for noncompliance with
specified requirements.
8. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the
phrase "...as selected from manufacturer's standard colors,
patterns, textures..." or a similar phrase, select a product and
manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The
Architect will select the color, pattern and texture from the
product line selected.
9. Allowances: Refer to individual Specification Sections and
"Allowance" provisions in Division-1 for allowances that control
product selection, and for procedures required for processing such
selections.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS:
A.
Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for
installation of products in the applications indicated. Anchor each
product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other
Work.
1. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom
from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 01600
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01631 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general prov~s~ons of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract.
1. Multiple Prime Contracts: Provisions of this Section apply to the
construction activities of each prime Contractor.
B. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals
are included under Section "Submittals."
C. Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for
applicability of industry standards to products specified.
D.
Procedural requirements governing the Contractor's selection of products
and product options are included under Section "Materials and
Equipment."
DEFINITIONS
A.
Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change or modify
the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents.
B.
Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment,
and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by
the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for
"substitutions." The following are not considered substitutions:
1. Substitutions requested by Bidders during the bidding period, and
accepted prior to award of Contract, are considered as included in
the Contract Documents and are not subject to requirements
specified in this Section for substitutions.
2. Revisions to Contract Documents requested by the Owner or
Architect.
3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in
Contract Documents.
4. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing
regulations and orders issued by governing authorities.
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
01631 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.4
SUBMI'ITALS
A.
Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be
considered if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work.
Requests received more than 60 days after commencement of the Work may
be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect.
1. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration.
Submit requests in the form and in accordance with procedures
required for Change Order proposals.
2. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to
be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section
and Drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing
compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the
following information, as appropriate:
a. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products,
fabrication and installation procedures.
b. Samples, where applicable or requested.
c. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed
substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant
qualities may include elements such as size, weight,
durability, performance and visual effect.
d. Coordination information, including a list of changes or
modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to
construction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors,
that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed
substitution.
e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the
Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule
without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of
the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time.
f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if
any in the Contract Sum.
g. Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed
is equal-to or better in every significant respect to that
required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform
adequately in the application indicated. Include the
Contractor's waiver of rights to. additional payment or time,
that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure
of the substitution to perform adequately.
3. Architect's Action: Within one week of receipt of the request for
substitution, the Architect will request additional information or
documentation necessary for evaluation of the request. Within 2
weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of the
additional information or documentation, which ever is later, the
Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of
the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed
substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated,
use the product specified by name. Acceptance will be in the form
of a Change Order.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
01631 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2.1
SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and
considered by the Architect when one or more of the following conditions
are satisfied, as determined by the Architect; otherwise requests will
be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these
requirements.
1. Extensive revisions to Contract Documents are not required.
2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of Contract
Documents.
3. The request is timely, fully documented and properly submitted.
4. The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar
language in the Contract Documents.
s. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if
the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to
pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly.
6. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive
necessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested
substitution can be approved.
7. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost,
time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after
deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to
bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include
additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and
evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the
Owner or separate Contractors, and similar considerations.
8. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and where the
Contractor certifies that the substitution will overcome the
incompatibility.
9. The specified product or method of construction cannot be
coordinated with other materials, and where the Contractor
certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated.
10. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a
warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the
Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provide the
required warranty.
11. Where a proposed substitution involves more than one prime
Contractor, each Contractor shall cooperate with the other
Contractors involved to coordinate the Work, provide uniformity and
consistency, and to assure compatibility of products.
B. The Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings,
Product Data or Samples that relate to construction activities not
complying with the Contract Documents does not constitute an acceptable
or valid request for substitution, nor does it constitute approval.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01631
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
01631 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
01631 - 4
EAST MARTELLO PARK
SECTION 01700 - PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 .
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general prov~s~ons of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-1 Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for
project closeout, including but not limited to:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Project record document submittal.
3. Operating and maintenance manual submittal.
4. Submittal of warranties.
5. Final cleaning.
B.
Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included
in the appropriate. Sections in Divisions-2 through -16.
1.3
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A.
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification
of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in
the request.
1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first
follows, the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100
percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as
substantially complete. Include supporting documentation for
completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement
showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
a. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of
incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and
reasons the Work is not complete.
2. Advise Owner of pending insurance change-over requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance
agreements, final certifications and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of
the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy
permits, operating certificates and similar releases.
5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project
photographs, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and
similar final record information.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 1
EAST MARTELLO PARK
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
7. Make final change-over of permanent locks and transmit keys to the
Owner. Advise the Owner's personnel of change-over in security
provisions.
8. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the
Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change
over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with
construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements.
9. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting.
Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes.
B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the
Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor
of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate
of Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor
of construction that must be completed or corrected before the
certificate will be issued.
1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured
that the Work has been substantially completed.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of
requirements for final acceptance.
1.4
FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A.
Preliminary . Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for
certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the
following. List exceptions in the request.
1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include
certificates of insurance for products and completed operations
where required.
2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional
changes to the Contract Sum.
3. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list
of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has
been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list
has been endorsed and dated by the Architect.
4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of
stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial
Completion, or when the Owner took possession of and responsibility
for corresponding elements of the Work.
s. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
6. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement.
7. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying
with insurance requirements.
B. Re inspect ion Procedure: The Architect wi II re inspect the Work upon
receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from
earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion
has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Architect.
1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 2
EAST MARTELLO PARK
certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of Work
that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled
but are required for final acceptance.
2. If necessary, reinspect ion will be repeated.
1.5
RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect
from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location;
provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference during
normal working hours.
B.
Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line
white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to
show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially
from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most
capable of showing conditions fully and accurately; where Shop Drawings
are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the
Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that
would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.
1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to
distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work.
2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not
shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings.
3. Note. related Change Order numbers where applicable.
4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with
durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and
other identification on the cover of each set.
C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of the proj ect
Manual, including addenda, and one copy of other written construction
documents such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form
during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial
variations in actual Work performed in comparison with the text of the
Specifications and modifications. Give particular attention to
substitutions, selection of options and similar information on elements
that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by
direct observation. Note related record drawing information and Product
Data.
1. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the
Architect for the Owner's records.
D. Record Product Data: Maintain one copy of each Product Data submittal.
Mark these documents to show significant variations in actual Work
performed in comparison with information submitted. Include variations
in products delivered to the site, and from the manufacturer's
installation instructions and recommendations. Give particular
attention to concealed products and portions of the Work which cannot
otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note
related Change Orders and mark-up of record drawings and Specifications.
1. Upon completion of mark-up, submit complete set of record Product
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 3
EAST MARTELLO PARK
Data to the Architect for the Owner's records.
E. Record Sample Submitted: Immediately prior to the date or dates of
Substantial Completion, the Contractor will meet at the site with the
Architect and the Owner's personnel to determine which of the submitted
Samples that have been maintained during progress of the Work are to be
transmitted to the Owner for record purposes. Comply with delivery to
the Owner's Sample storage area.
F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections
for requirements of miscellaneous record-keeping and submittals in
connection with actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to
the date or dates of Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous
records and place in good order, properly identified and bound or filed,
ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the Architect for the
Owner's records.
G. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operating and maintenance data into
suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in
individual heavy-duty 2-inch, 3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with pocket
folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification
on front and spine of each binder. Include the following types of
information:
1. Emergency instructions.
2. Spare parts list.
3. Copies of warranties.
4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Recommended "turn around" cycles.
6. Inspection procedures.
7. Shop Drawings and Product Data.
8. Fixture lamping schedule.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A.
Operating and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each installer of
equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's
personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance.
If installers are not experienced in procedures, provide instruction by
manufacturer's representatives. Include a detailed review of the
following items:
1. Maintenance manuals.
2. Record documents.
3. Spare parts and materials.
4 . Tools.
5. Lubricants.
6. Fuels.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 4
EAST MARTELLO PARK
7. Identification systems.
8. Control sequences.
9 . Hazards.
10. Cleaning.
11. Warranties and bonds.
12. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the
following procedures:
1. Start-up.
2. Shutdown.
3. Emergency operations.
4. Noise and vibration adjustments.
5. Safety procedures.
6. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
7. Effective energy utilization.
3.2
FINAL CLEANING
A.
General: General cleaning during construction is required by the
General Conditions and included in Section "Temporary Facilities".
B.
Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final
cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a
nqrmal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply
with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting
inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion.
a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in
doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other
substances that are noticeable vision-obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent
materials.
c. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to
a dust-free condition, free of stains, films and similar
foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their
original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom
clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces.
d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove
excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing
fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and
lamps.
e. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of
rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved
areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign
deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to
a smooth even-textured surface.
C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced exterminator to make a final
inspection, and rid the Project of rodents, insects and other pests.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 5
EAST MARTELLO PARK
D. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities
installed for protection of the Work during construction.
E. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction
and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not
bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not
discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage
systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a
lawful manner.
1. Where extra materials of value rema~n~ng after completion of
associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for
disposition of these materials as directed.
END OF SECTION 01700
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 01740 - WARRANTIES AND BONDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general prov~s~ons of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division-l Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section specifies general administrative and procedural
requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract
Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and
special warranties.
1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's
special warranty of workmanship and materials.
2. General closeout requirements are included in Section "Project
Closeout."
3. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and
installations that are specified to be warranted, are included in
the individual Sections of Divisions-2 through -16.
4. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing
services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
B.
Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations
on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on
the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers,
manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special
warranties with the Contractor.
C.
Separate Prime Contracts: Each prime Contractor is responsible for
warranties related to its own Contract.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published
by individual manufacturers for particular products and are specifically
endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner.
B.
Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated
in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by
standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner.
WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
01740 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.5
A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has
failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result
of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access
for correction of warranted Work.
B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed
and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty
by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the
original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty
has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition
complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is
responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work
regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work
through a portion of its anticipated useful service life.
D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition
to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations,
rights and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall
warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the
Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.
1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject
warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not
in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.
E.
The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project
where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is
required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented
that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to
do so.
SUBMI'ITALS
A.
Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified
for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of
Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties
other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a
designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request
of the Architect.
B.
When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor,
or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare
a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,
ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the
Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final execution.
C.
Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each
required warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by
the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the
warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of
contents of the Project Manual.
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
01740 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable
3 -ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to
accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2" by 11" paper.
1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each
separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or
installation. Provide a typed description of the product or
installation, including the name of the product, and the name,
address and telephone number of the installer.
2. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or
printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS, the Project title or name, and
the name of the Contractor.
3. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted
construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty,
as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) .
END OF SECTION 01740
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
01740 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply
to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section requires the selective removal and subsequent offsite
disposal of the following:
1. Removal of rolled roof over concrete slab with associated metal
fascia on Area 1.
2. Removal of wood frame system, roof sheathing, rolled roofing and
rubble fill over existing concrete roof slab on Areas 2,3, and 4.
3. Removal of exposed electric and phone wires on the entire existing
roof.
B. Related work specified elsewhere:
1. Remodeling construction work and patching are included within the
respective sections of specifications, including removal of
materials for reuse and incorporation into remodeling or new
construction.
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract
and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B.
Schedule indicating proposed sequence of operations for selective
demolition work to Owner's Representative for review prior to start of
work. Include coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of
utility services as required, together with details for dust and noise
control protection.
1. Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure
uninterrupted progress of Owner's on-site operations.
2. Coordinate with Owner's continuing occupation of portions of
existing building and with Owner's partial occupancy of completed
new addition.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A.
Owner will occupy portions of the building immediately
Occupancy:
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition
work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owner's normal
operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner of
demolition activities that will affect Owner's normal operations.
B. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual
condition of items or structures to be demolished.
1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purposes will
be maintained by Owner insofar as practicable. However, minor
variations within structure may occur by Owner I s removal and
salvage operations prior to start of selective demolition work.
C.
Partial Demolition and Removal:
salvageable value to Contractor
progresses. Transport salvaged
Items indicated to be removed but of
may be removed from structure as work
items from site as they are removed.
1. Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted.
D. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection
to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to
selective demolition work.
1. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe
passage of Owner's personnel and general public to occupied
portions of building.
2. Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
3. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to
prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element
to be demolished and adjacent facilities or work to remain.
4. Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place
and becomes exposed during demolition operations.
5. Protect floors with suitable coverings when necessary.
6. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between
demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior
surfaces and installation of new construction to ensure that no
water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of
existing building.
7. Remove protections at completion of work.
E. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by
demolition work.
F.
Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and
ensure minimum interference with roads, streets,
adjacent occupied or used facilities.
debris removal to
walks, and other
G. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities in service and protect
them against damage during demolition operations.
1. Do not interrupt utilities serving occupied or used facilities,
except when authorized in writing by authorities having
jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to
existing utilities, as acceptable to governing authorities.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2. Maintain fire protection services during selective demolition
operations.
H. Environmental Controls: Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and
other methods to limit dust and dirt migration. Comply with governing
regulations pertaining to environmental protection.
1. Do not use water when it may create hazardous or objectionable
conditions such as flooding, and pollution.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
PREPARATION
A.
General: Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to
prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of areas to be demolished and
adjacent facilities to remain.
1. Cease operations and notify Owner's Representative immediately if
safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to
support structure until determination is made for continuing
operations.
2. Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures from soilage
or damage when demolition work is performed in areas where such
items have not been removed.
3. Locate, identify, stub off, and disconnect utility services that
are not indicated to remain.
a. Provide bypass connections as necessary to maintain continuity
of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of
72 hours advance notice to Owner if shutdown of service is
necessary during changeover.
3.2
DEMOLITION
A.
General: Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. Use
such methods as required to complete work indicated on Drawings in
accordance with demolition schedule and governing regulations.
1. Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly
remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting
walls, floors, or framing.
2. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as
required by local authorities having jurisdiction.
B. If unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that
conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate
and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to
Owner's Representative in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
directive from Owner's Representative, rearrange selective demolition
schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without undue
delay.
3.3
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A.
Remove from building site debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting
from demolition operations. Transport and legally dispose off site.
1. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition
operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws, and
ordinances concerning removal, handling, and protection against
exposure or environmental pollution.
2. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site.
3.4
CLEANUP AND REPAIR
A.
General: Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment,
and demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave
interior areas broom clean.
1. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return
elements of construction and surfaces to remain to condition
existing prior to start operations. Repair adjacent construction
or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work.
END OF SECTION 02070
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
02070 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 03310 - CONCRETE REPAIRS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Work included: Provide cast-in-place concrete repairs, including
formwork and reinforcement, where shown on the Drawings, as
specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper
installation.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained
and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely
familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed
for the proper performance of the work in this Section.
B. Comply with the "Specification for Structural Concrete Buildings",
ACI 301, except as may be modified herein.
C. Do not commence placement of concrete until mix designs have been
reviewed and approved by the Architect and all governmental
agencies having jurisdiction.
1 . 3 SUBMI'rTALS
A. Submit concrete mix designs to the Architect for review and
approval.
1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Comply with product manufacturers printed instructions.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMS
A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain framework so it will
safely support vertical and lateral loads which might be applied
until such loads can be supported safely by the concrete
structure.
B. Construct forms to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions
shown, and as required to obtain accurate alignment, location,
grades, and level and plumb work in the finished structure.
2.2 REINFORCEMENT
A. Comply with the following as minimums:
CONCRETE REPAIRS
03310-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1. Bars: ASTM A615, grade 60 unless otherwise shown on the
Drawings, using deformed bars for number 3 and larger.
2. Welded wire fabric: ASTM A185
3. Bending: ACI 318
B. Fabricate reinforcement to the required shapes and dimensions,
within fabrication tolerances stated in the CRSI "Manual of
Standard Practices".
C. Do not use reinforcement having any of the following defects:
1. Bar lengths, depths, or bends exceeding the specified
fabricating tolerances;
2. Bends or kinks not indicated on the Drawings or required for
the Work;
3. Bars with cross-section reduced due to excessive rust or
other causes.
2 . 3 CONCRETE
A. Comply with the following minimums:
1. Portland cement: ASTM C150, type I or II, low alkali.
2. Aggregate general:
a. ASTM C33, uniformly graded and clean;
b. Do not use aggregate known to cause excessive
shrinkage.
3. Aggregate, coarse: Crushed rock or washed gravel equal to
3/4" and with a maximum size number 4.
4. Aggregate, fine: Natural washed sand of hard and durable
particles varying from fine to particles passing a 3/8"
screen, of which at least 12% shall pass a 50-mesh screen.
5. Water: clean and potable
C. Surface treatment:
1. Where "sealer", "liquid curing agent" or "hardener" is
called for on the drawings, or otherwise used, submit
product data to the Architect for approval.
D. Concrete repairs for spalled concrete
1. For spalled and deteriorated concrete use "Uniweld", a two
component, high solids, structural adhesive for bonding new
concrete to old, eroded or spalled concrete surfaces,
manufactured by Permgile Industries, Inc.
2. Surfaces of application should be sound and clean. Surface
may be dry or damp, but must be free of standing water.
During product mixing each component should be stirred
separately. Blend 1 part of base to 1 part of reactor
volume and mix completely until streak-free gray. Allow 15-
30 minutes after applying so that Uniweld becomes tacky.
CONCRETE REPAIRS 03310-2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
Fresh concrete should be placed within 2 hours after coating
@73 F.
3. The product shall have the following properties:
Mix Ratio
Pot Life
Cure Time
Application Temp.
Bond Strength
Coverage
Color
Chemical Resistance
1:1 volume
1 1/2 - 3 hrs @77 F
12-16 hrs @77 F
40 F and above
600 psi minimum
125 sf per gallon dependent on
porosity of concrete
Gray
Resistant to mild mineral
acids, alkalies, detergents,
solvents, skydrol, hydraulic
fluids, lubricating oils,
salts, etc.
Min. 1 yr in unopened cans.
Shelf Life
4. Exposed, existing rebar: Where exposed, existing rebars are
showing, liberally coat with a bonding agent and
reinforcement protection agent. Use Sika Armatec 110 or
approved equal.
E. Liquid bonding agent:
1. Use "ACRYL-60", manufactured by Thoro, as an admixture for
patching and resurfacing of concrete, floors, stairs and
horizontal surfaces.
2. In all cases prepare a good, clean surface. Remove all
loose material and disintegrated concrete. Remove all
surfaces of oil, grease,
dirt, dust, laitance, efflorescence, form treatments, etc.
Sweep or blowout area to be patched with air; dampen area
but do not leave standing water. Thoroughly mix the cement
and sand first. Sand must be clean and dry. If the ACRYL-
60 is to be diluted, mix the ACRYL-60 and water first,
before adding the liquid to the concrete dry mix. Stir the
mixing liquid first, place the concrete mix in a clean
container, and then slowly add the mixing liquid. In cement
sand or concrete mixes, mix for a very short time (1-2
minutes). Over-mixing entrains excessive air. Mix should be
placed quickly, as weather conditions may cause setting time
to vary. Maximum time for the placement should not exceed
20 minutes. Trowel mix into place but do not over-trowel.
The trowel should be cleaned frequently and very little
pressure should be used. For light use, allow surface to
cure 24 -48 hours; for heavy traffic a 4-day curing period
is required.
F. Concrete patcher:
1. Use "BONSAL" vinyl concrete patcher for patching and
resurfacing of concrete stairs.
2. Surfaces of application should be sound and clean. Surface
may be dry or damp, but must be free of standing water.
CONCRETE REPAIRS
03310-3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
Never use dirty water, container or rusty tools with the
material. Never use the mixed material until 5 minutes
after mixing. Do not re-temper after 15 minutes of mixing.
3. The product shall have the following properties:
cure time
12 - 24 hrs.
48 hrs for heavy use
50 to 100 degrees F
7 days cured 300ps
24 hrs cured 2000psi
28 days cured 6000 "
28 days cured 300psi
28 days cured, none
application temp.
tensile strength
compressive strength
shear bond
shrinkage
G. Repairs by "Injection Method":
1. For all cracked concrete designated to be repaired by
"Injection Method", provide products maufactured by Sika
Corp. Including .Sikadur Injection Gel". "Sikadur 35", and
.Sikator 108 Armatic", or Perm-Inject", a low viscosity
epoxy for repairs by injection manufactured by permagile
Industries, Inc. or as otherwise specified under Section
04510.
2. Upon installation, the cracks should be clean, sound and
free of all debris. The product mix shall be a blend of 2:1
by volume and shall be mixed until uniform, streak-free
color is in evidence. The product shall be applied with an
automatic metering equipment or use a pressure pot with a
capacity of at least 150 psi.
3. The product shall have the following properties:
Mix Ratio
Pot Life
CUre Time
Application Temp.
Tensile Strength
Compressive Strength
Chemical Resistance
Shelf Life
Per manufacturer
30 minutes (@77 F)
4-6 hrs. (@77 F)
35 F, and above
2400 psi minimum @ 14 days
10,000 psi minimum @ 14 days
Resistant to mild mineral acids,
alkalies, detergents, solvents,
hydraulic fluids, lubrication
oils, salts, etc.
Min. 1 yr. in unopened cans
4. Comply with the manufacturer's printed instructions for all
products.
5. Equal products of Sika, Thoro, and Mark-10 Injection Epoxy
System, as mfg. by "Poly-Carb" are approved equals.
2.4 OTHER MATERIALS
A. Provide other materials, not specifically described but required for
complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor
subject to the approval of the Architect.
CONCRETE REPAIRS
03310-4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2.5 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions of other products and methods will be allowed only after
review and approval by the Architect. Submit the manufacturer's
specifications and technical data to the Architect for approval.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SURFACE AND CONDITIONS
A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will
be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper
completion of the Work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory
conditions are corrected.
B. Set bolts, inserts, and other required item in the concrete,
accurately secured so they will not be displaced, and in the precise
locations needed.
3.2 REMEDIAL WORK
A. Repair or replace deficient work as directed by the Architect and at
no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
CONCRETE REPAIRS
03310-5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 04500 - MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-l Specification sections, apply
to work of this section.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
A. Extent of masonry restoration work is indicated on drawings and in
schedules.
B. Masonry restoration work includes the following:
1. Removal of plant growth.
2. Repairing damaged masonry.
3. Cleaning exposed masonry surfaces.
4. Repointing mortar joints.
S. Removal of tar on exterior brick under Alternate NO.2.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A.
Restoration Specialist: Work must be performed by a firm having not
less than 5 years successful experience in comparable masonry
restoration projects and employing personnel skilled in the restoration
processes and operations indicated.
B.
Field-Constructed Mock-Ups: Prior to start of general masonry
restoration, prepare the following sample panels on building where
directed by Architect. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual
qualities before proceeding with the work. Retain acceptable panels in
undisturbed condition, suitably marked, during construction as a
standard for judging completed work.
1. Cleaning: Demonstrate materials and methods to be used for
cleaning each type of masonry surface and condition on sample
panels of approximately 25 sq. ft. in area.
a. Test adjacent non-masonry materials for possible reaction with
cleaning materials.
b. Allow waiting period of duration indicated, but not less than
7 calendar days, after completion of sample cleaning to permit
study of sample panels for negative reactions.
2. Repointing: Prepare 2 separate sample areas of approximately 3'
high by 6 I wide for each type of repointing required, one for
demonstrating methods and quality of workmanship expected in
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
removal of mortar from joints and the other for demonstrating
quality of materials and workmanship expected in pointing mortar
joints.
3. Masonry Repair: Prepare sample panels of size indicated for each
type of masonry material indicated to be patched, rebuilt or
replaced. Erect mock-up panels into an exist ing wall, unless
otherwise indicated, to demonstrate quality of materials and
workmanship.
C. Masonry Preconstruct ion Test Service:
1. Owner may employ separate testing laboratory to perform
preconstruct ion testing.
2. Contractor shall employ, at his own expense, an independent testing
laboratory, experienced in performing type of tests indicated and
acceptable to architect, to perform preconstruct ion tests.
3. preconstruction Brick Tests: Test each type of existing brick
indicated for replacement and each type of proposed replacement
brick, for properties indicated below, using methods of sampling
and testing of ASTM C 67. Carefully remove existing bricks from
locations designated by Architect.
a. Compressive strength.
b. 24-hour cold water absorption.
c. S-hour boil absorption.
d. Saturation coefficient.
e. Initial rate of absorption (suction).
4. Source of Materials: Obtain materials for masonry restoration from
a single source for each type material required (face brick, stone,
cement, sand, etc.) to ensure match of quality, color, pattern, and
texture.
1.4
SUBMITTALS:
A.
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each product
indicated including recommendations for their application and use.
Include test reports and certifications substantiating that products
comply with requirements.
B.
Restoration Program: Submit written program for each phase of
restoration process including protection of surrounding materials on
building and site during operations. Describe in detail materials,
methods and equipment to be used for each phase of restoration work.
1. If alternative methods and materials to those indicated are
proposed for any phase of restoration work, provide written
description, including evidence of successful use on other,
comparable projects, and program of testing to demonstrate
effectiveness for use on this project.
C. Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, prior to mock-up erection,
samples of the following:
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.5
1.6
1.7
1. Each new exposed masonry material to be used for replacing existing
materials. Include in each set of samples the full range of
colors, colors and textures to be expected in completed work.
a. For bricks provide straps or panels containing not less than
4 units.
2. Each type of mortar for pointing and masonry rebuilding and repair,
in separate panels using historic brick or on a designated areas
of the building.
3. Each type of chemical cleaning material.
4. Each type of adhesive.
5. Each type of anchor.
DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A.
Carefully pack, handle, and ship masonry units and accessories strapped
together in suitable packs or pallets or in heavy cartons. Unload and
handle to prevent chipping and breakage.
B.
Deliver other materials to site in manufacturer's original and unopened
containers and packaging, bearing labels as to type and names of
products and manufacturers.
C.
Protect masonry restoration materials during storage and construction
from wetting by rain, snow or ground water, and from staining or
intermixture with earth or other types of materials.
D.
Protect grout, mortar and other materials from deterioration by moisture
and temperature. Store in a dry location or in waterproof containers.
Keep containers tightly closed and away from open flames. Protect
1 iquid components from freez ing . Comply with manufacturer's
recommendations for minimum and maximum temperature requirements for
storage.
PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A.
Clean masonry surfaces only when air temperatures are 40 deg.F (4 deg.C)
and above and will remain so until masonry has dried out, but for not
less than 7 days after completion of cleaning.
B.
Do not repoint mortar joints or repair masonry unless air temperatures
are between 40 deg.F (4 deg.C) and 80 deg.F (27 deg.C) and will remain
so for at least 48 hours after completion of work.
C.
Prevent grout or mortar used in repointing and repair work from staining
face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces. Remove immediately
grout and mortar in contact with exposed masonry and other surfaces.
D.
Protect sills, ledges and projections from mortar droppings.
SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING:
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
A. Perform masonry restoration work in the following sequence:
1. Repair existing masonry including replacing existing masonry with
new masonry materials.
2. Rake-out existing mortar from joints indicated to be repointed.
3. Repoint existing mortar joints of masonry indicated to be restored.
4. Clean existing masonry surfaces.
s. Point existing mortar joints of masonry indicated to be restored.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MASONRY MATERIALS:
A.
Face Brick and Accessories: Provide face brick and accessories,
including units for lintels, arches, corners, and other special ground,
cut, or sawed shapes where required to complete masonry restoration
work.
1. Utilize historic brick provided by the owner.
2. Provide units with color, surface texture and size to match
existing brick work and with physical properties matching than
those determined from preconstruct ion testing, of selected existing
units.
3. Provide units with color, surface texture, and physical properties
to match Architect's sample.
2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS:
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, or Type II.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Colored Mortar Aggregate: Natural or manufactured sand selected
to produce mortar color indicated.
a. For pointing mortar provide sand with rounded edges.
b. Match size, texture and gradation of existing mortar as
closely as possible.
D.
Colored Mortar Pigment:
oxides, compounded for
record of satisfactory
Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium
use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with
performance in masonry mortars.
E. Water: Clean, free of oils, acids, alkalis and organic matter.
F. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.
2.3 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
A. Water for Cleaning: Clean, potable, free of oils, acids, alkalis,
salts, and organic matter.
B. Warm Water: Heat water to temperature of 140 deg.F-180 deg.F (60
deg.C-82 deg.C).
C. Brushes: Fiber bristle only.
D. Alkaline Prewash Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard alkaline cleaner for
prewash applications only which are followed by acidic cleaner of type
indicated for afterwash.
1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Sure
Klean 766 Prewash", ProSoCo, Inc.
E. Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard strength acidic masonry
restoration cleaner composed of hydrofluoric acid blended with other
acids including trace of phosphoric acid and combined with special
wetting systems and inhibitors.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,
products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. "Diedrich 101 Masonry Restorer", Diedrich Chemicals.
b. "Sure Klean Restoration Cleaner", ProSoCo, Inc.
F. One-Part Limestone Cleaner: Manufacturer 1 s standard one-part acid
formulation for cleaning limestone.
1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Sure
Klean Limestone Restorer", ProSoCo, Inc.
G. Two-Part Limestone Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard two-part system
consisting of alkaline cleaner for prewash and acidic cleaner for
afterwash.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,
products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. "Diedrich Limestone Cleaner Prerinse and Afterrinse"j Diedrich
Chemicals.
b. "Sure Klean Limestone Prewash and Afterwash", ProSoCo, Inc.
H. Chemical Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard thixotropic/ alkaline
formulation for removing paint coatings from masonry.
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,
products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. "Diedrich 505/606/606X Paint Remover"j Diedrich Chemicals.
b. "Sure Klean Heavy-Duty Paint Stripper" j ProSoCo, Inc.
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
I. Water-Rinsible Chemical Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard
thixotropic water-rinsible solvent formulation for removing paint
coatings from masonry.
1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Sure
Klean 509 Paint Stripper", ProSoCo, Inc.
J. Liquid Strippable Masking Agent: Manufacturer's standard liquid, film
forming, strippable masking material for protecting glass, metal and
polished stone surfaces from damaging effect of acidic and alkaline
masonry cleaners.
1. Available Products: Subj ect to compliance with requirements,
products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not
limited to, the following:
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of
the following:
a. "Diedrich Acid Guard"; Diedrich Chemicals.
b. "Sure Klean Acid Stop"; ProSoCo, Inc.
K. Spray Equipment: Provide equipment for controlled spray application of
water and chemical cleaners, if any, at rates indicated for pressure,
measured at spray tip, and for volume.
1. For spray application of chemical cleaners provide low-pressure
tank or chemical pump suitable for chemical cleaner indicated,
equipped with cone-shaped spray-tip.
2. For spray application of water provide fan-shaped spray-tip which
disperses water at angle of not less than 15 degrees.
3. For spray application of heated water provide equipment capable of
maintaining temperature, at flow rates indicated, between 140 deg.
and 180 deg.F (60 deg. and 82 deg.C) .
4. For application of steam provide a steam generator capable of
delivering live steam at nozzle head.
L. Defoliant: Manufacturer's standard strength vegitation killer containing
promenton. Subject to architectural approval of the site test panel,
provide one of the following:
1. "Triox" vegitation killer, Chevron Chemical Company.
2. "Roundup", or approved equal.
M. Efflorescence Removal: Manufacturer's standard poultice cleaner
containing soda ash, talc and Fullers earth. Subject to architectural
approval of the site test panel, provide the following:
1. "Standoff Marble Poultice", ProSoCo, Inc. or approved equal.
N. Provide drop cloths, sheets, tape, etc. to protect the structure,
people, landscaping and surrounding areas.
2.4 MORTAR MIXES:
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
A. General:
1. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious and aggregate
material in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not
measure by shovel, use known measure. Mix materials in a clean
mechanical batch mixer.
a. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and
aggregate materials together before adding any water. Then
mix again adding only enough water to produce a damp,
unworkable mix which will retain its form when pressed into a
ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for I-to-2
hours. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar of
desired consistency is reached. Use mortar within 30 minutes
of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened
material.
2.
Colored Mortar: Produce
selected ingredients.
Architect's approval.
mortar
Do not
of color
adjust
required by use of
proportions without
a. Color Pigmented Mortar: Where colored mortar pigments are
indicated do not exceed pigment-to-cement ratio of I-to-10, by
weight.
3. Do not use admixtures of any kind in mortar, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Mortar Proportions:
1.
Pointing Mortar for Historic Brick:
cement, 1 1/4 parts lime and 6 parts
aggregate.
One part white portland
sand, or colored mortar
a. Add colored mortar pigment to product mortar colors required.
2. Pointing Mortar for Stone: One part white portland cement, 1 part
lime, 4 parts sand or colored mortar aggregate.
3. pointing Mortar for Terra Cotta: One part white portland cement,
1 part lime, 6 parts sand or colored mortar aggregate.
a. Add colored mortar pigment to produce mortar color required.
4. Rebuilding Mortar: Subject to approval of the Architect, comply
with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification, Type S, unless otherwise
indicated with cementitious material content limited to portland
cement-lime.
5. Patching Mortar for Stone: Provide mix composed of white and gray
cement combined with lime and selected aggregates to produce color
matching color of existing stone. Proportion mix with 1 parts
cement, 1 parts lime and 3 parts aggregate.
6. Grout: ASTM C 476.
2.5 CHEMICAL CLEANING SOLUTIONS:
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 7
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, dilute chemical cleaning materials
with water to produce solutions of concentration indicated but not
greater than that recommended by chemical cleaner manufacturer.
B. Acidic Cleaner Solution for Brick: Maximum hydrofluoric acid content:
3%.
C.
Chemical Paint Remover:
cleaner manufacturer.
In concentration recommended by chemical
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION:
A.
General:
cleaners
to their
Comply with
for protecting
products.
recommendations of manufacturers of chemical
building surfaces against damage from exposure
B. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building whose
masonry surfaces are being restored, building site, and surrounding
buildings from injury resulting from masonry restoration work.
1. Prevent chemical cleaning solutions from coming into contact with
pedestrians, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings and other
surfaces which could be injured by such contact.
2. Do not clean masonry during winds of sufficient force to spread
cleaning solutions to unprotected surfaces.
3. Dispose of run-off from cleaning operations by legal means and in
manner which prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and
foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into
building interiors.
4. Erect temporary protection covers over pedestrian walkways and at
points of entrance and exit for persons and vehicles which must
remain in operation during course of masonry restoration work.
C. Protect glass, unpainted metal trim and polished stone from contact with
acidic chemical cleaners by covering them with liquid strippable masking
agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. Apply masking
agent to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not apply
liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces.
1.
Protection can be eliminated subject to Architect's
testing demonstrates no detrimental effect from
cleaning solutions.
approval, if
exposure to
D.
Protect unpainted metal from contact with alkali chemical cleaners by
covering them either with liquid strippable masking agent or
polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape.
3.2
CLEANING EXISTING MASONRY, GENERAL:
A.
Proceed with cleaning in an orderly manner; work from top to bottom of
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 8
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
each scaffold width and from one end of each elevation to the other.
B. Use only those cleaning methods indicated for each masonry material and
location.
C. Perform each cleaning method indicated in a manner which results in
uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, moldings,
interstices and which produces an even effect without streaking or
damage to masonry surfaces.
D. Rinse off chemical residue and soil by working upwards from bottom to
top of each treated area at each stage or scaffold setting.
E. Removal of Plant Growth: Remove plant, moss and shrub growth completely
from masonry surfaces. Carefully remove plants, creepers and vegetation
by cutting at roots and allowing to dry as long as possible prior to
removal. Remove loose soil or debris from open masonry joints to
whatever depth it occurs.
1. Apply ammonium sulfamate or other acceptable root killing material
to plant roots, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Do not apply materials to plants or vegetation to remain.
F. Water Application Methods:
1. Prolonged Spraying: Soak masonry surfaces by applying water
continuously and uniformly to a limited area for time period
indicated. Apply water at low pressures and low volumes in form
of multiple fine sprays using perforated hoses or multiple spray
nozzles. Erect protective enclosure constructed of polyethylene
sheeting to cover area being sprayed.
2. Spray Applications: Spray-apply water to masonry surfaces to
comply with requirements indicated for location, purpose, water
temperature, pressure, volume and equipment. Unless otherwise
indicated, hold spray nozzle not less than 6" from surface of
masonry and apply water from side to side in overlapping bands to
produce uniform coverage and an even effect.
a. Low Pressure Spray: 100-400 psi; 3-6 gallons per minute.
b. Medium Pressure Spray: 400-800 psi; 3-6 gallons per minute.
c. High Pressure Spray: 800-1200 psi; 3-6 gallons per minute.
3. Steam Wash: Apply steam to masonry surfaces at pressures not
exceeding 80 psi. Hold nozzle no less than 6" from surface of
masonry and apply steam from side to side or in direction of
tooling in overlapping bands to produce uniform coverage and an
even effect.
G. Chemical Cleaner Application Methods:
1. General: Apply chemical cleaners to masonry surfaces to comply
with chemical manufacturer's recommendations using brush or spray
application methods, at Contractor's option, unless otherwise
indicated. Do not allow chemicals to remain on surface for periods
longer than that indicated or recommended by manufacturer.
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 9
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2. Spray Application: Apply to pressures not exceeding 50 psi, unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Reapplication of Chemical Cleaners: Do not apply chemical cleaners
to same masonry surfaces more than twice. If additional cleaning
is required use steam wash.
3.3
CLEANING BRICKWORK:
A.
Warm Water Wash: At locations indicated, clean brick masonry surfaces
with warm water applied as follows:
1. Low pressure spray.
B. Chemical Cleaning: At locations indicated, clean brick masonry surfaces
with acidic cleaner applied as follows:
1. Prewet masonry with cold water applied by low pressure spray.
2. Apply acidic cleaner to masonry. Let cleaner remain on surface for
period indicated below before rinsing away:
a. As recommended by chemical cleaner manufacturer.
3. Rinse masonry with cold water to remove chemicals and soil, applied
as follows:
a. Low pressure spray.
4. Repeat chemical cleaning procedure above where required to produce
effect established by mock-up. Do not apply more than twice.
C. Paint Removal: At locations indicated, remove paint from masonry
surfaces as follows:
1. Apply chemical paint remover to painted masonry with brushes.
2. Allow chemical paint remover to remain on surface for period
recommended by paint remover manufacturer.
3. Remove chemical and paint residue by rinsing with water applied as
follows:
a. Low pressure spray.
4. Apply acidic cleaner as an afterwash to masonry while it is still
wet using low pressure spray equipment or soft fibered brush. Let
cleaner remain on surface for period recommended by manufacturer,
unless otherwise indicated.
5. Rinse masonry with cold water to remove chemicals and soil, applied
as follows:
a. Low pressure spray.
D. Paint Removal with Water-Rinsible Chemical Paint Remover: At locations
indicated, remove paint from masonry surfaces as follows:
1. Apply thick coating of water-rinsible chemical paint remover to
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 10
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
painted masonry with natural fiber cleaning brush, deep-nap roller,
or large paint brush.
2. Allow chemical paint remover to remain on surface for period
recommended by paint remover manufacturer. Agitate periodically
with a stiff bristle brush.
3. Remove chemical and paint residue by rinsing with water applied as
follows:
a. Low pressure spray.
3.4
BRICK REMOVAL AND REBUILDING:
A.
Brick Removal:
1. Carefully remove by hand at locations indicated any brick which are
loose, damaged, spalled or deteriorated. Cut out full units from
joint to joint and in manner to permit replacement with full size
units.
2. Support and protect masonry indicated to remain which surrounds
removal area.
3. Salvage as many whole, undamaged bricks as possible.
4. Remove mortar, loose particles and soil from salvaged brick by
cleaning with brushes and water. Store brick for reuse.
5. Clean remaining brick at edges of removal areas by removing mortar,
dust, and loose debris in preparation for rebuilding.
B. Brick Rebuilding:
1. Install new or salvaged brick to replace removed brick. Fit
replacement units into bonding and coursing pattern of existing
brick. If cutting is required use mortar driven saw designed to
cut masonry with clean, sharp unchipped edges.
2. Lay replacement brick with completely filled bed, head and collar
joints. Butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and
shove into place. Wet clay brick which have ASTM C 67 initial
rates of absorption (suction) of more than 30 grams per 30 sq. in.
per minute. Use wetting methods which ensure that units are nearly
saturated but surface dry when laid. Maintain joint width for
replacement units to match existing.
3. Tool exposed mortar joints in repaired areas to match joints of
surrounding existing brickwork.
4. Repoint new mortar joints in repaired area to comply with
requirements for repointing existing masonry, except rake out
joints before mortar sets.
3.5
REPOINTING EXISTING MASONRY:
A.
Joint Raking:
1. Rake out mortar from joints to depths equal to 2-1/2 times their
widths but not less than 1/2" nor less than that required to expose
sound, unweathered mortar.
2. Remove mortar from masonry surfaces within raked-out joints to
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 11
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
provide reveals with square backs and to expose masonry for contact
with pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum or flush joints to remove dirt
and loose debris.
3. Do not spall edges of masonry units or widen joints. Replace any
masonry units which become damaged.
a. Cut out old mortar by hand with chisel and mallet, unless
otherwise indicated.
b. Power operated rotary hand saws and grinders will be permitted
but only on specific written approval of Architect based on
submission by Contractor of a satisfactory quality control
program and demonstrated ability of operators to use tools
without damage to masonry. Qu~lity control program shall
include provisions for supervising performance and preventing
damage due to worker fatigue.
B. Joint Pointing:
1. Rinse masonry joint surfaces with water to remove any dust and
mortar particles. Time application of rinsing so that, at time of
pointing, excess water has evaporated or run off, and joint
surfaces are damp but free of standing water.
2. Apply first layer of pointing mortar to areas where existing mortar
was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in
layers not greater than 3/8" until a uniform depth is formed.
Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint-hard
before applying next layer.
3. After joints have been filled to a uniform depth, place remaining
pointing mortar in 3 layers with each of first and second layers
filling approximately 2/5 of joint depth and third layer the
remaining 1/5. Fully compact each layer and allow to become
thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Where existing bricks
have rounded edges recess final layer slightly from face. Take
care not to spread mortar over edges onto exposed masonry surfaces,
or to featheredge mortar.
4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original
appearance of joints, unless otherwise indicated. Remove excess
mortar from edge of joint by brushing.
5. Cure mortar by maintaining in a damp condition for not less than
72 hours.
6. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing masonry allow
mortar to harden not less than 30 days before beginning cleaning
work.
3.6
FINAL CLEANING:
A.
After mortar has fully hardened thoroughly clean exposed masonry
surfaces of excess mortar and foreign matter using stiff nylon or
bristle brushes and clean water, spray applied at low pressure.
B.
Use of metal scrapers or brushes will not be permitted.
c.
Use of acid or alkali cleaning agents will not be permitted.
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 12
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
END OF SECTION 04500
MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING
04500 - 13
EASE MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general prov~s~ons of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply
to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
2. Wood grounds, nailers, and blocking.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other
Sections and generally not exposed, unless otherwise specified.
SUBM I 'ITALS
A.
Material certificates for dimensional lumber specified to comply with
minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected
for each use as well as design values approved by the Board of Review
of American Lumber Standards Committee.
B.
Wood treatment data as follows including chemical treatment
manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installation, and
finishing of treated material:
1. For each type of preservative treated wood product include
certification by treating plant stating type of preservative
solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative
retained, and compliance with applicable standards.
2. For water-borne treated products include statement that moisture
content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated prior
to shipment to project site.
3. Warranty of chemical treatment manufacturer for each type of
treatment.
C. Research reports or evaluation reports of the model code organization
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction evidencing compliance of
the following wood products with specified requirements and building
code in effect for Project.
1. Power driven fasteners.
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 1
EASE MARTELLO ROOF
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Delivery and Storage: Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect
against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces.
Stack lumber as well as plywood and other panels; provide for air
circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings
including pOlyethylene and similar materials.
1. For lumber and plywood pressure treated with waterborne chemicals,
place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
LUMBER, GENERAL
A.
Lumber Standards: Furnish lumber manufactured to comply with PS 20
"American Softwood Lumber Standard" and with applicable grading rules
of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber Standards
Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review.
B.
Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies and the abbreviations used to
reference them with lumber grades and species include the following:
1. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service.
2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority (Canadian).
3. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
4. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
5. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.
C. Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory-marked with grade
stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule
requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture
content at time of surfacing, and mill.
1. For exposed lumber furnish pieces with grade stamps applied to ends
or back of each piece; or omit grade stamps entirely and provide
certificates of grade compliance issued by inspection agency.
D. Nominal sizes are indicated, except as shown by detail dimensions.
Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20, for moisture content
specified for each use.
2.2
A.
1. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content
at time of dressing and shipment for sizes 2 inches or less in
nominal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.
DIMENSION LUMBER
For light framing provide "Stud," "No.3," or "Standard" grade lumber
for stud framing (2 to 4 inches thick, 2 to 4 inches wide, 10 feet and
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 2
EASE MARTELLO ROOF
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
shorter) and "Stud" or "No.3" grade for other light framing (2 to 4
inches thick, 2 to 6 inches wide), any species.
MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A.
General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction
including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks,
nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members.
B.
Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated
and into shapes shown.
C.
Moisture content: 19 percent maximum for lumber items not specified to
receive wood preservative treatment.
D.
Grade: "Standard" grade light-framing-size lumber of any species or
board-size lumber as required. "No. 3 Common" or "Standard" grade
boards per WCLIB or WWPA rules or "No.2 Boards" per SPIB rules.
FASTENERS
A.
General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with
requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture.
1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or
in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip
zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of AISI Type 304 stainless steel.
B. Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105.
C. Power Driven Fasteners: National Evaluation Report NER-272.
D. Wood Screws: ANSI B18. 6.1.
E. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1.
F.
Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563
hex nuts and where indicated, flat washers.
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A.
Water Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation
containing 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbonate (IPBC) as its active
ingredient.
PRESERVATIVE WOOD TREATMENT BY PRESSURE PROCESS
A.
General: Where lumber or plywood is indicated as preservative-treated
wood or is specified herein to be treated, comply with applicable
requirements of AWPA Standards C2 (Lumber) and C9 (Plywood). Mark each
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 3
EASE MARTELLO ROOF
treated item with the AWPB or SPIB Quality Mark Requirements.
B. Pressure-treat above-ground items with water-borne preservatives to a
minimum retention of 0.25 pcf. After treatment, kiln-dry lumber and
plywood to a maximum moisture content, respectively, of 19 percent and
15 percent. Treat indicated items and the following:
1.
Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases,
stripping, and similar members in connection with
flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.
blocking,
roofing,
C. Complete fabrication of treated items prior to treatment, where
possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces to comply with AWPA
M4. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard
damaged or defective pieces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
3.2
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough
carpentry construction and that are too small to use in fabricating
rough carpentry with minimum joints or optimum joint arrangement.
B.
Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb and
true to line and cut and fitted.
C.
Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required
for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking,
grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction.
D.
Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and
fastening as indicated.
E.
Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes.
F.
Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails
for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate
members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive
finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install
fasteners without splitting of wood; predrill as required.
WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND SLEEPERS
A.
Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and
where required for screeding or attachment of other work. Form to
shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to
be attached. Coordinate location with other work involved.
B.
Attach to
Countersink
substrates
bol ts and
required to
flush with
as
nuts
applied
unless
support
surfaces,
loading.
otherwise
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 4
EASE MARTELLO ROOF
indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work.
Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement.
c. Install permanent grounds of dressed, preservative treated, key-bevelled
lumber not less than 1-1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to
bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material involved.
Remove temporary grounds when no longer required.
END OF SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
06100 - 5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 07123 - COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. New cold fluid-applied reinforced unsaturated polyester roof
membrane [with approved broadcast mineral aggregate topcoat], and
all other ancillary roof work including but not limited to
installation of roof crickets, roof drains, pipe flashings,
penetration flashings, sealants and metal work as specified.
1.2 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Adhered cold fluid-applied reinforced unsaturated polyester
roofing system including, roofing membrane, penetration flashings,
base flashings, tapered insulation, cover board and expansion
joints.
B. Substrate preparation, cleaning, leveling and patching
C. Temporary waterproofing
D. Alkalinity protection
E. Waterproofing membrane installation
F. Flashing and expansion joint installation
G. Traffic and protective surfacing
1.3 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Supplementary General Conditions
B. Basic Requirements
C. Wood Blocking and nailers
D. Sheet Metal Flashing & Trim
E. Manufactured Curbs for Roof Penetrations
1.4 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C 836 Standard
Specification for High Solids Content, Cold Liquid-Applied
Elastomeric Waterproofing Membrane.
B. Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FMRC) 4450/4470 - Roof
Assembly Classification and Loss Prevention Data Sheets 1-28, 1-
29,1-49 & 1-54 (1996).
C. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 790 - Standard Test for Fire
Resistance of Roof Covering Materials.
D. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA) Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual.
1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Roof System Product Data: Provide current standard printed
product literature indicating characteristics of membrane
materials, flashing materials, components, and accessories product
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
specification and installation.
B.
Product Samples:
fastening devices
by the Architect.
Submit product samples of membrane, mechanical
and flashing materials for review and approval
C. Submit sample copies of both the manufacturer and roof applicator
warranties for the periods stipulated. Each specimen must be a
preprinted representative sample of the issuing companies
standard warranty for the system specified.
D. Submit copies of current Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for
all components of the work.
E. Membrane Roofing Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of cold
fluid-applied reinforced unsaturated polyester roofing showing all
seam, laps and joints of membrane, flashing details, and
insulation attachment for review and approval by the Architect.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Membrane Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the
products specified in this section with ten (10) years documented
experience. Membrane Manufacturer shall submit the following
certifications for review:
1. Substrates and conditions are acceptable for purpose of
providing specified warranty.
2. Materials supplied shall meet the specified requirements.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this
section with (3) years documented experience and approved by
system manufacturer for warranted membrane installation.
Applicator shall submit the following certification for review:
1. Applicator shall submit documentation from the membrane
manufacturer to verify contractors status as an approved
applicator for warranted installations.
C. Evaluation of moisture content of substrate materials. Determine
substrate moisture content through-out the work and record with
Daily Inspection Reports or other form of reporting acceptable to
the Architect and membrane manufacturer.
D. Random tests to determine tensile bond strength of membrane to
substrate shall be conducted by the Contractor at the job site
using an Elcometer Adhesion Tester Model 106 or similar device.
Contractor shall perform tests at the beginning of the Work, and
at intervals as required to assure specified adhesion with a
minimum of three (3) tests per 5000 s.f. Smaller areas shall
receive a minimum of three (3) tests. Test results shall be
submitted to the Owner or his designated Representative and the
membrane manufacturer. Contractor shall immediately notify the
Owner or his designated Representative & membrane manufacturer in
the event tensile bond test results are below specified values.
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1. Adequate surface preparation will be indicated by tensile
bond strength of membrane to substrate greater than or equal
to 220 psi (1.5 N/mm2) for pedestrian traffic and 300 psi
(2.0 n/mm2) for vehicular (low speed) traffic.
2. In the event the tensile bond strengths are lower than the
minimum specified, additional substrate preparation is
required. Repeat testing to verify suitability of substrate
preparation.
E. Perform Work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
F. Mock-up areas shall be used to determine required methods and
tools to obtain degree of substrate preparation required by the
membrane manufacturer. Conduct tests as required to verify that
substrate preparation meets specified requirements. Tests shall
include, but are not limited to, tensile bond strength and
moisture content of substrate.
1. Prepare and clean a three (3) feet by three (3) feet area of
each substrate material type.
2. Submit findings in writing to the Architect and Membrane
Manufacturer.
3. Mock-up areas shall be maintained for quality control for the
entire project.
1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable building and jurisdictional codes for roof
assembly and fire resistance requirements.
B. UL 790: Class A Fire Hazard Classification.
C. Comply with requirements of OSHA, NIOSH or local governing
authority for work place safety.
1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING
A. Convene a pre-installation meeting at the job site (1) week before
starting work of this section. Require attendance of parties
directly affecting work of this section, including but not limited
to, Architect, Owner's representative, Roofing Contractor,
Plumbing Contractor, Electrical Contractor, and Roofing
Manufacturer's Representative. Review roofing preparation and
installation procedures, coordination and scheduling required with
related work, and condition and structural loading limitations of
deck.
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. The Contractor together with the Owner or his designated
Representative shall define a storage area for all components. The
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.10
area shall be cool, dry, out of direct sunlight, and in accordance
with manufacturer recommendations and relevant regulatory
agencies. Materials shall not be stored in quantities that will
exceed design loads, damage substrate materials, hinder
installation or drainage.
B.
Store solvent-bearing solutions, resins, additives, inhibitors or
adhesives in accordance with the MSDS and/or local fire authority.
After partial use of materials replace lids promptly and tightly
to prevent contamination.
C.
Roofing materials and insulation must be kept dry at all times.
If stored outside, raise materials above ground or roof level on
pallets and cover with a tarpaulin or other waterproof material.
Plastic wrapping installed at the factory should not be used as
outside storage covers. Protect foam insulation from direct
sunlight exposure.
D.
Follow manufacturer's directions for protection of materials prior
to and during installation. Do not use materials which have been
damaged to the point that they will not perform as specified.
Fleece reinforcing materials must be clean, dry and free of all
contaminents.
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Do not apply roofing membrane during or with the threat of
inclement weather.
B.
Application of cold fluid-applied reinforced unsaturated polyester
waterproofing membrane may proceed while air temperature is
between 350 F (1.70 C) and 1050 F (40.60 C) providing the
substrate is above the dew point.
C.
When ambient temperatures are at or expected to fall below 500 F
(100 C), or at 750 F (23.90 C) or higher, follow Waterproofing
System Manufacturer's recommendations for weather related
additives and application procedures.
D. Ensure that substrate materials are dry and free of contaminants.
DO NOT commence with the application unless substrate conditions
are suitable. Contractor shall demonstrate that substrate
conditions are suitable for the application of the materials.
E. Where required by the Owner or his designated Representative,
Contractor shall implement odor control and elimination measures
prior to and during the application of the roofing/waterproofing
materials. Control/elimination measures shall be field tested at
off-hours and typically consists of one (1) or a multiple of the
following measures:
1. Sealing of air intakes with activated carbon filters.
Install filters in accordance with requirements and
recommendations of the filter manufacturer. Seal filters at
joints and against building exterior walls to prevent leakage
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.11
1.12
of unfiltered air where required due to size of intake
opening. Provide track system to secure filters.
2. Erection and use of moveable enclosure(s) sized to
accommodate work area(s) and stationary enclosure for resin
mixing station. Enclosure shall be field constructed or pre-
manufactured of fire retardant materials in compliance with
local code requirements in accordance with requirements of
the Owner or his designated Representative. Equipment
enclosure(s) with mechanical air intake/exhaust openings and
Odor Control Air Cleaners, as required to clean enclosed air
volume and to prevent odor migration outside the enclosure.
Exhaust opening shall be sealed with activated carbon filter.
3. Placement of odor elimination stations inside and outside of
the enclosure(s) as required by field condition, in
coordination with the Owner or his designated Representative.
4. Protection of Contractor personnel and occupants of the
structure and surrounding buildings as required to comply
with requirements of OSHA, NIOSH and/or governing local
authority.
5. When disposing of all refuse or unused materials, observe all
EPA, OSHA or local disposal requirements.
COORDINATION & PROTECTION
A.
Coordinate the work with the installation of associated metal
flashings, accessories, appurtenances, etc. as the work of this
section proceeds.
B.
Building components shall be protected adequately (with tarp or
other suitable material) from soil, stains, or spills at all
hoisting points and areas of application. Contractor shall be
responsible for preventing damage from any operation under its
Contract. Any such damage shall be repaired at Contractor's
expense to Owner's satisfaction or be restored to original
condition.
C.
Provide barricades, retaining ropes, safety elements
(active/passive) and any appropriate signage required by OSHA,
NIOSH, and NSC and/or the Owner or designated Representative.
WARRANTY
A.
Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide (20) year manufacturer's standard
full system warranty under provisions of this section. This
warranty provides for cost of labor and materials for loss of
watertightness caused by defective materials including accessories
or due to installation defects without financial limit.
B.
Roofing Contractor's Warranty: Provide (2) year "Roof Applicator
Maintenance Warranty" (See Appendix of this specification),
covering workmanship for all work of this section including
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
installation of membrane, flashings, metal work, roof insulation,
and roofing accessories.
C. Submit (2) executed copies of both the manufacturer and roof
applicator warranties for the periods stipulated, starting from
the date of substantial completion. Each warranty must be signed
by an authorized representative of the issuing company.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. The products herein specified are totally pre-engineered products
of the listed manufacturer and establish a criteria for the
approval of substitutions. Products must be part of a pre-
engineered system, equivalent in function, quality, composition
and method of application to be considered for approval as an
"Approved Substitute".
2.2 MANUFACTURERS - MEMBRANE
A. Membrane: Cold fluid-applied reinforced unsaturated polyester
roof membrane with a 360 degree needle punched non-woven 165
polyester reinforcing fleece, for a finished dry film membrane
thickness of .070 inch nominal per ply; [colored aggregate topcoat
surfacing as selected by owner from manufacturer's standard
palette of colors]; conforming to ASTM C 836. Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide products manufactured and
supplied by the following:
1. Kemper Systems' V210 resin for use in an adhered roofing
system.
2.3 BASE SHEET ATTACHMENT - TORCH APPLIED
A. Proprietary torch applied Firestone brand APP180 asphaltic base
sheet, as supplied by the membrane manufacturer.
2.4 ALTERNATE BASE SHEET ATTACHMENT - ASPHALT ADHESIVE
A. Asphalt Adhesive Base Sheet Attachment: TO BE USED ONLY IF COAL
TAR PITCH NOT PRESENT IN EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM.
B. Asphalt Adhesive:
1. Primer: Asphalt primer, cutback solvent type, conforming to
ASTM D-41.
2. Steep Asphalt: Roofing asphalt conforming to ASTM D-312,
Type III. Provide label on each container indicating flash
point, finished blowing temperature, softening point, and
equiviscous temperature.
3. Mechanical Fasteners: approved corrosion resistant fasteners
of appropriate length as recommended by the roofing membrane
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
and insulation manufacturers for attachment of base sheet.
4. Base Sheet: Minimum of No. 40 asphalt saturated and coated
felt conforming to ASTM D-2626, Type I.
2.5 FLASHINGS
A. Membrane Flashings: Same resin material as field membrane with
165 fleece reinforcement; [color aggregate topcoat surfacing to
match field membrane] .
2.6 ACCESSORIES
A. polyurethane Primer: Two-Component, solvent-free, high solids
polyurethane resin for use in improving adhesion of membrane to
substrate surfaces. Monitor application rate and adjust depending
on substrate absorbency.
B. Emulsified Epoxy Primer (for concrete substrates): Apply epoxy
coating in strict accordance with manufacturer's requirements.
Use of emulsified epoxy primer to be defined by Contractor's
substrate testing/evaluation.
C. Inhibitor: Additive specifically designed to slow resin
catalyzation process at ambient temperatures above 750 F (240 C).
Do not use inhibitor at ambient temperatures of 750 F (240 C) or
less. Inhibitor to be used with white resin prior to mixing of
multi-component resin. Continuously monitor substrate surface
temperatures.
D. Cold Activator: Additive specifically designed to increase resin
catalyzation process at ambient temperatures below SooF (100 C)
Cold activator to be used with ~ resin prior to mixing of
multi-component resin. Continuously monitor substrate surface
temperatures.
E. Tools, Accessories, and Cleaners: Supplied and/or approved by
membrane manufacturer for product installation.
F. Separation Layer: 0.010" Polyethylene film two (2) plies with
eight (8) inch minimum taped joints; off-set joints by 12"
minimum.
G. Protection Layer: 0.039" High-density polyethylene (HD-PE) semi-
rigid membrane with heat-welded laps.
H.
Surfacing Aggregate Topcoat:
shall be washed, kiln-dried,
specification:
Kiln-dried Surfacing Silica Sand
and dust-free with the following size
1.
2.
Non-vehicular:
Vehicular:
0.45 - 0.55 mm
0.7 - 1.2 mm
I. Leveling Mix of Resin and Sand: Silica sand shall be washed,
kiln-dried, and dust-free, size as approved by membrane
manufacturer. Mixing Proportions shall be a ratio of resin to
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-7
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
sand at 1:2 by volume or as approved by membrane manufacturer.
J. Backer Rod: Expanded, closed-cell polyethylene foam designed for
use with cold-applied joint sealant.
K. Wood Nailers and Cant Strips: New wood nailers and cant strips
shall be pressure treated for rot resistance (e.g., "Wolmanized"
or "Osmose K-33"), #2 or better lumber. Asphaltic or creosote
treated lumber is not acceptable.
L. Fiber Cant and Tapered Edge Strips: polyisocyanurate preformed to
[45 degree angle] [tapered edge strip] [configuration as
detailed] .
M. Roofing Nails: Galvanized [, hot dipped] or non-ferrous type,
size as required to suit application.
N. Miscellaneous Fasteners: Appropriate for purpose intended and
approved by membrane system manufacturer; length required for
thickness of material [with metal washers]; as supplied by
membrane manufacturer.
O. Caulking: Single component, non-sag elastomeric polyurethane
sealant, as recommended or supplied by membrane manufacturer for
use in making airtight and watertight seals where required.
P. Field Fabricated Control or Expansion Joint Flashing: Two layers
of cold fluid-applied reinforced unsaturated polyester roof
membrane with a 360 degree needle punched non-woven 200 polyester
reinforcing fleece bottom layer and 165 polyester fleece top
layer, for a finished dry film membrane thickness of .080 inch
nominal per ply; [colored aggregate topcoat surfacing as selected
by owner from manufacturer's standard palette of colors]; as
supplied by membrane manufacturer.
Q. Roof Drains: [New Construction] [Retrofit] spun/cast aluminum roof
drain, strainer, as supplied or approved by membrane
manufacturer.
R. Temporary and night sealant: As recommended or required by
membrane manufacturer.
S. Walkway Surfacing: [colored aggregate topcoat surfacing as
selected by owner from manufacturer's standard palette of colors];
as supplied by membrane manufacturer.
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-8
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2.7 TAPERED INSULATION AND COVER BOARD
A. Polyisocyanurate Foam Board Insulation: Rigid boards of minimum
2.0 Ib./cu. ft. density polyisocyanurate based foam core,
permanently bonded to roofing felt facer sheets. Provide in
thickness indicated, with minimum aged K-value of 0.17 (when
conditioned per RIC/TlMA Bulletin NO. 281-1).
B. Cover board, per roofing manufacturer's specification applied over
the rigid insulation. Tape all joints with a tape material
approved by the roofing manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive
work.
B. Verify roof openings, curbs, and protrusions through roof, wood
cant strips and reglets are in place and solidly set.
C. Verify deck is supported and secure.
3.2 PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE
A. Existing roof system: Shall be completely removed, and the
substrate prepared for application of the new roof system as
follows:
1. The contractor shall determine the condition of the existing
roof deck. All defects in the roof deck or substrate shall
be corrected before new roof work commences. Areas of
rotten, wet or deteriorated decking or other affected
materials must be removed and replaced with new to match
existing.
2. Strip and remove all existing built-up roof membrane/metal
roof perimeter, base, curb, pipe, drain and penetration
flashings. Prepare flashings substrate as required for
application of new single ply roof flashings.
B. Verify that the existing nailers are securely anchored to the roof
decks. When an additional thickness of insulation is being added,
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-9
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
new nailers must be added to match the height of the new
insulation.
1. Inspect substrates, and correct defects before application of
new roofing. Fill all surface voids greater than 1/8 inch
wide with an acceptable fill material.
2. Remove all ponded water, snow, frost and/or ice from the work
substrate prior to installing new roof work.
3. The final substrate for reroofing shall be clean, dry, free
of loose, spalled or weak material, oil, grease,
contaminants, abrupt changes in level, waterproofing agents,
curing compounds, and free of projections which could damage
membrane materials.
C. Concrete:
1. New concrete shall have cured a minimum of 28 days in
accordance with ACI-308.
2. New or existing concrete shall be free of oil, grease, curing
compounds, loose particles, moss, algae growth, laitance,
friable matter, dirt, bituminous products and previous
waterproofing materials.
3. New or existing concrete shall be dry with a maximum moisture
content of five (5) percent. Determinations of moisture
content shall be performed by the Contractor. Contractor
shall be responsible to perform periodic evaluations of
moisture content during the work. Moisture evaluation results
shall be submitted in writing to the Owner or his designated
Representative and Waterproofing manufacturer for acceptance.
Where the substrate moisture content exceeds acceptable
levels, or where moisture migration to the area below the
membrane application cannot be positively eliminated,
Contractor may utilize an approved epoxy primer in lieu of
the urethane primer. The use of epoxy shall be contingent on
the written approval by Waterproofing Manufacturer's
Technical Department.
4. Concrete shall be abrasively cleaned in accordance with ASTM
D4259 to provide a sound substrate free from laitance with an
open concrete surface. When using mechanical methods to
remove existing waterproofing products or surface
deterioration, the surface profile is not to exceed ~ inch
(peak to valley) .
5. The substrate shall be sound and all spalls repaired prior to
placement of the primer coat. Spalls and other deterioration
shall be repaired in accordance with the requirements of the
Owner or his designated Representative.
6. Voids and blow holes on vertical surfaces or horizontal
surfaces not subject to coverage by overburden shall be
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-10
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
repaired per above.
7. Areas of minor surface deterioration of 0.50" (13 mm) or
greater in depth shall be repaired to prevent possible
ponding of the system, leading to excessive usage of primer
and resin.
Extent and location of thin surface patching shall require
approval of the Owner or his designated Representative and
Waterproofing Manufacturer prior to the application of any
system component.
8. For concrete materials with a compressive strength of less
than 3,500 psi contact Waterproofing Manufacturer Technical
Department for substrate preparation requirements.
D. Steel/Metal: Clean and prepare metal surfaces to near white metal
in accordance with SSPC - SP3 (power tool clean) or as required by
membrane manufacturer. Extend preparation a minimum of three (3)
inches beyond the termination of the membrane flashing materials.
Notch steel surfaces to provide a rust-stop. Stainless steel
(series 400, 300) shall be abraded to provide a rough open
surface.
E. wood/Plywood: Plywood shall be identified with American Plywood
Association (APA) grade trade marks and shall meet the
requirements of product standard PSI. Strip plywood joints with
four inch (4") wide strip of flashing membrane. Cover knot holes
or cracks with strips of flashing Membrane.
F. Modified Bitumen Base Sheet: All felts or plies comprising the
roof membrane base sheet shall be installed before the cold fluid-
applied reinforced unsaturated polyester membrane flashing is
applied. The roofing membrane should tightly abutt the vertical
protrusion, but not extend up vertically to act as a base
flashing. When required by the roof Flashing Membrane
Manufacturer, the roof membrane may be extended onto an acceptable
properly anchored cant strip.
1. All loose granules, dust and dirt shall be removed from the
surface of the modified bitumen membrane by brooming and
power vacuuming.
G. Insulation:
1. As a waterproofing substrate, provide polyisocyanurate
insulations having nonasphaltic or foil facers meeting or
exceeding the requirements for Fed. Spec. HH-I-1972/Gen. with
minimum compressive resistance of 18 p.s.i., 2.0 lb/cu ft
density, 1.0 inch (2.5 cm) minimum thickness. Strip
insulation joints with 4 inch (10 cm) wide strips of flashing
membrane or caulk with acceptable polyurethane sealant.
H. Other Flashing Surfaces: Remove all contaminants as required by
membrane manufacturer. Surface preparation shall be performed by
means approved by Owner or his designated Representative.
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-11
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
3.3 BASE SHEET INSTALLATION
A. Base sheet shall be installed in accordance with the membrane
manufacturer's current published specifications and
recommendations for use with adhered roofing.
B.
Install Base Sheet:
covered with roofing
day's work or before
Install only as much base sheet as can be
membrane and completed before the end of the
the onset of inclement weather.
C. Overlap Joints: Overlap side laps a minimum of 2" and end laps a
minimum of 4", or as recommended by the membrane manufacturer.
3.4 BASE SHEET ATTACHMENT - TORCH APPLIED
A. Torch base sheet:
1. See manufacturers recommendations for the appropriate method
and means for application of torch applied base sheet.
3.5 ALTERNATE BASE SHEET ATTACHMENT - ASPHALT ADHESIVE
A. Asphalt Adhesive Attachment: TO BE USED ONLY IF COAL TAR PITCH
NOT PRESENT IN EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM.
1. Set each base sheet in a full mopping of hot steep asphalt
(Type III) at the recommended EVT range and at the rate of 25
Ibs. per 100 square feet over the prepared deck or vapor
barrier (if applicable) .
3.6 PRIMER APPLICATION
A. Apply two component primer in strict accordance with written
instructions of Membrane Manufacturer. Use only proprietary
materials, as supplied by the membrane manufacturer.
B. Do not thin primer. Determine required primer coverage for each
substrate material/condition and apply in strict accordance with
written instructions of Membrane Manufacturer.
C. Apply primer direct in one step utilizing a brush or paint roller.
Do not allow ponding.
D. Allow primer to cure for a minimum of twelve (12) hours. Exposure
of the primer in excess of five (5) days or premature exposure to
moisture (within 3 hours of application) may require removal and
application of new primer. New primer may be applied directly to
primed surfaces if the existing primer has not been contaminated
or has been exposed to the elements for less than five days. Do
not apply new primer to exposed primer that is older than five
days, was prematurely exposed to moisture, or used as temporary
waterproofing unless approved in writing by the Technical
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-12
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
Department of Membrane Manufacturer.
E. Do not apply primer past the required extent of the membrane
flashings termination.
3.7 MEMBRANE APPLICATION
A. Mix and apply cold fluid-applied reinforced unsaturated polyester
roof membrane in strict accordance with written instructions of
Membrane Manufacturer. Use only proprietary membrane resins and
materials, as supplied by the membrane manufacturer.
B. Immediately prior to the application of any component of the
system, the substrate shall be dry, with any remaining dust or
loose particles removed using clean, dry, oil-free compressed air,
industrial vacuum, cloth-wipe or a combination.
C. Apply mixed resin liberally to the prepared surface with a roller
using a broad, even stroke.
D. Rollout dry polyester fleece onto the liquid resin mix, making
sure the SMOOTH SIDE IS FACING UP (natural unrolling procedure) .
The fleece will begin to rapidly saturate with the liquid resin
mix. Allow fleece to saturate with resin from bottom up prior to
pouring additional resin on top of surface. Roll the fleece with
a medium nap roller to eliminate air bubbles, wrinkles, etc.
E. Apply additional liquid resin mix on top of fleece until fully
saturated and continue to work resin. The correct amount of resin
will leave no whiteness in fleece and there will be a slightly
fibrous surface texture. However, allow no ponding or excessive
build-up of the resin. The coating should be smooth and uniform.
F. Do not install the membrane on any substrate containing newly
applied and/or active asphalt, coal-tar pitch, creosote or penta-
based materials unless approved in writing by the Technical
Department of Membrane Manufacturer. Some substrates may require
additional preparation before applying membrane.
G. Do not allow waste products containing petroleum, grease, acid,
solvents, vegetable or mineral oil, animal oil, animal fat, etc.
or direct steam venting to come into direct contact with the
membrane.
H. At membrane tie-offs, clean in-place membrane with toluene or
acetone when resin has cured. Allow solvents to fully evaporate
before application of new resin.
I. Closely follow the Membrane Manufacturer's recommendation for hot
and cold weather application. Monitor surface and ambient
temperatures, including the effects of wind chill.
3.8 FLASHINGS - GENERAL
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-13
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
A. Provide a minimum vertical height of 8" for all flashing
terminations. Flashing height shall be at least as high as
the potential water level that could be reached as a result of
a deluging rain and/or poor slope. Do not flash over existing
through-wall flashings, weep holes and overflow scuppers.
B. All flashing shall be terminated as required by the Membrane
Manufacturer.
3.9 METAL FLASHING
A. All metal flashings shall be installed concurrently with the
roof membrane as the job progresses. Temporary flashings are
not allowed without prior written approval from the
[Owner] [Architect] [Engineer] and membrane system
manufacturers' Technical Department. Should any water
penetrate the new roofing because of incomplete flashings, the
affected area shall be removed and replaced at the
contractor's expense.
3.10 MEMBRANE FLASHINGS
A. All membrane flashings shall be installed concurrently with
the roof membrane as the job progresses. Temporary flashings
are not allowed without prior written approval from the
[Owner] [Architect] [Engineer] and membrane system
manufacturers' Technical Department. Should any water
penetrate the new roofing because of incomplete flashings, the
affected area shall be removed and replaced at the
contractor's expense.
3.11 FLASHING PENETRATIONS
A. PIPES, CONDUITS, AND UNUSUAL SHAPED PENETRATIONS:
1. Flash all penetrations using cold fluid-applied
reinforced unsaturated polyester roof membrane [with
approved broadcast mineral aggregate topcoat]. Flashing
material shall be the same resin used in the field
membrane with 165 fleece reinforcement.
2. Flash in accordance with details or recommendations by
Membrane manufacturer.
B. ROOF DRAINS:
1. For new roof drains, Contractor shall include cost of
all plumbing work, piping and connection to existing
storm sewer system.
2. Flash roof drains using cold fluid-applied reinforced
unsaturated polyester roof membrane [with approved
broadcast mineral aggregate topcoat]. Flashing material
shall be the same resin used in the field membrane with
165 fleece reinforcement.
3. Flash in accordance with details or recommendations by
Membrane manufacturer.
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-14
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
C. HOT PIPES:
1. Protect the membrane components from direct contact with
steam or heat sources when the in-service temperature
exceeds 150 degrees F. In all such cases flash to an
intermediate "cool" sleeve.
2. Fabricate "cool" sleeve in the form of a metal cone
using galvanized metal in accordance with membrane
manufacturer details.
3. Flash all penetrations using cold fluid-applied
reinforced unsaturated polyester roof membrane [with
approved broadcast mineral aggregate topcoat]. Flashing
material shall be the same resin used in the field
membrane with 165 fleece reinforcement.
4. Flash in accordance with details and recommendations by
Membrane manufacturer.
D. FLEXIBLE PENETRATIONS:
1. Provide a weathertight gooseneck set in Water cut-off
mastic and secured to the deck.
2. Flash all penetrations using cold fluid-applied
reinforced unsaturated polyester roof membrane [with
approved broadcast mineral aggregate topcoat]. Flashing
material shall be the same resin used in the field
membrane with 165 fleece reinforcement.
3. Flash in accordance with details and recommendations by
membrane manufacturer.
E. WALLS, CURBS AND BASE FLASHINGS:
1. Flash all base flashings with two layers of cold fluid-
applied reinforced unsaturated polyester roof membrane
[with approved broadcast mineral aggregate topcoat] .
Use a 200 polyester reinforcing fleece bottom layer and
165 polyester fleece top layer.
2. Flash in accordance with details and recommendations by
membrane manufacturer.
F. FIELD FABRICATED CONTROL OR EXPANSION JOINT FLASHING:
1. Flash all expansion joints with two layers of cold
fluid-applied reinforced unsaturated polyester roof
membrane [with approved broadcast mineral aggregate
topcoat]. Use a 200 polyester reinforcing fleece bottom
layer and 165 polyester fleece top layer.
2. Flash in accordance with details and recommendations by
membrane manufacturer.
G. WALKWAYS:
1. GENERAL: Walkways shall be provided in areas where
routine rooftop maintenance occurs and in areas where
regular rooftop traffic is expected.
2. MEMBRANE WALKWAYS:
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-15
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
a. Install membrane manufacturer's Standard
BroadcastSilica Sand Surfacing Aggregate as a
traffic surface.
b. Layout areas indicated to be Walkways, and apply
silica sand surfacing aggregate in accordance with
recommendations by membrane manufacturer.
c. Apply sealer coat over silica sand surfacing
aggregate in accordance with recommendations by
membrane manufacturer.
3.12 SURFACING & FINISHES
A. KILN-DRIED SAND SURFACING:
1. Where specified, provide and install approved kiln-dried
silica sand, or other approved mineral surfacing with
dry roller to achieve an aesthetic and/or non-skid
surface.
2. Broadcast specified and approved mineral aggregate into
an uncured application of Membrane Manufacturer's
approved primer applied over cured membrane or into
supplemental application of uncured unsaturated
polyester resin applied over clean, semi-cured membrane.
Obtain uniform and full coverage. FOR ALL TRAFFIC
AREAS, broadcast specified and approved mineral
aggregate into a supplemental application of uncured
unsaturated polyester resin applied over clean, semi-
cured membrane ONLY.
3. Immediately after broadcasting aggregate, back roll with
a dry sand roller using pressure of the roller to ensure
full embedment of sand into primer or resin.
4. Following minimum 48 hour cure time remove loose/un-
embedded mineral aggregate. Re-broadcast clean mineral
aggregate as required to provide full embedment and
coverage of membrane.
5. After completion of mineral aggregate broadcasting,
avoid any traffic for a minimum of three (3) days.
6. After cure, remove any loose mineral aggregate by
blowing with oil-free compressed air or with a vacuum.
Seal sand surface with Membrane Manufacturers approved
sealer.
3.13 PREFABRICATED FLASHINGS, SHEET METAL WORK AND ACCESSORIES
A. Prefabricated Flashings and Sheet Metal Work, Reglets,
Counterflashings, copings, perimeter or penetration metal
work, and expansion joint covers shall be furnished,
installed, properly fastened and sealed by the roofing
contractor per manufacturer's recommendations. Care should be
taken to ensure that the membrane is not in contact with sharp
edges and corners, and it is not unsupported over voids
greater than 1/4".
B. All sheet metal work shall be supplied by Membrane Applicator
and should be fabricated and installed in accordance with the
recommendations of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-16
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA). Refer to the
following SMACNA publications: "SMACNA Architectural Manual"
and "HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible
Manual."
3.14 WATERSTOPS/TEMPORARY CLOSURE
A. Temporary closures which ensure that moisture does not damage
any completed section of the new roofing system are the
responsibility of the roofing contractor. Completion of
flashings, terminations, and temporary closures shall be
completed as required to provide a watertight condition. All
temporary closures shall be made as recommended or required by
the membrane manufacturer.
3.15 PROTECTION
A. Upon completion of flashings (including all associated work) ,
institute appropriate procedures for surveillance and
protection of roofing during remainder of construction period.
Protect all areas where membrane has been installed.
END OF SECTION
COLD FLUID-APPLIED REINFORCED UNSATURATED POLYESTER ROOFING
07123-17
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 07511 - BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply
to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1. Asphalt/glass-fiber felt roof membrane with aggregate surface.
B. This Section also includes the following roofing related work:
1. Roof insulation.
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that
relate to this Section:
1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and
wood cants.
2. Division 7 Section "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for metal counter
flashings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
1
1.4
A.
Thermal Resistance: Where thermal resistance properties of insulating
materials are designated by "R-values, " they represent the reciprocal
of thermal conductance (C-value). Thermal conductance is the rate of
heat flow through a material of thickness indicated. Thermal
resistances (R-values) are expressed by the temperature difference in
degrees F between the two exposed faces required to cause on BTU to flow
through one square foot per hour at mean temperatures indicated.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data, including manufacturer's technical product data,
installation instructions, and recommendations for each type of roofing
product required. Include data substantiating that materials comply
with requirements.
1. For asphalt bitumen, provide label on each container or
certification with each load of bulk bitumen, indicating flash
point (FP), finished blowing temperature (FBT) , softening point
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
(SP), and equiviscous temperature (EVT).
B. Manufacturer's Certification indicating that bulk bituminous materials
(if any) delivered to project comply with required standards. Include
quantity and statistical and descriptive data for each product. Submit
certificate with each load before it is used.
1. Include continuous log showing time and temperature for each load
of bulk bitumen, indicating date obtained from manufacturer, where
held, and how transported prior to final heating and application
on roof.
C. Field Test Reports: Submit daily softening point test reports on
samples of asphalt used on project, taken at beginning of each day's
work and at 2-hour intervals during course of the work thereafter. Test
by Ring and Ball Test, ASTM D 36, or similar recognized test method.
Submit samples to independent laboratory for testing or perform tests
in field, at Contractor's option.
D. Samples of the following:
1. 3-pound samples of aggregate surfacing material.
2. 12-inch by 12-inch square samples of each color mineral surface cap
sheets to be exposed as finished roof surface.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer ("Roofer")
to perform built-up asphalt roofing work who has specialized in the
installation of built-up asphalt roofing systems similar to that
required for this project and who is acceptable to by manufacturer of
primary roofing materials.
1. Installer Certification: Obtain written certification from
manufacturer of built-up roofing system certifying that Installer
is approved by manufacturer for installation of specified roofing
system. Provide copy of certification to Architect prior to award
of roofing work.
2. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain a
full-time supervisor/foreman who is on jobsite during times that
built-up asphalt roofing work is in progress and who is experienced
in installation of roofing systems similar to type and scope
required for this Project.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Obtain primary products, including each
type of roofing sheet (felt), bitumen, composition flashings, and vapor
retarder (if any), from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary
products as recommended by manufacturer of primary products for use with
roofing system specified.
C. Insurance Certification: Assist Owner in preparation and submittal of
roof installation acceptance certification as may be necessary in
connection with fire and extended coverage insurance on roofing and
associated work.
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D. UL Listing: Provide built-up roofing system and component materials
that have been tested for application and slopes indicated and are
listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) for Class A external fire
exposure.
1. Provide roof-covering materials bearing UL Classification Marking
on bundle, package, or container indicating that materials have
been produced under UL's Classification and Follow-up Service.
2. Provide built-up roofing system that can be installed to comply
with UL requirements for "Fire Classified" and "Class 160" wind
uplift requirements.
E. FM Listing: Provide built-up roofing system and component materials
that have been evaluated by Factory Mutual System for fire spread, wind
uplift, and hail damage and are listed in "Factory Mutual Approval
Guide" for Class I construction.
1. Provide roof covering materials bearing FM approval marking on
bundle, package, or container, indicating that material has been
subjected to FM's examination and follow-up inspection service.
F. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials that are
identical to materials whose fire performance characteristics, per
requirements listed in Part 2 of this Section, have been determined by
testing by UL or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, when tested for the assemblies of which
the insulation materials are a part and in accordance with the following
test methods:
G. Preliminary Roofing Conference: As soon as possible after award of
built-up roofing work, meet with Installer (Roofer), installers of
substrate construction (decks) and other work adjoining roof system
including penetrating work and rooftop units, Architect, Owner, and
representatives of other entities directly concerned with performance
of roofing system including (as applicable) Owner's insurers and test
agencies.
1. Review requirements (Contract Documents), submittals, status of
coordinating work, availability of materials, and installation
facilities and establish preliminary installation schedule. Review
requirements for inspections, testing, certifications, forecasted
weather conditions, governing regulations, insurance requirements,
and proposed installation procedures.
2. Discuss roofing system protection requirements for construction
period extending beyond roofing installation. Discuss possible
need for temporary roofing.
3. Record discussion, including agreement or disagreement on matters
of significance; furnish copy of recorded discussions to each
participant. If substantial disagreements exist at conclusion of
conference, determine how disagreements will be resolved and set
date for reconvening conference.
H. Preapplication Roofing Conference: Approximately two weeks prior to
scheduled commencement of built-up roofing installation and associated
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
work, meet at project site with Installer, installer of each component
of associated work, installers of deck or substrate construction to
receive roofing work, installers of rooftop units and other work in and
around roofing that must precede or follow roofing work (including
mechanical work if any), Architect, Owner, roofing system manufacturer's
representative, and other representatives directly concerned with
performance of the work, including (where applicable) Owner's insurers,
test agencies, and governing authorities.
1. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work,
including but not necessarily limited to the following:
a. Tour representative areas of roofing substrates (decks),
inspect and discuss condition of substrate, roof drains,
curbs, penetrations, and other preparatory work performed by
other trades.
b. Review roofing system requirements (drawings, specifications,
and other contract documents) .
c. Review required submittals, both completed and yet to be
completed.
d. Review and finalize construction schedule related to roofing
work and verify availability of materials, Installer's
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress
and avoid delays.
e. Review required inspection, testing, certifying, and material
usage accounting procedures.
f. Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and
procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions, including
possibility of temporary roofing (if not a mandatory
requirement) .
2. Record (Contractor) discussions of conference, including decisions
and agreements (or disagreements) reached, and furnish copy of
record to each party attending. If substantial disagreements exist
at conclusion of conference, determine how disagreements will be
resolved and set date for reconvening conference.
1.6
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Weather Condition Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when
existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be
performed in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations and warranty
requirements.
B.
Temporary Roofing: When adverse job conditions or weather conditions
prevent permanent roofing and associated work from being installed in
accordance with requirements, and Contractor determines that roofing
cannot be delayed because of need for job progress or protection of
other work, proceed with installation of temporary roofing. Engage
roofing Installer to provide temporary roofing and to remove it prior
to proceeding with permanent roofing work.
1. Record by way of Change Order the Owner's agreement to proceed with
temporary roofing, along with additional costs and other changes
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.7
1.8
(if any) to Contract Documents.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Store and handle roofing materials in a manner that will ensure that
there is no possibility of significant moisture pickup. Store in a dry,
well-ventilated, weather-tight place. Unless protected from weather or
other moisture sources, do not leave unused felts on the roof overnight
or when roofing work is not in progress. Store rolls of felt and other
sheet materials on end on pallets or other raised surface. Handle and
store materials or equipment in a manner to avoid significant or
permanent deflection of deck.
WARRANTIES
A.
Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit executed copy of roofing manufacturer's
standard "Limited Service Warranty" agreement including flashing
endorsement, signed by an authorized representative of built-up roofing
system manufacturer, on form that was published with product literature
as of date of Contract Documents, for the following period of time:
1. 10 years after date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
2.3
TEMPORARY ROOFING
A.
Temporary Roofing Membrane: 2 plies of asphalt-impregnated glass-fiber
felt complying with ASTM D 2178, Type IV, set in and glaze-coated with
hot moppings of ASTM D 312, Type III asphalt.
ROOF INSULATION
A.
Polyisocyanurate Foam Board Insulation: Rigid boards of minimum 2.0
lb./cu. ft. density polyisocyanurate based foam core, permanently bonded
to roofing felt facer sheets. Provide in thickness indicated, with
minimum aged K-value of 0.17 (when conditioned per RIC/TIMA Bulletin NO.
281-1) .
B. Apply a cover board, approved by the roofing manufacturer, over the
rigid insulation.
BUILT-UP ROOF MEMBRANE SYSTEM
A.
Insulated-Deck Asphalt/Glass-Fiber/Aggregate Roofing (IAGA-BUR) :
Provide built-up aggregate-surfaced roof system with asphalt bitumen,
vented base sheet, and 3 plies glass-fiber felts for lay-up as follows:
1. Primer: Asphalt cut-back primer, complying with ASTM D 41.
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2. Base Sheet: Single ply of asphalt-coated heavy-weight glass- fiber
base sheet.
3. Ply Felts: 3 plies of asphalt-impregnated glass-fiber felts,
complying with ASTM D 2178, Type IV.
4. Bitumen: Roofing asphalt, complying with ASTM D 312, Type II.
5. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,
built-up asphalt roofing system systems that may be incorporated
in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Celotex Corp.; Specification G.A.-3-4-C-G.
b. GAF Corp.; Specification lOS-G.
c. Manville Building Materials Corp.; Specification 4GIG.
d. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.; Specification 43-IG.
e. Tamko Asphalt Products, Inc.; Specification 503.
2.4 BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM EDGE/PENETRATION MATERIALS
A. Roofing Cement: Asphaltic cement, asbestos free; ASTM D 4586.
B. Glass Fiber Fabric: 1.5-pound (minimum) sheet, of woven glass fiber,
impregnated with asphalt (ASTM D 1668) .
C.
Preformed Edge Strips: Rigid insulation units matching roof insulation,
or asphalt-impregnated organic fiber insulation units, molded to form
3-1/2-inch by 3-1/2-inch by 45-degree cant strips and 1-5/8-inch by
18-inch tapered edge strips to receive roofing ply-sheet courses and
lift edges above main roofing surface.
2.5
SHEET METAL ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A.
Refer to Section 07600, "FLASHING AND SHEET METAL."
B.
Zinc-Coated Steel: ASTM A 526/A 526M, with 0.20 percent copper, G90
hot-dip galvanized, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting;
0.0359 inches thick (20 gage), except as otherwise indicated.
C.
Solder for Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated or recommended
by metal manufacturer, provide 50/50 tin/lead type (ASTM B 32) for
tinning and soldering joints; use rosin flux.
2.6
MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Surfacing Aggregate: Clean, water-worn opaque gravel complying with
ASTM D 1863.
B. Surfacing Aggregate: Crushed stone, free of sharp edges and complying
with ASTM D 1863.
1. Where ASTM D 1863 aggregate is not available, provide aggregate
complying with gradation sizes 6, 7, and 67 of ASTM D 448, provided
that moisture content by weight is 3 percent or less and aggregate
meets other requirements of ASTM D 1863.
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2.7
C. Wood Members, Units: Comply with requirements of "Carpentry" sections
of these specifications for nailers, walkway units, and other wood
members indicated as roofing system work. Provide wood pressure treated
with waterborne preservatives for above-ground use (AWPB LP-2) .
D. Substrate Joint Tape: 6-inch or 8-inch-wide coated glass-fiber joint
tape.
E. Mastic Sealant: Polysiobutylene (plain or bituminous modified),
nonhardening, nonmigrating, nonskinning, and nondrying.
F. Asphaltic Primer: Comply with ASTM D 41.
G.
Fasteners: Provide industry-standard types of mechanical fasteners for
built-up asphalt roofing system work, tested by manufacturer for
required pull-out strength where applicable and compatible with deck
type and roofing products used. Provide either 1-inch-diameter nail
heads or 1-3/8-inch-diameter by 30-gage sheet metal caps for nails used
to secure base sheets, felts, or insulation boards of roofing system.
FABRICATION OF SHEET METAL ACCESSORIES
A.
SMACNA and NRCA Details: Conform work with details shown and with
applicable fabrication requirements of "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual" by SMACNA. Comply with installation details of "Roofing and
Waterproofing Manual" by NRCA.
B.
Prefabricate units as indicated or provide standard manufactured units
complying with requirements; fabricate from sheet metal indicated or,
if not otherwise indicated, from lead-coated copper.
C.
Provide 4-inch-wide flanges for setting on built-up asphalt roofing
system membrane with concealment by composition stripping.
D.
Fabricate work with flat-lock soldered joints and seams; except where
joint movement is necessary, provide 1-inch-deep interlocking hooked
flanges filled with mastic sealant.
E.
Fabricate roof insulation vents with 4-inch-diameter stack, 12 inches
high, filled with glass-fiber insulation. Equip stack with
6-inch-diameter by 3-inch-high weatherproof vent cap.
F.
Fabricate gravel "rings" and aggregate divider strips with 1-inch-high
standing leg of folded sheet metal, notched from top with 5/8-deep "V"
notches. Space notches 3 inches o.c. where strip intersects flow of
water on roof, 6 inches o.c. elsewhere. Fabricate rings to sizes and
shapes indicated (but not less than 36 inches square), and fabricate
running strips (as shown) in maximum 4-foot lengths for butt-joint
installation (1/4 inch gaps) .
G.
Fabricate penetration sleeves with minimum 8-inch-high stack, of
diameter 1 inch larger than penetrating element. Counterflashing is
specified as work of another section of these specifications.
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 7
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSPECTION OF SUBSTRATE
A.
Examine substrate surfaces to receive built-up roofing system and
associated work and conditions under which roofing will be installed.
Do not proceed with roofing until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer.
1. Verify that flatness and fastening of metal roof decks comply with
the following:
a. Top Flanges: No concavity or convexity in excess of 1/16 inch
across any 3 adjacent flanges.
b. Side Laps: Properly nested and mechanically fastened at a
maximum spacing of 3 feet o.c.
c. End Laps: Minimum 2-inch laps located over and fastened to
supports.
d. Deck secured to each supporting member in every other rib
(maximum spacing 12 inches o.c.) with puddle welds or approved
mechanical fasteners.
2. Verify that deck is securely fastened with no projecting fasteners
and with no adjacent units in excess of 1/16 inch out of plane.
3. Test concrete substrate for excessive moisture by pouring one pint
of hot bitumen at 400 deg F (204 deg C) or EVT on deck at start of
each day's work and at start of each roof area or plane. Do not
proceed with roofing work if test sample foams or can be easily
(cleanly) stripped after cooling (substrate is too wet) .
3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Cooperate with inspect ion and test
perform services in connection
installation.
agencies engaged or required to
with built-up roofing system
B. Protect other work from spillage of built-up roofing materials, and
prevent liquid materials from entering or clogging drains and
conductors. Replace/restore other work damaged by installation of
built-up roofing system work.
C.
Insurance/Code Compliance:
test where required to show)
with the following insurance
Install built-up roofing system for (and
compliance with governing regulations and
requirements:
1. Factory Mutual requirements for "Class I" or "Noncombustible,"
including zoned wind resistance as specified by FM.
2. Underwriters Laboratories "Fire Classified" and "Class 160" wind
uplift resistance.
D. Coordinate the installation of insulation, roofing sheets, flashings,
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 8
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
3.3
stripping, coatings, and surfacings so that insulation and felts are not
exposed to precipitation or exposed overnight. Provide cut offs at end
of each day's work, to cover exposed felts and insulation with a course
of coated felt with joints and edges sealed with roofing cement. Remove
cut offs immediately before resuming work. Glaze-coat installed
ply-sheet courses at end of each day's work where final surfacing has
not been installed.
E.
Asphalt Bitumen Heating: Heat and apply bitumen in accordance with
equiviscous temperature method ("EVT Method") as recommended by NRCA.
Do not raise temperature above minimum normal fluid-holding temperature
necessary to attain EVT (plus 5 deg F or 14 deg C, at point of
application) more than one hour prior to time of application. Discard
bitumen that has been held at temperature, exceeding finished blowing
temperature (FBT) for a period exceeding 3 hours. Determine flash
point, finished blowing temperature and EVT or bitumen, either by
information from bitumen producer or by suitable tests, and determine
maximum fire-safe handling temperature and do not exceed that
temperature in heating bitumen; but in no case heat bitumen to a
temperature higher than 25 deg F (14 deg C) below flash point. For
aggregate-surfaced pour coats of bitumen, limit application temperature
to minimum required for proper embedment of aggregate and maximum that
will permit retention of a coating of weight required (depends on slope
of surface). Keep kettle lid closed except when adding bitumen.
F.
Bitumen Mopping Weights: For interply mopping, and for other moppings
except as otherwise indicated, apply bitumen at the rate of 25 pounds
of asphalt (plus or minus 25 percent on a total-job average basis) per
roof square (100 sq. ft.) between plies.
G.
Substrate Joint Penetrations: Do not allow bitumen to penetrate
substrate joints and enter building or damage insulation, vapor barriers
(retarders), or other construction. Where mopping is applied directly
to a substrate, tape joints or, in the case of steep asphal t, hold
mopping back 2 inches from both sides of each joint.
H.
Cutoffs: At end of each day's roofing installation, protect exposed
edge of incomplete work, including ply sheets and insulation. Provide
temporary covering of 2 plies of No. 15 roofing felt set in full
moppings of hot bitumen; remove at beginning of next day's work.
Glaze-coat areas of completed organic ply sheets which cannot be
flood-coated and aggregate- surfaced before end of each day's work.
TEMPORARY ROOF INSTALLATION
A.
Temporary Roofing and Nailable Decks: Apply 2 plies of No. 15
asphalt-impregnated roofing felt, lapping each felt 19 inches (plus or
minus 1/2 inch) over preceding one, and mopping with 20 pounds per
square (plus or minus 25 percent) of Type III asphalt between felts.
Nail each felt 9 inches o.c. at a line approximately 2 inches down from
concealed edge. Glaze-coat completed surface with Type III asphalt at
rate of 20 pounds per square (plus or minus 25 percent) .
B. Temporary Roofing on Nonnailable Decks (Except Steel): Prime deck with
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 9
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
3.4
0.75 gallons per square of asphaltic primer. Apply 2 plies of No. 15
asphalt-impregnated roofing felt, lapping each felt 19 inches (plus or
minus 1/2 inch) over preceding one. Solid mop between felt laps and
spot mop felts to deck with 6-inch-diameter spots spaced 24 inches O.C.,
using Type III asphalt at a rate of 20 pounds per square (plus of minus
25 percent). Glaze-coat completed surface with Type III asphalt at rate
of 20 pounds per square (plus or minus 25 percent) .
C.
Remove temporary roof completely prior to installation of permanent
roofing system.
ROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION
A.
Shingling of Plies: Except as otherwise indicated, install membrane
with ply sheets shingled uniformly to achieve required number of
thickness of membrane throughout. Shingle in proper direction to shed
water on each large area of roofing, where slope is significant (over
1/2 inch).
B.
Where slope exceeds 2 inches per foot, run sheets of built-up roofing
membrane parallel with slope, except run cap sheet surfacing
near-parallel with 1-to-12 incline for proper shed of water from exposed
edges of cap sheets. Nail top ends of sheets.
C.
Nailing, General: Comply with governing, regulations, insurance
requirements, prime roofing manufacturer's recommendations, and
recognized industry standards, but not less than one nail per 1.5 sq.
ft. of built-up roofing. Where possible, nail simultaneously through
two-ply sheets by nailing at laps as second sheet is installed. Where
nailing is intended to prevent slippage, nail each sheet of built-up
roofing membrane. On non-nailable substrates, nail membrane to each
nailer in substrate. Conceal nailing within ply-sheet makeup of roofing
membrane, with no exposed nails before roof coatings or aggregate
surfacing are applied.
D.
Cant Strips/Tapered Edge Strips: Except as otherwise shown, install
preformed 45-deg insulation cant strips at junctures of built-up asphalt
roofing system membrane with vertical surface. Provide preformed,
tapered edge strips at perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at
vertical surfaces.
E.
Base Sheet: Install one lapped course of base sheet. Nail to nailable
substrates and elsewhere as indicated. Mop to non- nailable substrate
with steep asphalt, except use special adhesive where indicated.
F.
Interply Sheets: Install the number and type(s) of ply sheets (felts)
indicated, lapped (shingled) amount specified to form a continuous,
uniform membrane with continuous bitumen moppings between sheets so that
ply sheet does not touch ply sheet. As ply-sheet membrane is laid up,
glaze-coat top surface with 10-lb./sq. ft. mopping of same bitumen.
1. Mop base of membrane to base sheet, or directly to substrate if no
base sheet used.
2. Extend built-up roofing membrane to 2 inches (nominal) above top
edge of cant strip and terminate.
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 10
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
3.5
3. Provide a folded-back envelope at edges and penetrations of
built-up roofing membrane where it is not turned up on a tapered
strip, to provide positive protection against flow of bitumen into
building or off the edge. Extend base sheet to form envelope or,
where no base sheet is provided, install one ply of coated felt,
set in steep asphalt with joints sealed. Seal corners and other
interruptions of envelope with large beads of roofing cement to
provide positive protection against flow of bitumen.
4. Nail edges of roofing membrane to wood blocking at perimeter edges
of roof prior to installing metal gravel stops/fascias. Space nails
at minimum 8 inches o.c.
G. Set-On Accessories: Where small roof accessories are set on built-up
roofing membrane, set metal flanges in a bed of roofing cement and seal
penetration of membrane with bead of roofing cement to prevent flow of
bitumen from membrane.
COMPOSITION FLASHING AND STRIPPING
A.
Install composition flashing at cant strips and other sloping and
vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof.
Install one ply of No. 15 asphalt-impregnated glass fabric and one ply
of glass-fiber-reinforced flashing, each set in a continuous coating of
roofing cement and extended onto deck 6 inches and 4 inches,"
respectively. Nailor provide other forms of mechanical anchorage of
composition flashing to vertical surfaces, as recommended by
manufacturer of primary roofing materials. Except where concealed by
elastic flashing, apply a heavy coating of roofing cement over
composition flashing.
B.
Install composition stripping where metal flanges are set on roofing.
Provide not less than one ply of glass-fiber fabric and one ply of
reinforced glass-fiber flashing; set each in a continuous coating of
roofing cement and extended onto the deck 6 inches and 4 inches,
respectively. Except where concealed by aggregate surfacing or elastic
flashing, apply a heavy coating of roofing cement over composition
stripping.
C.
Allow for expansion of running metal flashing and edge trim which
adjoins roofing. Do not seal or bond membrane or composition flashing
and stripping to metal flanges over 3 feet in length.
D. Counter-flashings: Counter-flashings, cap flashings, expansion joints,
and similar work to be coordinated with built-up roofing work are
specified in other sections of these specifications.
E. Aggregate Surfacing: Promptly after completion of built -up roof
membrane, edge treatment and set-on accessories in each substantial area
of roofing, flood-coat surface as indicated and, while each small area
is hot and fluid, cast the following approximate weight of aggregate in
a uniform course.
1. Flood Coat: 60 pounds per square of Type I or Type II asphalt,
except provide steep asphalt where slope exceeds 3/4 inch per foot.
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 11
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2. Aggregate: Gravel, averaging 500 pounds per square.
3. Do not install flood coating of bitumen and aggregate surface
source at edges of roofing until composition flashing and stripping
work has been completed. Glaze-coat organic ply sheet courses
where surfacing cannot be installed on the same day. Delay
aggregate surfacing only as long as necessary to substantially
complete edge work and tests (if any) .
3.6
PROTECTION OF ROOFING
A.
Upon completion of roofing (including associated work), institute
appropriate procedures for surveillance and protection of roofing during
remainder of construction period. At end of construction period, or at
a time when remaining construction will in no way affect or endanger
roofing, inspect roofing and prepare a written report, with copies to
Architect and Owner, describing nature and extent of deterioration or
damage found.
B.
Repair or replace (as required) deteriorated or defective work found at
time of above inspection to a condition free of damage and deterioration
at time of Substantial Completion and in accordance with requirements
of specified warranty.
END OF SECTION 07511
BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING
07511 - 12
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 07530 - SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provlslons of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply
to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes single-ply membrane roofing systems.
B.
Types of roofing systems specified in this section utilizing single ply
roofing membranes include the following:
1. Totally adhered systems.
C. Single ply roofing membranes include the following:
1. Ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM)
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract
and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data, installation instructions, and general recommendations
from manufacturer of single ply membrane system for types of roofing
required. Include data substantiating that materials comply with
requirements.
C. Samples of finished roofing sheets, including T- shaped side/end-lap
seam.
D.
Shop drawings showing roof configuration, sheet layout, seam locations,
colors (as applicable), details at perimeter, and special conditions.
E.
Pre-roofing Conference records.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer: Obtain primary flexible sheet roofing from a single
manufacturer. Provide secondary materials as recommended by
manufacturer of primary materials.
B.
Installer: Engage an experienced Installer to apply single ply membrane
roofing who has specialized in application of roofing systems similar
SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING
07530 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.5
1.6
to those required for this project. Installer must be acceptable to or
licensed by manufacturer of primary roofing material.
1. Work associated with single ply membrane roofing, including (but
not limited to) insulation, flashing and counterflashing, expansion
joints, and joint sealers, is to be performed by Installer of this
work.
C.
pre-Roofing Conference: Prior to installation of roofing and associated
work, meet at project site, or other mutually agreed location, with
Installer, roofing sheet manufacturer, installers of related work, and
other entities concerned with roofing performance, including (where
applicable) Owner's insurer, test agencies, governing authorities,
Architect, and Owner. Record discussions and agreements and furnish
copy to each participant. Provide at least 72 hours' advance notice to
participants prior to convening pre-roofing conference.
D.
UL Listing: Provide labeled materials that have been tested and listed
by UL in "Building Materials Directory" or by other nationally
recognized testing laboratory for application indicated, with "Class A"
rated materials/system for roof slopes shown.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Weather: Proceed with roofing work when existing and forecasted weather
conditions permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturers'
recommendations and warranty requirements.
B.
Substrate Conditions: Do not begin roofing installation until
substrates have been inspected and are determined to be in satisfactory
condition.
WARRANTY
A.
Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit executed copy of single ply membrane
manufacturer's "Limited Service Warranty" agreement including flashing
endorsement, signed by an authorized representative of manufacturer.
Provide form that was published with product literature as of date of
Contract Documents, for the following period of time:
1. 10 years after date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
GENERAL
A.
Performance: Provide roofing materials recognized to be of generic type
indicated and tested to show compliance with indicated performances, or
provide other similar materials certified in writing by manufacturer to
be equal to, or better than, materials specified in every significant
respect, and acceptable to Architect.
SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING
07530 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
B. Compatibility: Provide products that are recommended by manufacturers
to be fully compatible with indicated substrates, or provide separation
materials as required to eliminate contact between incompatible
materials.
C. Polyisocyanurate Foam Board Insulation: Rigid boards of minimum 2.0
Ib./cu. ft. density polyisocyanurate based foam core, permanently bonded
to roofing felt facer sheets. Provide in thickness indicated, with
minimum aged K-value of 0.17 (when conditioned per RIC/TIMA Bulletin NO.
281-1) .
2.2 EPDM MEMBRANE
A. General: Ethylene propylene diene monomers formed into uniform,
flexible sheets, complying with ASTM D 4637, Type 1.
1. Class U, Unreinforced.
2. Thickness: 60 mils, nominal.
3. Exposed Face Color: Black.
4. Exposed Face Color: Manufacturer's standard.
B. Fully Adhered EPDM Membrane: Manufacturer's standard installation.
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the
work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Carlisle Syntec Systems.
b. Celotex Corp.
c. Firestone Building Products Co.
d. Kelly Energy Systems, Inc.
e. Manville Building Materials Corp.
f. Protective Coatings, Inc.
2.3
AUXILIARY MATERIALS
A.
Sheet Seaming System: Manufacturer's standard materials for sealing
lapped joints, including edge sealer to cover exposed spliced edges as
recommended by membrane manufacturer.
B.
Cant Strips, Tapered Edge Strips,
recommended by membrane manufacturer,
cements, and sealants.
and Flashing Accessories: Types
including adhesive tapes, flashing
C.
Flashing Material: Manufacturer's
flexible sheet membrane.
standard system compatible with
D.
Membrane Adhesive: As
particular substrate and
min. 60-psf uplift force.
recommended by membrane manufacturer for
project conditions, formulated to withstand
E. Cover board, approved by the roofing manufacturer, apply over the
SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING
07530 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
tapered rigid insulation.
2.4 MEMBRANE INSTALLATION
A. General: Start installation only in presence of manufacturer's
technical representative.
1. Cut out and repair membrane defects at end of each day's work.
B. Fully Adhered Membrane: Install membrane by unrolling over prepared
substrate, lapping adjoining sheets as recommended by manufacturer.
Apply adhesive to surfaces to be bonded and roll into place when
adhesive has properly cured. Treat seams with special cement and apply
sealant to exposed sheet edges, tapering application as recommended by
manufacturer. Install mechanical fasteners, flashings and
counterflashings, and accessories at locations and as recommended by
manufacturer.
1. For colored roofing sheet, apply 2 coats of gun ship grey
"AcryliTop" coating within 30 days of sheet installation, in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions, applying each coat at
rate of 100 sq. ft. per gallon.
2.5
PROTECTION OF ROOFING
A.
Upon completion of roofing (including associated work), institute
appropriate procedures for surveillance and protection of roofing during
remainder of construction period. At end of construction period, or at
a time when remaining construction will in no way affect or endanger
roofing, make a final inspection of roofing and prepare a written report
to Owner, describing nature and extent of deterioration or damage found.
B.
Repair or replace (as required) deteriorated or defective work found at
time of final inspection to a condition free of damage and deterioration
at time of Substantial Completion and in accordance with requirements
of specified warranty.
END OF SECTION 07530
SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING
07530 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 07600 - FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply
to work of this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1. Gutters and downspouts (rain drainage) .
2. Exposed metal trim/fascia units.
3. Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories.
B. Roofing accessories installed integral with roofing membrane are
specified in roofing system sections as roofing work.
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract
and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B.
Product data, Flashing, Sheet Metal, and Accessories:
technical product data, installation instructions
recommendations for each specified sheet material
product.
Manufacturer's
and general
and fabricated
C. Samples of the following flashing, sheet metal, and accessory items:
1. 8-inch-square samples of specified sheet materials to be exposed
as finished surfaces.
2. 12 - inch-long samples of factory- fabricated products exposed as
finished work. Provide complete with specified factory finish.
D.
Shop drawings showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and
anchorages details, including major counterflashings, trim/fascia units,
gutters, downspouts, scuppers, and expansion joint systems. Provide
layouts at 1/4-inch scale and details at 3-inch scale.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for
proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather
resistance and durability of work and protection of materials and
finishes.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
07600 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
2.2
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM MATERIALS
A.
Zinc-Coated Steel: Commercial quality with 0.20 percent copper, ASTM
A 526 except ASTM A 527 for lock-forming, G90 hot-dip galvanized, mill
phosphatized where indicated for painting; 0.0359-inch thick (20 gage)
except as otherwise indicated.
B.
Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other non-corrosive
metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed
heads with material being fastened.
C.
Bituminous Coating: SSPC - Paint 12, solvent-type bituminous mastic,
nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per
coat.
D.
Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type
and fabricator of components
requirements for joint sealants
"Joint Sealers."
recommended by manufacturer of metal
being sealed and complying with
as specified in Division 7 Section
E. Epoxy Seam Sealer: 2-part noncorrosive metal seam cementing compound,
recommended by metal manufacturer for exterior/interior nonmoving joints
including riveted joints.
F.
Adhesives: Type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer
waterproof/weather-resistant seaming and adhesive application
flashing sheet.
for
of
G. Paper Slip Sheet: 5-lb. rosin-sized building paper.
H. Polyethylene Underlayment: Minimum 6-mil carbonated polyethylene film
resistant to decay when tested in accordance with ASTM E 154.
I. Metal Accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring
devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of
work, matching or compatible with material being installed,
noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance.
J. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic.
FABRICATED UNITS
A.
General Metal Fabrication: Shop-fabricate work to greatest extent
possible. Comply with details shown and with applicable requirements
of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" and other recognized
industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant
performance, with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to
permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of the work. Form
work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
07600 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
and recommendations for forming material.
without excessive oil-canning, buckling,
and levels indicated, with exposed edges
Form exposed sheet metal work
and tool marks, true to line
folded back to form hems.
B. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams.
For metal other than aluminum, tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and
solder. Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer; rivet joints for
additional strength where required.
C. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions
in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof,
form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1
inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints) .
D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion type joints are indicated
or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for
proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with SMACNA
standards.
E. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal
or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of
contact, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as
recommended by manufacturer/fabricator.
F. Aluminum Extrusion Units: Fabricate extruded aluminum running units
with formed or extruded aluminum joint covers for installation behind
main members where possible. Fabricate mitered and welded corner units.
G. Shop Finish, Rain Drainage: Provide manufacturer's standard baked-on
white acrylic shop finish on sheet metal rain drainage units (gutters,
downspouts, and similar exposed units); 1.0-mil dry film thickness.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's
installation instructions and recommendations and with SMACNA
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of work securely in
place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal
units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and
level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will
be permanently watertight and weatherproof.
B.
Underlayment: Where stainless steel or aluminum is to be installed
directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a slip sheet of red
rosin paper and a course of polyethylene underlayment.
C.
Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where
required for waterproof performance.
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
07600 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D.
Install continuous gutter guards on gutters,
to swing open for cleaning gutters.
strainer-guard at conductor heads, removable
arranged as hinged units
Install "beehive" -type
for cleaning downspouts.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause
corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes.
B. Protection: Advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance
and protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction to
ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration other than
natural weathering at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
07600 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 GENERAL
A. Basic Requirements: The Drawings and general provisions of the
Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
B. Provisions: Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and
incidentals required to make ready for use a complete electrical
system as specified herein and shown on the drawings.
C. Provide and Install: The word "provide" where used on the
Drawings or in this Division shall mean "furnish, install, mount,
connect, test, complete, and make ready for operation". The word
"install" where used on the Drawings or in this Division shall
mean "mount, connect, test, complete, and make ready for
operation". The Contractor shall perform all work required by,
and in accordance with, the Contract Documents.
D. Installation: Provide and place in satisfactory condition, ready
for proper operation, all conduits, wires, cables, and other
material needed for the complete electrical systems required by
the Contract Documents. Additional conduits and wiring shall be
provided wherever necessary to complete the installation of the
specific equipment provided. Include all auxiliaries and
accessories for complete and properly operating systems. Provide
all electrical systems and any necessary accessories per NEC and
local codes and ordinances. It is the intent of these
Specifications that the electrical systems shall be suitable in
every way for the service required. All material and work which
may be reasonably implied as being incidental to the work of this
Contract shall be provided at no additional cost to the Contract.
E. Field Connections: Provide field connections to process
instruments and control panels provided under other Divisions of
these Specifications. Provide all conduit, wire, and
interconnections between process instrumentation primary
elements, transmitters, local indicators, and receivers. Provide
all lightning and surge protection equipment at process
instrumentation transmitters and receivers as required. Install
field connections to "packaged" equipment provided under other
Divisions of these Specifications.
F. Engineer Reference to UEngineer" shall also mean the same as
uArchitect", however, when the reference is related to a technical
directive only the UEngineer" shall apply.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. General: The work provided under this Division shall include all
labor, materials, permits, inspections and reinspection fees,
tools, equipment, transportation, insurance, temporary
protection, temporary lighting, supervision and in16010-2cidental
items essential for proper installation and operation, even
though not specifically mentioned or indicated but which are
usually provided or are essential for proper installation and
operation of all Electrical systems as indicated in the contract
documents.
B. Minimum Requirements: The contract documents describe the
minimum requirements that must be met for an acceptable
installation.
C. Notices: Give all notices, file all Plans, pay all fees, obtain
all permits and approvals from authorities having jurisdiction.
Include all fees in the Bid Price.
1.3 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS
A. General: The Drawings are diagrammatic and are not intended to
show exact locations of conduit runs, outlet boxes, junction
boxes, pull boxes, etc. The locations of equipment, appliances,
fixtures, conduits, outlets, boxes and similar devices shown on
the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as
accepted by the Engineer during construction. Obtain in the field
all information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in
case of interference with other work, proceed as directed by the
Engineer and provide all labor and materials necessary to
complete the work in an acceptable manner.
B. Discrepancies: Notify Architect/Engineer of any discrepancies
found during construction of the project and do not proceed with
that portion of the project, until a written definitive statement
is received providing clear direction. If a conflict exists
between the contract documents and any applicable code or
standard, the most stringent requirement shall be included for
this project. The Engineer shall make the decision regarding
questionable areas of conflict.
C. Wiring: Each three-phase circuit shall be run in a separate
conduit unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Unless otherwise
accepted by the Engineer, conduit shall not be installed exposed
unless specifically directed to be exposed. Where circuits are
shown as "home-runs" all necessary fittings and boxes shall be
provided for a complete raceway installation.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D. Surface Supports: Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes,
conduit, etc., shall be supported by spacers to provide a
clearance between wall and equipment.
E. Layout: Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of
fittings, or other installation details. Provide all labor and
materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory
operation all" power, control, lighting, and other electrical
systems shown. All connections to equipment shall be made as
required, and in accordance with the accepted shop and
manufacturer's setting drawings.
F. Coordination: Coordinate final equipment locations with
governing Architectural and Structural drawings. Layout before
installation so" that all trades may install equipment in spaces
available. Provide coordination as required for installation in
a neat and workmanlike manner.
1.4 EQUIPMENT SIZE AND HANDLING
A. Coordination: Investigate each space in the structure through
which equipment must pass to reach its final location. If
necessary, the equipment shall be required to be shipped in
sections of specific sizes to permit the passing through the
necessary areas within the structure.
B. Handling: All equipment shall be kept upright at all times.
When equipment has to be tilted for ease of passage through
restricted areas during transportation, the manufacturer shall be
required to brace the equipment suitably, to insure that the
tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the
equipment.
1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Production: The Contractor shall provide two (2) sets of black
or blue line on white drawings to maintain and submit record "as-
built drawings". One set shall be maintained at the site and at
all times be accurate, clear, and complete, showing the actual
location of all equipment as installed. The Record Drawings
shall show actual locations of all underground lines and accurate
wiring diagrams of all power, light and other systems marked in
colored pencil "As Installed". The underground lines shall be
shown "Dashed". The "As-Built" drawings shall show all Electrical
work installed complete to the present stage of progress, actual
routing of all branch wiring, homeruns and the location of all"
junction boxes and access panels. These drawings shall be
available to the Architect/Engineer's field representatives at
all times.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
B. Completion: At the completion of the Work, transfer onto the
Second set all changes marked in colored pencil and submit to the
Architect. The "As-Built" drawings shall be made available to the
Engineer to make the final punch list of the work completed under
this Contract.
C. Final: Upon Contractor's completion of the Engineer's final
punch list, transfer all "As-Built" conditions and all
requirements by the Engineer to a reproducible set of drawings.
Submit drawings and CAD disks for review and acceptance. The
Contractor shall provide updated discs which shall include final
As-Built conditions. Base drawing discs are available from the
engineer for $75 per drawing including shipping or electronic
transfer. Include all disc and drawing costs in the base bid.
1.6 ABBREVIATIONS
A. Abbreviations: The following abbreviations or initials may be
used:
A/C
AC
ABV CLG
ADA
AF
AFF
AFG
AHU
AIC
AL
AMP
ANSI
ASA
AT
ATS
AUX
AWG
BC
BIL
BRK
CAB
C
CB
CBM
CATV
CCTV
CKT
CLG
COAX
COND
Air Conditioning
Alternating Current
Above Ceiling
American Disabilities Act
Ampere Frame
Above Finished Floor
Above Finished Grade
Air Handler Unit
Amps Interrupting Capacity
Aluminum
Ampere
American National Standards Institute
American Standards Association
Ampere Trip
Automatic Transfer Switch
Auxiliary
American Wire Gauge
Bare Copper
Basic Impulse Level
Breaker
Cabinet
Conduit
Circuit Breaker
Certified Ballast Manufacturers
Cable Television
Closed Circuit Television
Circuit
Ce il ing
Coaxial Cable
Conductor
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
CONN
CPU
CRT
CT
CU
CW
DC
DEG
DGP
DISC
DO
DN
DPST
EMT
EO
EOL
EWC
FAAP
FACP
FCU
FLA
FM
GFI
GND
HD
HOA
HORIZ
HP
IC
ICU
IEEE
IES
IMC
IN
IPCEA
JB
KV
KVA
KW
LBS
LED
LT
LTG
MAX
MCB
MCC
MCP
MIC
MIN
MLO
Connection
Central Processing Unit
Cathode Ray Terminal (Video display terminal)
Current Transformer
Copper
Cold Water
Direct Current
Degree
Data Gathering Panel
Disconnect
Draw Out
Down
Double Pole Single Throw
Electrical Metallic Tubing
Electrically Operated
End of Line Resistor
Electric Water Cooler
Fire Alarm Annunciator Panel
Fire Alarm Control Panel
Fan Coil Unit
Full Load Amperes
Factory Mutual
Ground Fault Interrupter
Ground
Heat detector
Hand-Off-Automatic
Horizontal
Horsepower
Intercom
Intensive Care Unit
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
Illuminating Engineering Society
Intermediate Metallic Conduit
Inches
Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
Junction Box
Kilovolt
Kilo-Volt-Amps
Kilowatts
Pounds
Light Emitting Diode
Light
Lighting
Maximum
Main Circuit Breaker
Motor Control Center
Motor Circuit Protector
Microphone
Minimum
Main Lugs Only
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
MTD
MTG
MUX
MVA
N
NEC
NECA
NEMA
NFPA
NIC
NF
NL
NO
o
OL
OSHA
P
PB
PIV
PNL
PR
PWR
PF
PRI
PROJ
PT
PVC
REF
RMS
RPM
RECPT
SCA
SD
SEC
SIN
SPKR
SPST
SW
SWBD
TEL
TTB
TTC
TVEC
TYP
UCR
UH
UL
V
W
WP
Mounted
Mounting
Multiplex (Transponder) Panel
Mega Volt Amps
Neutral
National Electrical Code
National Electrical Contractors Association
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
National Fire Protection Association
Not in Contract
Non Fused
Non Linear
Number
Phase
Overload
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Pole
Pullbox
Post Indicator Valve
Panel
Pair
Power
Power Factor
Primary
Projector
Potential Transformer
Polyvinyl chloride
Refrigerator
Root-Mean-Square
Revolutions Per Minute
Receptacle
Short Circuit Amps
Smoke Detector
Secondary
Solid Neutral
Speaker
Single Pole Single Throw
Switch
Switchboard
Telephone
Telephone Terminal Board
Telephone Terminal Cabinet
Television Equipment Cabinet
Typical
Under Counter Refrigerator
Unit Heater
Underwriters Laboratories
Volt
Wire
Weatherproof
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
XFMR
Transformer
1.7 CODES, FEES, AND STANDARDS
A. Application: The codes, standards and practices listed herein
generally apply to the entire project and all specification
sections. Other codes, standards or practices that are more
specific will be referenced within a particular specification.
B. Requirements: All articles, products, materials, fixtures, forms
or types of construction covered in the specifications will be
required to meet or exceed all applicable standards of
manufacturer, testing, performance, capabilities, procedures and
installation according to the requirements of ANSI, NEMA, IEEE,
and NEC referenced documents where indicated and the
manufacturer's recommended practices. Requirements indicated on
the contract documents which exceed but are not contrary to
governing codes shall be followed.
C. Compliance and Certification: The installation shall comply with
the governing state and local codes or ordinances. The completed
electrical installation shall be inspected and certified by all
applicable agencies that it is in compliance with all codes.
D. Applicability: The codes and standards and practices listed
herein, and their respective dates are furnished as the minimum
latest requirements.
1. State of Florida.
2. Monroe County.
3. City of Key West.
E. Utility Company: Comply with latest utility company regulations.
F. State Statutes: Florida Statutes
1. 4A3, The State Fire Prevention Code
2. 4A47, The Uniform Fire Safety Standards for Elevators.
G. Building Code: Standard Building Code
H. Standards: American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1. ANSI-A17.1 Elevator Code.
I. Manuals: Accessibility Requirements Manual Florida Department
of Community Affairs.
J. Labels: All materials shall be new and free of defects, and
shall be U.L. listed, bear the U.L. label or be labeled or listed
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-7
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
with an approved, nationally recognized Electrical Testing
Agency. Where no labeling or listing service is available for
certain types of equipment, test data shall be submitted to
validate that equipment meets or exceeds available standards.
K. NFPA: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standards most
current edition
NFPA-13
NFPA-70
NFPA-72
systems.
NFPA-780
NFPA-90A
systems.
NFPA-101
NFPA-110
Installation of sprinkler systems.
National Electrical Code.
Installation, maintenance and use of fire alarm
Lightning protection code.
Installation of air conditioning and ventilation
Life Safety Code.
Emergency and standby power systems.
1.8 INVESTIGATION OF SITE
A. General: Before commencing the work, verify existing conditions
at the premises including, but not limited to, existing
structural frame, location and all dimensions; existing openings
and Characteristics; existing wall and partition locations,
characteristics and relationship to each other; existing
mechanical and electrical work, equipment type, and shall examine
all adjoining work on which his work is in anyway dependent for
its perfect efficiency according to the intent of the Contract
Documents.
B. Responsibility: No waiver of responsibility for defective and
inadequate work or additional cost as a result of existing
conditions which should have been verified shall be considered
unless notice of same has been filed by the Contractor and agreed
to in writing by the Architect before the bid date.
1.9 SUPERVISION OF THE WORK
A. Contractor shall only use qualified, certified, properly trained
and licensed personnel to perform work as required by drawings
and specifications. A throughly competent foreman shall be in
charge of the work at all times. If in the AlE's judgement the
foreman is not performing satisfactorily, Contractor shall
replace him upon receipt of letter of request from AlE.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-8
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.10
COORDINATION
A. General: Compare drawings and specifications with those of other
trades and report any discrepancies between them to the
Architect. Obtain from the Architect written instructions to
make the necessary changes in any of the affected work. All work
shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing
interrelated work. Before installation, all Trades shall make
proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by
the Architect.
B. Adjustments: Locations of conduit and equipment shall be
adjusted to accommodate the work with interferences anticipated
and encountered. Determine the exact routing and location of all
systems prior to fabrication or installation.
C. priorities: Lines which pitch shall have the right of way over
those which do not pitch. For example, plumbing drains shall
normally have the right of way. Lines whose elevations cannot be
changed shall have the right of way over lines whose elevations
can be changed.
D. Modifications: Offsets and changes of direction in all conduit
systems shall be made as required to maintain proper headroom and
pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the drawings.
Provide elbows, boxes, etc., as required to allow offsets and
changes to suit job conditions.
E. Replacement: All work shall be installed in a way to permit
removal (without damage to other parts) of all other system
components provided under this Contract requiring periodic
replacement or maintenance. All conduit shall be arranged in a
manner to clear the openings of swinging overhead access doors as
well as ceiling tiles.
F. Layout: The Contract Drawings are diagrammatic only intending to
show general runs and locations of conduit and equipment, and not
necessarily showing all required offsets, details and accessories
and equipment to be connected. All work shall be accurately laid
out with other Trades to avoid conflicts and to obtain a neat and
workmanlike installation which will afford maximum accessibility
for operation, maintenance and headroom.
G. Contract Conflicts: Where discrepancies exist in the Scope of
Work as to what Trade provides items such as starters,
disconnects, flow switches, etc. such conflicts shall be
coordinated between the divisions involved. It is the intent of
the Contract Documents that all work shall be provided complete
as one bid price.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-9
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
H. Drawing Conflicts: Where drawing details, plans or specification
requirements are in conflict and where sizes of the same item run
are shown to be different within the contract documents, the most
stringent requirement shall be included in the Contract. Systems
and equipment called for in the specification or as shown on the
drawings shall be provided under the Contract of each trade as if
it was required by both the drawings and specifications. Prior to
ordering or installation of any portion of work which appears to
be in conflict, such work shall be brought to Architect's
attention for direction as to what is to be provided.
I. Working Clearances: Working clearances about electrical
equipment shall be as referenced NEC 110-16, and shall include
new equipment installed in existing ceiling spaces.
J. Motor Circuits: Contractor shall coordinate circuit breaker,
wire and conduit sizes with actual motors supplied. All changes
required shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Specified Method: Where several brand names, make or
manufacturer are listed as acceptable each shall be regarded as
equally acceptable, based on the design selection. Where a
manufacturer's model number is listed, this model shall set the
standard of quality and performance required. Where no brand
name is specified, the source and quality shall be subject to
Engineer's review and acceptance. Where three manufacturers are
listed, one of the listed manufacturers shall be submitted for
acceptance.
B. Certification: When a product is specified to be in accordance
with a trade association or government standard requested by the
Engineer, Contractor shall provide a certificate that the product
complies with the referenced standard. Upon request of Engineer,
Contractor shall submit supporting test data to substantiate
compliance.
C. Basis of Bid: Each bidder represents that his bid is based upon
the manufacturer's, materials, and equipment described in the
Contract Documents.
D. Space Requirements: Substituted equipment or optional equipment
where permitted and accepted, must conform to established space
requirements within the project. Accepted substituted equipment
which does not meet space requirements, shall be replaced at no
additional expense to the Contract. All modifications of related
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-10
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
systems as a result of substitutions shall be made at no
additional expense to the Contract. Submit all modifications to
the ArchitectlEngineer for acceptance.
E. Samples: Samples are to be submitted for all substituted light
fixtures, wiring devices, and other items deemed necessary by the
Engineer to determine that the substituted item meets all
specifications and requirements before substitutions are allowed.
Samples shall be submitted within 30 days after the award of the
contract.
2.2 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. General: Shop drawings shall be submitted for every item of
equipment and material provided under this Division unless noted
herein. One copy shall be submitted to the engineer prior to
ordering equipment. Shop drawing formal approval is not required
when the manufacturers and model numbers are listed. Refer to
Basis of approval paragraph.
B. Responsibility: It is the Contractors responsibility to provide
all material in accordance with the plans and specifications.
Material not provided in accordance with the plans and
specifications will be removed and replaced at the Contractors
expense. The contractor shall submit one of the manufacturers
specified. No substitutions are allowed.
C. Official Record: The shop drawing submittal shall become the
official record of the materials to be installed. If materials
are installed which do not correspond to the record submittal
they shall be removed from the project without any additional
cost to the Owner or delays in construction completion.
D. Information: The shop drawing record submittal shall include the
following information to the extent applicable to the particular
item;
1. Manufacturer's name and product designation or catalog
number.
2. Standards or specifications of ANSI, ASTM, ICEA, IEEE, ISA,
NEMA, NFPA, OSHA, UL, or other organizations, including the
type, size, or other designation.
3. Dimensioned plan, sections, and elevations showing means for
mounting, conduit connections, and grounding, and showing
layout of components.
4. Materials and finish specifications, including paints.
5. List of components including manufacturer's names and
catalog numbers.
6. Internal wiring diagram indicating all connections to
components and the terminals for external connections.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-11
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
7. Manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for
installation, operation, and maintenance.
8. Manufacturer's recommended list of spare parts.
E. Preparation: Prior to submittal, all shop drawings shall be
checked for accuracy and contract requirements. Shop drawings
shall bear the date checked and shall be accompanied by a
statement that the shop drawings have been examined for
conformity to Specifications and Drawings. This statement shall
also list all discrepancies with the Specifications and Drawings.
Shop drawings not so checked and noted shall be returned to
Contractor unreviewed.
F. Basis of Review: The Engineer's review shall be for compliance
with the Specifications and Drawings. If the product is one of
the manufacturers specified, no shop drawing approvals are
required.
G. Responsibility: The responsibility that all dimensions are
confirmed and correlated with proper coordination of all other
trades shall be included as part of the Contract Documents. The
responsibility and the necessity of providing materials and
workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings which may
not be indicated on the shop drawings shall be included as part
of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for any
delays in job progress occurring directly or indirectly from late
submissions or resubmissions of shop drawings, product data, or
samples.
H. Ordering Equipment: No material shall be ordered or shop work
started until the Engineer's has officially received the shop
drawings record submittal and has formally released the
Contractor for submittal requirements.
I. Brochure Requirements: Submit Technical Information Brochures at
the start of construction or no later than 30 days after Award of
the Contract. Each brochure shall consist of an adequately
sized, hard-cover, 3-ring binder for 8-1/2" X 11" sheets.
Provide correct designation on outside cover and on end of
brochure. When one binder is not enough to adequately catalog
all data, an additional binder shall be submitted.
J. Brochure Contents: First sheet in the brochure shall be a
photocopy of the Electrical Index pages in these specifications.
Second sheet shall be a list of Project Addresses for this
project. Third sheet shall list Project Information. Provide
reinforced separation sheets tabbed with the appropriate
specification reference number and typed index for each section
in the Electrical Schedule. Technical Information consisting of
marked catalog sheets or shop drawings shall be inserted in the
brochure in proper order on all items specified and shown on
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-12
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
drawings. At the end of the brochure, provide and insert a copy
of the specifications for this Division and all addenda
applicable to this Division.
K. Contractor's Review: Review the brochures before submitting to
the Engineer. No request for payment shall be considered until
the brochure has been reviewed, stamped and submitted for review.
L. Cost: Submit cost breakdown on work in the Technical Information
Brochures. The cost of material and labor for each item shall be
indicated. The cost of fittings and incidentals are not
required.
M. Title Drawings: Title drawings to include identification of
project and names of Architect-Engineer, Engineer, Contractors,
and/or supplier, data, number sequentially and indicate in
general;
1. Fabrication and Erection dimensions.
2. Arrangements and sectional views.
3. Necessary details, including complete information for making
connections with other work.
4. Kinds of materials and finishes.
5. Descriptive names of equipment.
6. Modifications and options to standard equipment required by
the contract.
7. Leave blank area, size approximately 4 by 2-1/2 inches, near
title block (for Engineer's stamp imprint) .
8. In order to facilitate review of shop drawings, they shall
be noted, indicating by cross reference the contract
drawings, notes, and specification paragraph numbers where
items occur in the contract documents.
9. See specific sections of specifications for further
requirements.
N. Technical Data: Submit technical data verifying that the item
submitted complies with the requirements of the specifications.
Technical data shall include manufacturer's name and model
number, dimensions, weights, electrical characteristics, and
clearances required. Indicate all optional equipment and
changes from the standard item as called for in the
specifications. Provide drawings, or diagrams, dimensioned and
in correct scale, covering equipment, showing arrangement of
components and overall coordination.
O. Samples: Provide two samples of materials and finishes. Each'
sample shall be tagged, labeled, or marked, "Sample of
.. .... ... .for (PROJECT). Accompany samples with copy, in
duplicate of manufacturer's instructions regarding installation,
and maintenance.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-13
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
P. Same Manufacturer: In general, relays, contactors, starters,
motor control centers, switchboards, panelboards, dry type
transformers, disconnect switches, circuit breakers, manual motor
starter switches, etc., shall be supplied and manufactured by the
same manufacturer.
2.3 EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Each item of equipment or material shall be
manufactured by a company regularly engaged in the manufacturer
of the type and size of equipment, shall be suitable for the
environment in which it is to be installed, shall be approved for
its purpose, environment, and application, and shall bear the UL
label.
B. Installation Requirements: Each item of equipment or material
shall be installed in accordance with instructions and
recommendations of the manufacturer, however, the methods shall
not be less stringent than specified herein.
C. Required Accessories: Provide all devices and materials, such as
expansion bolts, foundation bolts, screws, channels, angles, and
other attaching means, required to fasten enclosures, conduits,
and other electrical equipment and materials to be mounted on
structures which are existing or new.
D. Protection: Electrical equipment shall at all times during
construction be adequately protected against mechanical injury or
damage by the elements. Equipment shall be stored in dry
permanent shelters. If apparatus has been damaged, such damage
shall be repaired at no additional cost or time extension to the
Contract. If apparatus has been subject to possible injury, it
shall be thoroughly cleaned, dried out and put through tests as
directed by the Manufacturer and Engineer, or shall be replaced,
if directed by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the
Contract.
2.4 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT
A. General: All electrical items shall be identified as specified
in the Contract Documents. Such identification shall be in
addition to the manufacturer's nameplates and shall serve to
identify the item's function and the equipment or system which it
serves or controls. Refer to Identification Section of the
specifications for additional information.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-14
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2.5 CONCRETE PADS
A. General: Provide reinforced concrete pads for transformers,
switchgear, and motor control centers, etc. Unless otherwise
noted, pads shall be four (4) inches high and shall exceed
dimensions of equipment being set on them, including future
sections, by six (6) inches on all sides, except when equipment
is flush against a wall, then the side or sides against the wall
shall be flush with the equipment. Chamfer top edges 1/2".
Trowel all surfaces smooth. Reinforce pads with #5 reinforcing
bars at 24" centers each way, unless specifically detailed on
drawings.
2.6 SURFACE MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
A. General: Surface mounted fixtures, outlets, cabinets, panels,
etc. shall have a factory applied finish or shall be painted as
accepted by Engineer. All conduits and fittings, where allowed to
be installed surface mounted, shall be painted to match the
finish on which it was installed. Paint shall be in accordance
with other applicable sections of these specifications. Refer to
additional specifications note herein, regarding conduit, boxes,
etc.
2.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Core Drilling: The Contractor shall be responsible for all core
drilling as required for work under this section, but in no case
shall the Contractor cut into or weld onto any structural element
of the project without the written approval of the Architect.
B. Cutting and Patching: All cutting, rough patching and finish
patching shall be provided as specified in the contract
documents. All cutting and patching shall be performed in a neat
and workmanlike manner.
C. Openings and Sleeves: Locate all openings required for work
performed under this section. Provide sleeves, guards or other
accepted methods to allow passage of items installed under this
section.
D. Roof Penetration: Provide roofer with all pitch pans, fittings,
etc., required for electrical items which penetrate the roof.
Roof penetrations are to be waterproofed in such a manner that
roofing guarantees are fully in force.
2.8 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS
A. Sleeves: Provide all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors,
walls, partitions, etc. Locate all necessary slots for
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-15
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
electrical work and form before concrete is poured. Water-tight
sleeves shall be line seal type WS. Fire rated partition sleeves
shall be mild steel. Sleeves shall be Schedule 40 PVC or
galvanized rigid steel unless specifically noted otherwise. Size
shall be one standard diameter larger than pipe being installed
or of a larger diameter to below 1/4" minimum clearance.
B. Forms: Provide boxed out forms for conduit penetrations only
where allowed by the Architect. Fill opening after conduit
installation, with equivalent material.
2.9 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A. General: Thoroughly instruct the Representative of the Owner, to
the complete satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer, in the
proper operation of all systems and equipment provided. The
Contractor shall make all arrangements, via the Architect, as to
whom the instructions are to be given in the operation of the
systems and the period of time in which they are to be given. The
Architect shall be completely satisfied that the Representative
of the Owner has been thoroughly and completely instructed in the
proper operation of all systems and equipment before final
payment is made. If the Engineer determines that complete and
thorough instructions have not been given by the Contractor to
the Owner's Representative, then the Contractor shall be directed
by the Engineer to provide whatever instructions are necessary
until the intent of this paragraph of the Specification has been
complied with.
B. Submittals: Submit to the Architect for approval five (5) typed
sets, bound neatly in loose-leaf binders, of all instructions for
the installation, operation, care and maintenance of all
equipment and systems, including instructions for the ordering
and stocking of spare parts for all equipment installed under
this contract. The lists shall include part number and suggested
suppliers. Each set shall also include an itemized list of
component parts that should be kept on hand and where such parts
can be purchased.
C. Information Requirements: Information shall indicate possible
problems with equipment and suggested corrective action. The
manuals shall be indexed for each type of equipment. Each section
shall be clearly divided from the other sections. A sub index
for each section shall also be provided.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-16
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D. Instructions: The instructions shall contain information deemed
necessary by the Engineer and include but not limited to the
following;
1. Introduction:
a. Explanation of Manual and its use.
b. Summary description of the Electrical Systems.
c. Purpose of systems
2. System:
a. Detailed description of all systems.
b. Illustrations, schematics, block diagrams, catalog cuts
and other exhibits.
3. Operations:
a. Complete detailed, step by step, sequential description
of all phases of operation for all portions of the
systems, including start up, shutdown and balancing.
Include all posted instruction charts.
4. Maintenance:
a. Parts list and part numbers.
b. Maintenance and replacement charts and the
Manufacturer's recommendations for preventive
maintenance.
c. Trouble shooting charts for systems and components.
d. Instructions for testing each type of part.
e. Recommended list of on-hand spare parts.
f. Complete calibration instructions for all parts and
entire systems.
g. General and miscellaneous maintenance notes.
5. Manufacturer's Literature:
a. Complete listing for all parts.
b. Names, addresses and telephone numbers.
c. Care and operation.
d. All pertinent brochures, illustrations, drawings, cuts,
bulletins, technical data, certified performance charts
and other literature with the model actually furnished
to be clearly and conspicuously identified.
e. Internal wiring diagrams and Engineering data sheets
for all items andlor equipment furnished under each
Contract.
f. Guarantee and warranty data.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-17
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2.10
SERVICE AND METERING
A. Company: The utility company serving this project is City
Electric which will be referred to as the Utility Company herein.
B. Service: Make all arrangements with the power company for
obtaining a complete service. Pay charges and provide all labor
and material for the service. Service shall be obtained at
120/208 volts from the Utility Company. Provide underground
cables and conduits for incoming services from the utility's pad
mounted transformer to distribution equipment. Install meter
socket furnished by utility company, and provide C.T. wiring.
C. Fees: Contact the Utility Company to determine if any fees,
charges or costs will be due the Company, as required for
temporary power, permanent power, installations, hook-ups, etc.
This fee, charge or cost shall be included in the bid price.
D. Payment: Pay for all required licenses, fees and inspections.
Include all costs in the proposed construction cost submission.
These costs shall include but not be limited to all applicable
taxes, permits, necessary notices, certificates and all costs
required to obtain same.
E. Codes: Install a complete system in accordance with the latest
edition of the National Electrical Code and the latest
regulations of all governing local, State, County and other
applicable codes, including the Utility Company requirements.
2.11
TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER
A. Capacity: Provide capacity from new temporary service. Make
arrangements with the Owner for temporary service and pay all
related expenses. Temporary light and power shall be provided
constantly during the project dependent upon Owner's safety
requirements.
B. Lighting: Temporary light shall be based on one 200 watt lamp
covering each 1,000 square foot of floor area in the building.
Each room 100 square foot and over shall have a minimum of one
100 watt lamp with guards. Provide power for motors up to 3/4
horsepower only. provisions are to be made for electric welders,
if required.
C. Outlets: Provide outlets located at convenient points so that
extension cords of not over fifty (50) feet will reach all work
requiring artificial light or power.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-18
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D. Other Connections: Contractors of all other trades shall furnish
their own cords and sockets, as may be required for their work
and shall also pay for cost of all temporary wiring of
construction offices and shanties used by them.
E. New Fixtures: Permanently installed lighting fixtures may be used
for temporary lighting at the Contractor's option with the
provision that cool white lamps for fluorescent, clear lamps for
incandescent and marked temporary for all other types shall be
installed. At job completion, all lamps shall be replaced with
permanent lamps specified.
F. Wiring: All temporary electrical work shall be furnished and
installed in conformity with the National Electrical Code and in
accordance with the requirements of the local ordinances and
shall be maintained in a workmanlike manner throughout their
entire construction period and shall be removed after
installation of the permanent electrical systems. All extension
cords shall be GFCI protected or shall be fed from GFCI circuit
breakers.
G. Payment: The Contractor will pay for the cost of energy consumed
by all trades. Any temporary wiring of a special nature for light
and power required other than mentioned above shall be paid for
by the Contractor using same.
2.12
EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Support: All existing conduit and cables within the area of
renovation shall be provided with proper supports as specified
for new work in other sections of this specification.
B. Installation: All existing electrical which is designated for
reworking or requires relocation, repair or adjustment shall
conform to all applicable codes and shall be treated as new work
complying to all sections of this specification.
C. Violations: Where existing conditions are discovered which are
not in compliance with the codes and standards, the Contractor
shall submit proper documentation to the Architect for
clarification and corrective work direction. Existing conditions
shall not remain which will create a disapproval of the renovated
area.
D. Patching: All existing conduit and cable penetrations shall be
properly fire treated per code and specification requirements.
The Contractor shall thoroughly inspect all existing locations
and include the cost of patching and repair in his proposed
construction cost.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-19
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 WORKMANSHIP
A. General: The installation of materials and equipment shall be
performed in a neat, workmanlike and timely manner by an adequate
number of craftsmen knowledgeable of the requirements of the
Contract Documents. They shall be skilled in the methods and
craftsmanship needed to produce a quality level of workmanship.
Personnel who install materials and equipment shall be qualified
by training and experience to perform their assigned tasks.
B. Acceptable Workmanship: Acceptable workmanship is characterized
by first-quality appearance and function, conforming to
applicable standards of building system construction, and
exhibiting a high degree of quality and proficiency which is
judged by the Architect as equivalent or better than that
ordinarily produced by qualified industry tradesmen.
C. Performance: Personnel shall not be used in the performance of
the installation of material and equipment who, in the opinion of
the Architect, are deemed to be careless or unqualified to
perform the assigned tasks. Material and equipment installations
not in compliance with the Contract Documents, or installed with
substandard workmanship and not acceptable to the Architect,
shall be removed and reinstalled by qualified craftsmen, at no
change in the contract price.
3.2 PROTECTION AND CLEAN UP
A. Protection and Restoration: Suitably protect all equipment
provided under this Division during construction. Restore all
damaged surfaces and items to "like new" condition before a
request for substantial completion inspection.
B. Handling: All materials shall be properly protected and all
conduit openings shall be temporarily closed by the Contractor to
prevent obstruction and damage. Post notice prohibiting the use
of all systems provided under this Contract, prior to completion
of work and acceptance of all systems by the Owner's
representative. The Contractor shall take precautions to protect
his materials from damage and theft.
C. Safeguards: The Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain
proper safety guards for the prevention of accidents that might
be caused by the workmanship, materials, equipment or systems
provided under this contract.
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-20
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D. Cleanup: Keep the job site free from all debris and rubbish.
Remove all debris and rubbish from the site and leave premises in
clean condition on a daily basis.
3.3 SYSTEMS GUARANTEE
A. General: Provide a one-year guarantee. This guarantee shall be
by the Contractor to the Owner for any defective workmanship or
material which has been provided under this Contract at no cost
to the Owner for a period of one year from the date of
substantial completion of the System. The guarantee shall include
all lamps, for ninety days after date of Substantial Completion
of the System. Explain the provisions of guarantee to the Owner
at the "Demonstration of Completed System".
3.4 FINAL OBSERVATION
A. General: All work shall be completed, and all forms and other
information shall be submitted for acceptance one week prior to
the request for final observation of the installation.
3.5 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
A. Attire: All workmen shall wear proper work clothing attire at
all times. Shirts shall not be removed. Cleanliness of clothing
shall not cause discomfort or problems with building residents
and employees.
END OF SECTION
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
16010-21
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 16020 - TESTS AND PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General: Drawings and general provlslons of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification
sections, apply to work specified in this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Time: Perform verification work as required to show that the System
is operating correctly in accordance with contract documents and
manufacturers literature. All verification shall be done after 3-
day full operational period.
B. Submission: Submit check out memos and completed testing results
of all systems, cable, equipment, devices, etc., for acceptance
prior to being energized or utilized.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compliance: Testing shall comply to the following standards;
1. NEMA
2 . ASTM
3 . NETA
4. ANSI C2
5. ICEA
6. NFPA
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS OF TESTING FIRM
A. Qualification: The testing firm shall be an independent testing
organization which can function as an unbiased testing authority,
professionally independent of the manufacturers, supplier, and
installers of equipment or systems evaluated by the testing firm.
B. Experience: The testing firm shall be regularly engaged in the
testing of electrical equipment devices, installations, and systems.
C. Accreditation: The testing firm shall meet OSHA criteria for
accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, or be
a Full Member company of the International Electrical Testing
Association.
D.
Certification: The
currently certified
Association (NETA)
lead, on-site, technical person shall be
by the International Electrical Testing
or National Institute for Certification in
TESTS AND PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION
16020-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
Engineering Technologies (NICET) in electrical power distribution
system testing.
E. Personnel: The testing firm shall utilize engineers and technicians
who are regularly employed by the firm for testing services.
F. Proof of Qualifications: The testing firm shall submit proof of the
above qualifications when requested.
G. Companies: NETA certified pre-qualified testing firms for this
project are;
1. Southeast Electrical Testing of Florida, Inc. (941) 693-7100
2. Industrial Electrical Testing, Inc. (954) 456 -7020
3. ABB Service Company, (407) 383-0241
PART 2 - TESTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Instruments: Supply all instruments required to read and record
data. Calibration date shall be submitted on test reports. All
instruments shall be certified per NETA standards.
B. Adjustments: Adjust system to operate at the required performance
levels and within all tolerances as required by NETA Standards.
2.2 APPLICATIONS
A. panelboard and Mechanical Equipment Feeders: After feeders are in
place, but before being connected to devices and equipment, test for
shorts, opens, and for intentional and unintentional grounds.
B. Ratings 600 Volts or Less: Cables 600 volts or less in size #1/0
AWG and larger shall be meggered using an industry approved "megger"
with 500 internal generating voltage. Readings shall be recorded
and submitted to the Engineer, for acceptance prior to energizing
same. Submit 5 copies of tabulated megger test values for all
cables.
C. Ratings Above 600 Volts: Cables above 600 volts in all sizes shall
first be meggered, using an industry approved "megger" having 1000
internal generating voltage. When proper readings are obtained, the
cables shall be "hy-potted" using potentials and time periods as
recommended by cable manufacturer for the type and voltage class of
cables installed. Readings ("megger" and "Hy-pot") shall be
recorded and submitted to the Engineer, for acceptance prior to
energizing same. Submit 5 copies of tabulated megger test values
for all cables.
TESTS AND PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION
16020-2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D. Location and Tabulation: Take readings of voltage and amperage at
building main disconnect switch and at main for each panel, and at
the end of the longest branch circuit at each panel. The above
readings shall be taken (1) "no-load" conditions and (2) at "full-
load" conditions with all equipment using electricity. Tabulate
readings, complete "Tabulated Data Voltage and Amperage Readings"
form (found at the end of this section) and submit 5 copies to the
Engineer at substantial completion.
2.3 GROUNDS
A. Electrode Ground: The resistance of electrodes (main service,
generators, transformer, etc.) shall not exceed 25 ohms and shall
be measured by The Contractor before equipment is placed in
operation. Testing shall be performed on all grounding electrode
installations. Testing shall be 3 point method in accordance with
IEEE No. 81 Section 9.04 Standard. Submit all ground test readings
to the Engineer in tabulated format at substantial completion.
2.4 EMERGENCY SYSTEM
A. General: Submit emergency system tests in accordance with NFPA 110.
Refer to emergency section of the specification for additional
information.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Cable Test Report: Submit Cable Test Report in Triplicate.
B. Tabulated Data: Submit data on 8-1/2 x 11 inch sheets with names
of the personnel who performed the test.
C. Final: Submit accepted memos before a request for final inspection.
3.2 QUANTITIES
A. Quantity: Submit 5 copies of the check out memo on each major item
of equipment. Insert accepted memos in each brochure with the
performance verification information and submittal data.
END OF SECTION
TESTS AND PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION
16020-3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 16030 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General: Drawings and general provlslons of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification
sections, apply to work specified of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Extent: Electrical identification work as required by the Contract
Documents or other specifications.
B. Types: Electrical identification work specified in the Contract
Documents include the following;
1. Electrical power, control and communication conductors.
2. Operational instructions and warnings.
3. Danger signs.
4. Conduits, boxes, etc.
5. Distribution Equipment.
6. Cabinets.
7. Equipment/system identification signs and tags.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer of
electrical identification products of types required, whose products
have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than
3 years.
B. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC as applicable to installation of
identifying labels and markers for wiring and equipment.
C. UL Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standard
969, "Marking and Labeling Systems", pertaining to electrical
identification systems.
D. ANSI Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI
Standard A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems",
and ANSI Standard Z53.1 "Color Designation."
E. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA
Standard No's. WC-1 and WC-2 pertaining to identification of power
and control conductors.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16030 - 1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
F.
ADA Compliance:
Identification for
herein.
All signage shall
maintenance purposes
meet
shall
ADA
be as
standards.
specified
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit shop drawings of all identification materials to
be used for this project. Submit one sample of each item with the
shop drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE SUPPLIERS OR MANUFACTURERS
A. General: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering electrical identification products which may be
incorporated in the work include, but not limited to, the following;
1. Alarm Supply Co, Inc.
2. Direct Safety Co.
3. Ideal Industries, Inc.
4. LEM Products, Inc.
5. Markal Company
6. National Band and Tag Co.
7. Panduit Corp.
8. Seton Name Plate Co.
9. Thomas and Betts Co.
10. Carlton Industries, Inc.
2.2 LANGUAGE
A. General: Provide all products in this section in English.
2.3 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's
standard products of categories and types required for each
application. Where more than one single type is specified for an
application, selection shall be at the installer's option, however,
provide a single selection for each application.
B. Conduit System Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-
printed, flexible, permanent, conduit markers, extending 360 degrees
around conduits. Markers shall be designed for attachment to
conduit by adhesive, adhesive lap joint, matching adhesive plastic
tape at each end of marker, or pretensioned snap-on. Color shall
match system printing requirements.
C. Voltage Marking: Except as otherwise indicated, provide lettering
which indicates voltage of the conductor(s) in conduit. Provide 4
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16030 - 2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
inch minimum length with 7/8 inch minimum lettering for 2 inch and
smaller conduit. Provide 8 inch minimum length with 1-1/4 inch
minimum lettering for larger than 2 inch conduit. Provide one
marker for each 20' section of conduit. Color shall match system
printing requirements.
D. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands: Provide manufacturer's
standard vinyl cloth self-adhesive cablelconductor markers of the
wrap-around type; either pre-numbered plastic coated type, or write-
on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap; numbered to
show circuit identification.
E. Plasticized Tags: Manufacturer's standard preprinted or partially
preprinted accident prevention and operation tags, of plasticized
card stock with matt finish suitable for writing, approximately 3-
1/4 x 5-5/8 inch, with brass grommets and wire fasteners, and with
appropriate pre-printed wording including large size primary
wording, e.g., DANGER, CAUTION, DO NOT OPERATE.
F. Baked Enamel Danger Signs: Provide manufacturer's standard "DANGER"
signs of baked enamel finish on 20 gauge steel; of standard red,
black and white graphics; 14 x 10 inch size except where 10 x 7 inch
is the largest size which can be applied where needed, and except
where larger size is needed for adequate vision; with recognized
standard explanation wording, and subsequent directive e.g. HIGH
VOLTAGE, KEEP OUT; BURIED CABLE, DO NOT DIG; LIVE PARTS, DO NOT
TOUCH SWITCH.
G. Engraved Plastic Laminate Nameplates: Provide engraving phenolic
plastic laminate, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, engraved with
1/16 inch thick lines with square standard pica lettering and
wording as specified herein, black face and white core plies (letter
color) for normal systems, kelly green and white for equipment,
bright orange and white for critical, bright yellow and white for
life safety, and red and white for fire alarm and where noted in the
specifications. Punch for mechanical fastening, except where
adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. Material
thickness shall be 1/16 inch. Provide beveled edge in order to
eliminate sharp corners. Provide self-tapping stainless steel round
head screws. Provide contact type permanent adhesive where screws
cannot or shall not penetrate the substrate. Adhesive nameplate
shall be permanently installed. Titles shall be 1/2 inch high and
all other lettering shall be 1/4 inch high.
H. Underground Type Plastic Line Marker: Manufacturer's standard
permanent, bright colored, continuous printed, metal backed plastic
tape, intended for direct burial service; not less than 6 inches
wide x 4 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most
accurately indicates the type of service or type of buried cable.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16030 - 3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
I. Junction Box Identification: Provide neat indelible felt tip,
stenciled marking on junction box and pullbox covers. Letter sizes
shall be 1 inch high minimum. Provide non-stenciled markings inside
the junction box and on the exterior edge to match the cover
markings.
2.4 LETTERING AND GRAPHICS
A. General: Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations
used in electrical identification work, with corresponding
designations specified or scheduled. Provide numbers, lettering and
wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended
by the manufacturer and as required for proper identification and
operationlmaintenance of the electrical system equipment. Comply
with ANSI A13.1 pertaining to minimum sizes for letters and numbers.
B. Size: System identification labeling consists of providing minimum
1/2 inch high stenciled black letters for raceway systems.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A.
Installation: Install electrical identification
indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written
as required by the NEC and as specified herein.
products as
instructions,
B.
Coordination: Where identification is to
which require a field finish application,
after completion of such application.
be applied to surfaces
install identification
C. Regulations: Comply with governing regulations and requests of
governing authorities for the identification of electrical work.
D. Hazards: Identify all rooms, spaces, and equipment which house
potential electrical hazards, and label with appropriate signage or
indicators.
3.2 RACEWAY SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION
A. Color Coding: All electrical conduit shall be identified by color-
coding. Apply color-coded identification on electrical conduit in
a neat and workmanlike manner. Utilize a stencil for application
of paint.
B. Identification: Identify all raceways provided or utilized as part
of this project as follows;
1. Apply bands 10 feet on center along the raceway system and at
each side of walls or floors, and at branches from mains.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16030 - 4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2. Identify the following services;
!=;prvirp
a. Low Voltage
b. Fire Alarm
c. Telephone
d. Computer
e. Telephone/computer
Label.
120/208 Voltage
Fire Alarm
Telephone
Computer
Telephonelcomputer
3. Spot Painting on Rough-in;
a. Conduit, raceways, boxes, backboxes, panelboards, etc.
shall be spot painted. Conduit shall be identified
within 6 inches of the box or enclosure. The entire box
and coverplate shall be painted.
b. Use following colors for color bands and for color
coding;
System
1. Normal Power
2. Miscellaneous Communications
3. Fire Alarm
4. Telephone\Computer
~
Royal Blue
Brown
Red
Black
3.3 CABLE/CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION
A. General: Apply cable/conductor identification, including voltage,
phase and feeder number, on each cable/conductor in each
boxlenclosurelcabinet where conductors of more than one circuit or
communication (such as color coded conductors) is provided. Match
identification with marking system used in panelboards, shop
drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established
identification for the project's electrical work.
B. Color Coding: Color code all power and lighting cable. Use wire
colored by integral pigmentation, making the wire 100 percent
colored. Where not practicable or available (in larger conductor
sizes), color code the wire by using colored plastic tape, painting
the ends accessible at junction or pull boxes, or other method
acceptable to the Engineer. Use the following chart as applicable;
CONDUCTOR
Phase A
Phase B
Phase C
Neutral
Equip.Ground
120/208
YQL.IS
Black
Red
Blue
White
Green
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16030 - 5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
3.4 OPERATIONAL IDENTIFICATION AND WARNINGS
A. General: Provide identification and warning wherever reasonably
required to ensure safe and efficient operation and maintenance of
the electrical systems. Provide identification and warning
identification if necessary for signage to help prevent misuse of
electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel.
B. Plasticized signs: Install self-adhesive plastic signs or similar
equi valent identification, instruction or warnings on switches,
outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical
enclosures. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed,
provide plasticized tags with clearly written messages adequate for
the intended purposes.
c.
Locations:
governing
signs at
identified
project.
In addition to installation of danger signs required by
regulations and authorities, install appropriate danger
locations indicated and at locations subsequently
as constituting dangers for persons in or about the
D. High Voltage: Install danger signs wherever it is practicable, for
persons to come into contact with electrical power of voltages
higher than 277 volts to ground.
E. Critical Switches/Controls: Install danger signs on switches and
similar controls, regardless of whether concealed or locked up,
where untimely or inadvertent operation (by anyone) could result in
significant danger to persons, or damage to or loss of property.
F. Electrical Equipment Rooms: Provide warning signage at the entrance
to each such room; identify the hazard, and direct non-qualified
personnel to stay away.
G. Equipment Identification:
1. Nameplates: Install an engraved phenolic plastic laminate
nameplate on each unit of electrical equipment in the building,
including central or master unit of each electrical system
unless unit is specified with its own self-explanatory
identification or signal system. Except as otherwise
indicated, provide single line of text. Provide text matching
terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop
drawings.
a. Normal system shall be 1/2 inch high white lettering in
a black field.
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16030 - 6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
b. Emergency system shall be 1/2 inch high white lettering
in a red field for life safety, orange for critical and
green for equipment branch.
2. Locations: Provide nameplates for each unit of the following
categories of electrical work;
a.
Switchboard,
enclosures.
panelboards,
electrical
cabinets,
and
1. Provide a nameplate inside, outside and above the
door (if equipped with one) listing its designation,
voltage, source and circuit number.
b. Access panelldoors to electrical facilities.
c. Major electrical switchgear and switchboards.
d. Electrical Substations.
e. Motor Control Centers.
f. Power Transfer Equipment.
g. Disconnect switches.
h. Enclosed circuit breakers.
i. Communication Control Panels, Terminal Cabinets and
Equipment Cabinets.
j. Telephone Switching Equipment
k. Remote Annunciators
1. Terminal Boards
m. Other similar equipment as designated by the Engineer.
3. Viewing: Install nameplates at locations indicated and where
not otherwise indicated at a location for the best convenience
of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance
of equipment.
a. Secure to substrate with rigid fasteners. Utilize
adhesive where fasteners cannot penetrate substrate.
b. Designate branch of essential power system (i. e. Life
Safety, Critical, or Equipment branch) on nameplate after
the word emergency, and Equipment designation.
4. Names: The names or wording used for a particular machine
shall be the same as the one used on all motor starters,
disconnects and remote button stations nameplates for that
machine.
END OF SECTION
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16030 - 7
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General: Drawings and general provlslons of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification
sections, apply to work of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. General: Provide all supports, hangers and inserts required to
mount conduit, pullboxes and other equipment provided under this
Division.
B. Support: All items shall be supported from the structural portion
of the building. Supports and hangers shall be of a type approved
by Underwriters' Laboratories. Wire shall not be used as a support.
Boxes and conduit shall not be supported or fastened to ceiling
suspension wires or to ceiling channels. Do not install any devices
supported by ceiling tiles.
C. Installation: The Contractor shall layout and provide his work in
advance of the laying of floors or walls, and shall provide all
sleeves that may be required for openings through floors, walls,
etc. Where plans call for conduit to be run exposed, provide all
inserts and clamps for the supporting of conduit.
D. Systems: Provide conduit system of empty raceways including terminal
cabinets, backboards and outlets as described and specified herein.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Manufacturers shall be regularly engaged in the
manufacture of conduit systems and fittings of types and sizes
required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years in the USA.
B. Al uminum Conduit: Aluminum conduit shall not be used unless
specifically called for. Install with aluminum fittings only, when
specified.
C. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the latest edition of the
following standards as they apply to the different raceway types
specified herein;
1. ANSI:
a. ANSI C80.1: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC)
b. ANSI C80.3: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)
2. UL:
a. UL 1: Flexible Metal Conduit
b. UL 6: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC)
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT 16110-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
3. NEMA:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
c. UL 360: Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit
d. UL 514: Fittings for Metal Conduit
e. UL 651: Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC)
f. UL 797: Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)
g. UL 886: Fittings for Hazardous Locations
h. UL 1242: Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC)
NEMA TC2: Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (PVC)
NEMA TC3: Fittings for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNMC)
NEMA TC8: Utility Duct Type EB-35
NEMA RN1: Plastic Coated Metal Conduit
NEMA VE-1: Ladder Cable Tray
NEMA 8A, 8B, 8C, & 12A: Spine Cable Tray
4. Federal Specifications:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
5. ASTM:
a.
b.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
WW-C-581: Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC)
WW-C-563: Electrical Metallic Conduit (EMT)
WW-C-566: Flexible Steel Conduit
WW-C-581E: Intermediate Metallic Conduit (IMC)
WC-1094A: Nonmetallic Rigid Conduit (PVC)
WC-582A Conduit, Raceway, Metal and Fittings; surface
ASTM-F-512: Utility duct type EB-35
ASTM-A525 & ASTM-386: Tray manufacturers
A. Products: Submit manufacturer's product data, including technical
information on each type of raceway system;
1. Conduit - PVC
2. Conduit - Metal
3. Conduit fittings
4. Plastic (PVC) solvent
5. Black mastic coating for conduit
6. Insulating and grounding bushings for conduit
7. Galvanizing and protective coatings for conduit
B. Compliance: Product data shall show compliance with this section
of the specifications, including U.L. label, manufacturer and
manufacturer's written installation instructions.
1 . 5 CONDUIT
A. General: Provide a complete and continuous system of raceways to
maintain a protected path for wires and cables to distribute
electric power, and low voltage systems throughout the project,
utilizing U.L. listed and labeled materials.
B.
Accessories:
materials, as
Provide conduit accessories of types, sizes, and
specified herein complying with manufacturers
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
published product information, which match and mate conduit and
tubing.
C. Interior Minimum Size: Minimum conduit size for light and power
systems shall be 3/4 inch conduit for all power and lighting
circuitry home runs from panelboard to outlet box at first power
consuming devices. The remainder of circuitry may be in 1/2 inch
condui t, if it contains no more than 4 conductors per conduit
(excluding the equipment grounding conductor), and phase conductors
no larger than #12 AWG. Switchlegs may be 1/2inch conduit unless
otherwise noted on drawings.
D. Site Underground Conduit: Unless otherwise noted, minimum
underground raceways shall be 1 inch conduit. Homeruns from the
branch circuit overcurrent device, through any control devices to
the first exterior junction box or consumption device shall be 1
inch minimum.
E. System Conduit: Provide end bushings on all conduits.
F. Pull Strings: Provide pull strings in all empty raceways. Pull
strings shall be nylon and shall be impervious to moisture. Pull
strings installed in one inch and smaller conduits shall have a
tensile strength of not less than 30 Ibs. Pull strings installed
in conduits larger than 1 inch shall a tensile strength not less
than 200 lbs.
G.
Condui t Bends:
allowed.
The use of NEC Table 346.10 Exception is not
1.6 LOCATIONS
A. Materials Above Grade: The following conduit types are to be
installed above grade where specifically noted herein;
1. Electrical metallic tubing (thin wall)
2. Intermediate metallic conduit
3. Flexible metal conduit
4. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit
5. Heavy wall Schedule 40 PVC
6. Galvanized rigid steel conduit
7. Extra heavy wall Schedule 80 PVC
B. Materials Below Grade: The following conduit types are to be
installed below grade where specifically noted herein;
1. Rigid galvanized conduit (heavy wall)
2. Intermediate metal conduit (IMC)
3. Schedule 40 PVC - not allowed in patient care areas
4. Utility Grade Type EB plastic
5. Schedule 80 PVC - not allowed in patient care areas
C. Materials on Roofs: The following conduit types are to be installed
on roofs where specifically noted herein;
1. Rigid steel conduit (PVC) coated
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-3
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
2. Rigid steel conduit
3. Intermediate grade conduit
1.7 SURFACE RACEWAY
A. General: Provide surface mounted raceway where specifically
indicated on the drawings. Raceway shall be metallic and one-piece
type. Where wiring channels are specifically specified, they shall
be two-piece type.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
A. Fittings: Provide steel set screw fittings. Steel fittings shall
be fitted with nonremovable insulated throats, and male threaded
ends provided with a locknut.
B. Locknuts: Provide locknuts for securing conduit to enclosures with
sharp edges for digging into metal, and ridged outside circumference
for proper fastening.
2 . 2 BUSHINGS
A. Bushings: Bushings shall be provided on all terminations, all
essential system conduits,mounted on the ends of all EMT connectors
1-1/4 inches and larger and within all equipment.
B. Construction: Bushings shall have a flared bottom and ribbed sides,
with smooth insides to prevent damage to cable insulation.
C. Insulating Ring: Mold a phenolic insulating ring into sizes 1-1/4
inches and larger.
D. Grounding: Provide a screw type grounding terminal on all sizes.
E. Grounding Bushings: Grounding bushings shall be provided on all
essential electrical system feeder conduits.
2.3 RIGID METAL CONDUIT
A. Conduit: Conduit ends shall have precision cut hi-torque threads.
One end of the conduit shall have a coupling and the other shall be
covered with a color-coded plastic thread protector. Conduit shall
be manufactured in 10 foot lengths.
B.
Fittings: Fittings shall be cut groove steel.
not acceptable.
Cast fittings are
2.4 FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT
A. Conduit and Standards: A continuous length, spirally wound steel
strip, zinc-coated, each convolution interlocked with following
convolution into a helix form. Product shall meet Federal
Specification WW-C-566 and UL 1242.
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
B. Fittings: Provide conduit fittings for use with flexible steel
conduit of the threadless hinged clamp type, and a male threaded end
provided with a locknut.
1. Straight terminal connectors shall be one piece body, female
end with clamp and deep slotted machine screw for securing
conduit.
2. 45 and 90 degree terminal angle connectors shall be 2 piece
body, withremovable upper section, female end with clamp and
deep slotted machine screw for securing conduit.
2.5 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT
A. Conduit: Plastic jacketed (PVC) liquid-tight flexible steel conduit
with copper bonding conductor, and steel material galvanized inside
and outside.
B. Fittings: Provide cadmium plated, malleable iron fittings with
compression type steel ferrule and neoprene gasket sealing rings
with insulated throat.
2.6 HEAVY WALL PVC CONDUIT (SCHEDULE 40)
A. Conduit: Schedule 40, 90 degrees C. UL rated, PVC conduit shall be
composed of High Impact PVC (polyvinyl chloride C-2000 Compound),
and shall conform to industry standards, and be UL listed in
accordance with Article 347 of National Electrical Code for
underground and exposed use. Materials must have tensile strength
of 55 PSI, at 70 degrees F., flexural strength of 11,000 psi,
compression strength of 8600 psi. Manufacturer shall have five years
extruding PVC experience.
2.7 EXTRA HEAVY WALL PVC CONDUIT (SCHEDULE 80)
A. Conduit: Schedule 80, 90 degrees C. UL rated, PVC conduit shall be
composed of High Impact PVC (polyvinyl chloride C-2000 Compound),
and shall conform to industry standards, and be UL listed in
accordance with Article 347 of National Electrical Code for
underground and exposed use. Materials must have tensile strength
of 5500 PSI, at 73.4 degree F., flexural strength of 12,500 psi,
compression strength of 9000 psi. Manufacturer shall have five years
extruding PVC experience.
2.8 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT
A. Type: Intermediate metal conduit (IMC) shall be high frequency
electro-welded into tube form to produce a high ductile conduit that
can be easily bent with standard tools approved for IMC.
B. General: Conduit ends shall have precision cut hi-torque threads.
One end of the conduit shall have a coupling and the other shall be
covered with a color-coded plastic thread protector. Conduit shall
be manufactured in 10 foot lengths.
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-5
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
C. Finish: The electro-galvanized zinc finish shall be corrosion
resistant and shall not crack or flake. A chromate conversion
coating shall be applied over the entire tube as an additional
corrosive preventative. The interior shall be protected and
lubricated with a special silicone hard finish enamel.
2.9 HEAVY WALL PVC TYPE EB-35 UTILITY DUCT
A. General: Duct shall be composed of high modulus C-250 compound and
conform to all applicable industry standards, U. L. listed for
underground concrete encasement only. Conform to NEMA TC-8 and ASTM
Standard F-512 for utility duct. Duct shall have a low coefficient
of expansion (3.30 X 10-5 INIINldegree F.), be U.L. listed and have
a tensile strength of 4800 PSI. Manufacturer shall have five years
experience extruding PVC of this specific type.
2.10
SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Hangers: Hangers shall be made of durable materials suitable for
the application involved. Where excessive corrosive conditions are
encountered, hanger assemblies shall be protected after fabrication
by galvanizing, or approved suitable preservative methods.
B. Materials: Insert anchors shall be installed on concrete or brick
construction, with hex head machine screws. Recessed head screws
shall be used in wood construction. An electric or hand drill shall
be used for drilling holes for all inserts in concrete or similar
construction. Installed inserts, brick, shall be near center of
brick, not near edge or in joint. Drilled and tapped, and round
head machine screws shall be used where steel members occur. All
screws, bolts, washers, etc., used for supporting conduit or outlets
shall be fabricated from rust-resisting metal, or accepted
substitution. Gunpowder set anchors are not permitted.
C. Exterior: Supporting devices for exterior use shall be 316
stainless steel unless otherwise noted on drawings.
D. PVC Coated Conduit: Supporting devices for PVC coated conduit shall
be as manufactured by the PVC coated conduit manufacturer and shall
match in color and appearance.
2.11
WIREWAYS
A. General: Wireway shall be sized as shown on drawings, NEMA 1, lay-
in type. Wireway sides and bottom shall contain no knock-outs. The
Contractor shall punch holes required. The cover shall be hinge
type with quarter turn fasteners to hold cover shut. Covers and
bodies shall be 16 gauge steel. Wireway shall be as manufactured
by Hoffman Engineering Company, Square "D" or Steel City.
2 .12
UNDERGROUND DUCT LINES
A. Description: Underground duct lines where shown shall be of
individual conduits encased in concrete. The conduit shall be of
plastic, unless indicated or specified otherwise. The conduit used
shall not be smaller than 4 inches in diameter, inside, unless
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-6
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
otherwise noted. The concrete encasement surrounding the duct bank
shall be reinforced as shown and rectangular in cross-section,
having a minimum concrete thickness of three inches. Conduit shall
be separated by a minimum concrete thickness of 2 inches.
B. General: The concrete work shall conform to Section on "Concrete".
The top of the concrete envelope shall be not less than 18 inches
below grade. Concrete shall be installed in a continuous pour to
eliminate joints in the duct run. Duct lines shall have a
continuous slope downward toward manholes and away from buildings
wi th a pitch of not less than 3 inches in 100 feet. Changes in
direction of runs exceeding a total of 10 degrees either vertical
or horizontal, shall be accomplished by long sweep bends having a
minimum radius of curvature of 25 feet, except that manufactured
bends may be made up on one or more curved or straightened sections
or combinations thereof. Manufactured bends shall have a minimum
radius of 36 inches.
C. Conduits: Conduits shall terminate in end-bells where duct lines
enter manholes. Provide 4 to 6 inch reducers as required.
Separators shall be of pre-cast concrete, high impact polystyrene,
steel or any combination of these. The joints of the conduits shall
be staggered by rows so as to provide a duct line having the maximum
strength. During construction partially complete duct lines shall
be protected from the entrance of debris, such as mud, sand and dirt
by means of suitable conduit plugs. As the duct line is completed,
a testing mandrel not less than 13 inches long with a diameter 1/4
inch less than the size of the stiff bristles shall be drawn through
until the conduit is clear of all particles of earth, sand or
gravel; conduit plug shall then be immediately installed.
D. Conduit: Plastic conduit, fittings and joints shall not have been
stored in the sun or weather, in any excessively heated space, or
unevenly supported during storage. Use and installation shall be
in accordance with the National Electrical Code requirements for the
installation of non-metallic rigid conduit. Plastic conduit shall
be protected against the direct rays of the sun prior to
installation. Conduit shall be Carlon Type EB, Queen City Plastics,
or accepted substitution. Conduit shall be U.L. listed and conform
to NEMA Standard TC6-1972.
E. Trench: Trenches for duct banks shall be completely dry before
setting conduits or pouring concrete. Well pointing as required
shall be provided if necessary to keep trench dry.
F. Racks: Wires and cables in manhole shall be placed on cable racks.
Manhole shall be cleaned of all loose materials, dirt and debris
immediately after completion of new work and shall be in a clean
condition when project is completed. All racks shall be complete
with insulators. Racks shall be McGraw Edison NOB-LOC type, Chance
or accepted substitution.
G. Excavation: Backfilling shall be in layers not more than 8 inches
deep, and shall be thoroughly tamped. The first layer shall be
earth or sand, free from particles that would be retained on a 1/4
inch sieve. The succeeding layers shall be excavated material
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-7
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
having stones no larger than would pass through a 4-inch ring. The
backfill shall be level with adjacent surface, except that in sodded
or paved areas, a space equal to the thickness of the sod or paving
shall be left.
H. Finish: The surface disturbed during the installation of duct shall
be restored to its original elevation and condition if not
refinished in connection with site work.
I. Plugging: All unused conduit openings shall be plugged or capped
with a suitable device designed for the purpose; caulking compound
shall not be used for plugging conduit openings.
J. Counterpoise: Two #4 AWG bare stranded copper counterpoise shall
be run above all duct banks and shall be run into all manholes and
handholes and grounded. Counterpoise shall run to building and be
grounded at each building service ground.
2.13
SURFACE RACEWAY
A. General: Provide a surface raceway system with raceway, boxes and
appropriate fittings. Raceway shall be Wiremold V500 or equal.
B. Wiring Channel: Metal raceway where specifically indicated on the
contract drawings shall be Wiremold G4000 series, unless otherwise
noted.
C. Devices: Provide 20 ampere duplex receptacles 36 inches center-to-
center unless otherwise noted.
2.14
TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARDS
A. Terminal Boards: Telephone Boards shall be 8 foot high and of the
width shown unless otherwise noted. Terminal boards shall be 3/4
inch A/C grade exterior plywood painted light gray with fire
resistant paint.
B. Grounding: Each terminal board shall be provided with a #6 AWG bare
copper conductor installed in 3/4 inch conduit to the building
service ground. Service ground attachment shall be made with an
approved lug. Provide 6 foot excess ground conductor length at
terminal board for connection to equipment.
C. Terminal Board Conduits: Conduits at Terminal board locations
shall be neatly racked on a Kindorf Type rack secured to wall
above and below terminal boards.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUITS
A. Provide as a minimum 3/4 inch conduit from each of the following
device locations to cable tray. Terminate in corridor ceiling
cavity only when cable tray is not available in department. Provide
insulated bushings at ends of all conduits.
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-8
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1. Telephone
2. Public Address/Music
3. Computer System
4. Data
3 . 2 TELEPHONE COMPANY COORDINATION
A. Telephone Company: The Contractor shall notify the Telephone
Company when the conduit system is being installed. The Contractor
shall coordinate the work with the Telephone Company as required.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION OF BOXES
A. Tags: During installation of pull strings all pull strings shall
be marked with vinyl tags indicating where the opposite end may be
found.
3.4 BLANK PLATES
A. Plates: Unless otherwise noted all outlet boxes shall receive blank
plates matching the finish of plates on electrical devices in the
same room.
3.5 RACEWAY INSTALLATION
A. Support: All raceways shall be run in a neat and workmanlike manner
and shall be properly supported and in accordance with the latest
edition of the NEC. Supporting conduit and boxes with wire is not
acceptable. Exposed raceways where allowed, shall be supported with
clamp fasteners with toggle bolt on hollow walls, and with lead
expansion shields on masonry. All conduits shall be securely
fastened in place with at least one support per eight foot section.
Support within one foot of changes in direction. All required
hangers, supports and fastenings shall be provided at each elbow and
at no more than one foot from the end of each straight run
terminating at a box or cabinet. The use of perforated iron for
supporting conduits shall not be permitted. The required strength
of the supporting equipment and size and type of anchors shall be
based on the combined weight of conduit, hanger and cables.
Horizontal and vertical conduit runs may be supported by one-hole
malleable straps, clamp-backs, or other accepted devices with
suitable bolts, expansion shields (where needed) or beam-clamps for
mounting to building structure or special brackets.
B. Hanger Installation: Where 2 or more conduits 1 inch or larger run
parallel trapeze hangers may be used consisting of concrete inserts,
threaded solid rods, washers, nuts and galvanized "L" angle iron,
or Unistrut cross members. These conduits shall be individually
fastened to the cross member of every other trapeze hanger with
galvanized cast one hole straps, clamp backs, bolted with proper
size cadmium machine bolts, washers and nuts. If adjustable trapeze
hangers are used to support groups of parallel conduits, U-bol t
type clamps shall be used at the end of a conduit run and at each
elbow. J-bolts, or approved clamps, shall be installed on each
third intermediate trapeze hanger to fasten each conduit.
C. Sealant: Provide a closed cell silicone foam sealant rated to
provide a rating equal to the wall, ceiling, or floor assembly
rating. Provide seals for the exterior of conduit penetrations
consisting of a cast-in-place sleeve with a compressible rubber
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-9
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
gasket between the conduit and the sleeve. Provide seals for the
interior of the conduit penetrations consisting of gland type
sealing bushing or closed cell silicone foam. Provide duct seal
inside an appropriate seal-off fitting to seal the interior of the
conduit system from water seepage or hazardous gases.
D.
Routing: Conduits
possible, exposed
in workmanlike
minimi zed.
shall be run parallel to building walls wherever
or concealed as specified, and shall be grouped
fashion. Crisscrossing of conduits shall be
E. Location: All raceways except those from surface-mounted switches,
outlet boxes or panels shall be run concealed from view. Surface
mounted devices and equipment shall be specifically noted on the
contract drawings. It is the intent that all raceways shall be run
concealed unless specifically noted.
F. Protection: All raceway runs, whether terminated in boxes or not,
shall be capped during the course of construction until wires are
pulled in and covers are in place. No conductors shall be pulled
into raceways until the raceway system is complete.
G. Coordination: All raceways shall be kept clear of mechanical
equipment and plumbing fixtures to facilitate future repair or
replacement of said fixtures without disturbing wiring. Except
where it is necessary for control purposes, all raceways shall be
kept away from items producing heat.
H. Masonry Installation: All raceway runs in masonry shall be
installed at the same time as the masonry so that no face cutting
is required, except to accommodate boxes.
I. Arrangement: All raceways shall be run connecting outlet to
circuits generally as shown on the drawings. Provide circuit
connection arrangement shown. Actual final arrangement shall be in
accordance with the record drawings section as specified herein.
J. Grounding: All branch circuit and feeder raceways shall have a
copper system ground conductor within the conduit throughout the
entire length of the circuit. All conduit shall be electrically
continuous to establish redundant grounding.
K. Empty Raceways: Raceways which do not have conductors provided
under this Division of the specifications shall be left with an
acceptable nylon pull cord in raceway.
L. Manufacturer: Rigid Metallic Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing,
Flexible Steel Conduit, Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit, and PVC
Conduit shall be manufactured within the United States, and each
shall be as manufactured by one manufacturer.
M. Roof Installation: Conduit installations on roofs shall be kept to
a bare minimum. Conduit shall be supported above roof at least 6
inches using approved conduit supporting devices. Supports shall
be fastened to roof using roofing adhesive as specified in other
sections of this specification.
N. Firewall Installation: Provide pullboxes, junction boxes, fire
barrier at fire rated walls etc., as required by NEC Article 300
where required.
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-10
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
O. Dissimilar Metals: Avoid the use of dissimilar metals to reduce the
possibility of electrolysis. Where dissimilar metals are in contact,
coat all surfaces with corrosion inhibiting compound before
assembling.
P. Identification: Provide appropriate identification as required by
codes and as indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the
methods specified herein.
Q. Conduit: Conduits shall be anchored down to prevent floating while
pouring in concrete.
3 . 6 SITE UNDERGROUND CONDUIT INSTALLATION
A. General: All underground raceways (with exception of raceways
installed under floor slab) shall be installed in accordance with
Section 300-5 of the NEC except that the minimum cover for any
conduit or duct bank shall be two feet, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Stubs: Spare conduit stubs shall be capped and accurately
dimensioned on as-built drawings.
C. Separation: All conduit run underground, or stubbed above floor
shall be separated with plastic interlocking spacers manufactured
specifically for this purpose, or shall be strapped to Kindorf
channel supported by conduit driven into ground or tied to steel.
D. Coating: Rigid metallic conduit installed underground shall be
coated with waterproofing black mastic before installation, and all
joints shall be recoated after installation.
3.7 RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT
A. Locknuts: Rigid steel box connections shall be made with double
locknuts and bushings. Turn down on threads to solidly connect raceway
to box or enclosure.
B. Bushings: Grounded insulated bushings shall be used on all rigid
steel conduits terminating in panels, wire gutters, or cabinets in
accordance with NEC 517. Bushing shall be impact resistant plastic
molded in an irregular shape at the top to provide smooth insulating
surface at top and inner edge. Material in these bushings must not
melt or support flame.
3. 8 PVC CONDUIT
A. General:PVC shall be used for lightning protection down conductors
and grounding electrode raceways.
B. Floor Penetrations Exposed: Where PVC penetrates a floor in an
exposed location from underground or in slab, a black mastic coated
steel conduit elbow shall be used.
C. Location: No PVC shall be allowed anywhere except underground or
in slab, with the exception that PVC conduit may be used in non-fire
rated poured block walls and poured in place columns.
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-11
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D.
Floor Penetrations in Block:
of floor into concrete block
provided outlet box is at
finished floor.
PVC may also be used for penetrations
or hollow walls up to first outlet box
a maximum height of 48 inches above
E. Ground Conductor Installation: All individual bare copper ground
conductors (i. e. service, transformer, or lightning protection
grounds) shall be installed in PVC conduit.
F. Joints: PVC joints shall be solvent welded. Threads shall not be
permitted on PVC conduit and fittings, except for rigid steel to PVC
couplings. Installation of PVC conduit shall be in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
G. Restrict Support: PVC conduit shall not be used to support fixture
or equipment.
H. Bonds: Field bends shall be made with an approved hotbox. Heating
with flame and hand held dryers are prohibited.
3.9.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
A. Vibrating Equipment Connection: All connections to motors or other
vibrating equipment (except dry type transformers) or at other
locations where required shall be made with not less than 12 inches
of flexible liquid-tight steel conduit, using special type of
connectors with strain relief fittings at both terminations of
conduit, Kellems Type 074-09 Series or accepted substitution.
B. Normal Type: Flex connectors shall have insulated throat and shall
be T & B 3100 Series or accepted substitution.
C. Angle Type: Use angle connectors wherever necessary to relieve
angle strain on flex conduit.
D. Transformer Connection: Connections to dry type transformers shall
be made with flexible conduit.
3.10
EXPANSION FITTINGS
A. Installation: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run
wherever it crosses an expansion joint. Install the fitting on one
side of the joint with its sliding sleeve end flush with joint, and
with a length of bonding jumper in expansion equal to at least three
times the normal width of joints.
B. Location: Provide expansion fittings in each conduit run which is
mechanically attached to separate structures to relieve strain
caused by shift on one structure in relation to the other.
C. Length: Provide expansion fittings in straight conduit runs above
ground which are more than one hundred feet long.
3.11
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
A.
Location:
buildings,
injury.
Install Electrical Metallic Tubing (thin wall) inside
above the ground floor where not subject to mechanical
B.
Handling:
All cut ends shall be reamed to remove rough edges.
END OF SECTION
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-12
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT
16110-13
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 16120 - WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1. RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General: Drawings and general provlslons of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification
sections, apply to work specified of this section.
1.2 WIRES AND CABLES
A. Description: Provide a complete and continuous system of conductors
as specified herein. All conductors shall be in accordance with the
latest edition of the NEC.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Manufacturers shall be regularly engaged in the
manufacture of wire systems and fittings of types and sizes
required, and whose products have been in satisfactory use in
similar service for not less than 5 years in the USA.
B. Compliance: Materials shall comply with the following standards as
they apply to the different wire types specified herein.
1. UL:
a. 44 - Rubber insulated wire and cables.
b. 83 - Thermoplastic insulated wires.
c. 486-A-80 - Wire connectors and soldering lugs for use with
copper.
d. 486B - Splicing wire connectors
e. 493 Thermoplastic insulated underground feeder and
branch circuit cables.
2. NFPA:
a. 70 NEC
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit product data on all different types of conductors
specified.
WIRES AND CABLES
16120-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.5 FLEXIBLE WIRING SYSTEMS
A. General: Provide a flexible wiring system used to supply power to
lighting fixtures, poke-thru power outlets and wall receptacles as
shown on the contract documents.
B. Description: The prefabricated system shall be complete with all
120 and lor 277 volt 3 and/or 4 wire power getaway boxes, fixture
adapters, jumper cable sets, wall switch boxes, wall power boxes,
poke-thru power outlets etc.
C. Compliance: The system and its components shall comply with the
requirements of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and shall be U.L.
listed or labeled for intended use on this project and UL listed and
labeled for use in return air plenum and rated to make and break
under rated load. All work and materials shall comply with the
National Electrical Code and applicable state and local building
codes.
D. Final Condition: The system shall be of construction such that when
installation is complete all system components shall be metal
enclosed, in a locked mode and shall comprise a fully grounded
system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Conductors: Branch circuit and feeder conductors for electric power
shall be copper type. Utilize THHN/THWN insulation for branch
circuits and THWN/XHHW insulation for feeders, unless specifically
noted otherwise. Conductors #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid, #8
AWG and larger shall be stranded. No aluminum wiring shall be
permitted. All wire shall be sized as shown on the drawings. If no
size is shown, wire shall be #12 AWG, except that branch "homeruns"
over 50 ft. in length shall be #10 AWG for 120/208V circuits. Wire
in vicinity of heat-producing equipment shall be type XHHW
insulation. All wiring shall be manufactured in the USA and of 98
percent reSistivity. #14 AWG minimum size conductors shall be used
for fire alarm system.
B. Taps and Splices: All copper taps and splices in #8 AWG or smaller
wire shall be fastened together by means of "wirenut" connectors
(Ideal or accepted substitution). All taps and splices in wire
larger than #8 AWG shall be made with compression type connectors
and taped to provide insulation equal to wire. All taps and splices
in manholes or in ground pull box shall be made with compression
type connectors and covered with Raychem heavywall cable sleeves
WIRES AND CABLES
16120-2
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
(type CTE or WCS) with type "S" sealant coating. Provide sleeve
kits as per manufacturer's installation instructions.
C. Color Coding, General: All power feeders and branch circuits #8 AWG
and smaller shall be installed with color-coded wire with the same
color used for a system throughout the building. Power feeders
above #8 AWG shall either be fully color-coded or shall have black
insulation and be similarly color-coded with tape or paint in all
junction boxes and panels. Tape shall cover the conductor
insulation within the box or panel in such a manner so as to allow
standard markings to be readily observed.
D. Colors: Unless otherwise accepted, color-code shall be as indicated
in the Identification section of the specifications. All
swi tchlegs, other voltage system wiring, control and interlock
wiring shall be color-coded other than those listed in the
Identification Section of these specifications.
E. Submittals: Submit cut sheets on all major types of wires and
cables including splicing tape, and terminatinglsplicing lugs or
connectors and cable sleeves.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS
A. General: Branch circuit and feeder conductors shall be manufactured
by one of the following: General Cable Co., Anaconda, Pirelli or
Rome Cable Corporation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 .1 EXECUTION
A. General: All wiring shall be installed in conduit (power, low
voltage and control wiring), unless otherwise indicated or specified
under other Sections of this specification. All wiring shall be
installed per the latest edition of the NEC.
B. Connections: Conductors #10 and #12 AWG shall be connected with
pre-insulated spring connectors incased in a steel shell and rated
at not less than 105 degrees C. A minimum of 3/8 inch skirt shall
cover the bare wires. The connector shall meet with UL approval for
fixture and pressure work, and shall be "Scotch Lok" Type Y, Rand
B electrical spring connectors as manufactured by the 3M Company or
approved equal.
C. Connector Manufacturers: Lugs and wire connectors shall be one of
the following: Burndy Corporation, Thomas & Betts, Co., Appleton or
ILSCO.
16120-3
WI RES AND CABLES
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
D. Equipment Installations: Neatly form, train and tie the cables in
panelboards, cabinets, wireways, switches and equipment assemblies.
END OF SECTION
WIRES AND CABLES
16120-4
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
SECTION 16450 - GROUNDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 . 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification
sections, apply to work specified of this section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Description of System: In general, all electrical equipment
(metallic conduit, motor frames, panelboards, etc.) shall be bonded
together with a green insulated or bare copper system grounding
conductor in accordance with specific rules of Article 250 of the
N.E.C. Bonding conductor through the raceway system shall be
continuous from main switch ground bus to panel ground bar of each
panelboard, and from panel grounding bar of each panelboard to
branch circuit equipment and devices.
B. Ground Conductor: A main ground, bare copper conductor, NEC sized
but in no case less than #2/0 AWG, shall be run in conduit from the
Main Switchgear to a driven ground field outside the building. This
ground conductor shall also be bonded to the main water service and
the metal frame of the building nearest the Main Switchgear.
Provide properly sized bonding shunt around water meter and/or
dielectric unions in the water pipe.
C. Preparation: All contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned
before connections are made to insure good metal to metal contact.
D. Bonding: Mechanical lugs or wire terminals shall be used to bond
ground wires together or to junction boxes and panel cabinets and
shall be manufactured by Anderson, Buchanan, Thomas and Betts Co.,
or Burndy.
E.
Exterior Grade Equipment:
shall have their enclosures
ground at the equipment
connection.
All exterior grade mounted equipment
grounded directly to a separate driven
in addition to the building ground
F.
Conductors: All raceways shall have an insulated copper system
ground conductor run throughout the entire length of circuit
installed within conduit in strict accordance with NEC. Grounding
conductor shall be included in total condui t fill determining
conduit sizes, even though not included or shown on drawings.
Grounding conductors run with feeders shall be bare only.
G.
Medical Project Bonding: Provide bonding of the equipment grounding
terminal busses of normal and essential branch circuit panelboards
serving the same patient area with a continuous #10 AWG copper
conductor, in compliance with NEC 517-14.
Bushings: Provide insulated grounding bushings on all conduits
within all panelboards.
H.
GROUNDING
16450-1
EAST MARTELLO ROOF
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit product data on ground rods, ground wire, ground
connectors and data on exothermic weld.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compliance: The entire ground system shall comply with NEC 250.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A. General: Provide UL and NEC approved types of copper with THWN,
THHN, or XHHW with green insulation.
2.2 GROUND RODS
A. General: Provide copperclad steel, 5/8 inch diameter by 20 feet
long ground rods.
PART 3 - INSTALLATION
3.1 GENERAL
A.
Installation:
follows;
Grounding conductors shall be so installed as
1. To permit shortest and most direct path from equipment to
ground
2. Be installed in metal conduit with both conductor and conduit
bonded at each end
3.
Have connections accessible for inspection and made
accepted solderless connectors brazed (or bolted) to
equipment or structure to be grounded
with
the
4. Shall in NO case be a current carrying conductor
5. Have a green jacket
B. Connection: The main grounding electrode conductor shall be
exothermically welded to ground rods and water pipe.
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING
16450-2
z~
mQa:
~ -.0
W 'I- ...I
~. .A~
c(<~ I-
:JI-UJ
~,(/),~
0:: I I-- ~
~J:~
w
wc)...
~ I w
~..J~
u.l-ti
O'It/) c
~LU:i
U:=>ffi
0>1-
o -
~>W'~
a:: 'co
~'~
~
~
"1:
~
~
:s
I
~
+
tfi ;J
II
I I
fn
a=
w
Z
0 z
~ - ~
fn
!!>- w
w
Z :E~ I-fE ..J
W
::) :I ~~ffi~en5 en w a.
~ C) a.
o 0 J:l-g..J~w W ~ W ~
U <(Ow~:J~ m u 0
0 ..J
o za:z:t::!~ ~ a:: ~
~ ~o.wen~ ~ w
W ..J~C)~~>- en >- Q.. 0
WO~O W Z .....
o Z:i>O~O~ ~ I
~ Z a::
::t -~w z W
~O~IC)III ..., 0 W
I W
I Ie/) Z
Z U~N C")vlO ~ w~
1-1-1- 0 1.L~ a
o 11.1-1- UUU ~ J:;j o~ z
o U~ --ii: 1-0 ~o w
~a:: ~~I- u.U 03: ~
:E a~t; I-I-en I- 0.....
enen_ en .....u
~ 00 Saa ~- u- z
z ~;j w..J ;j
C :E wU ~m 0
..J~ -;j U
0 a uu 00.
m <(
. · n if 1f"R U'-..J tJ{ ;;.
-, ~M, ~i :,' '"
~.~. ~~.lS--t; -......~~~
- -1 a^~,,: i~ QJ. ~ r-::: ~
~ "~~ 'x.1. ~\ . ~! fn\flJ" r.
1. 'Cd 1 . , ~J () ., _..
f~(ii~(ct4: \. ~. ;. ((/' ~
i: ~ t~ ~. I ~ J1:
/ Jfl." 1'"' ': ~~ c::: I 7
Iii ':::l v', '; \. {: f J
\I. ~\!F. I .~. I v ,__
'- V'~<-- ~- '-1'"' ~-'n::r ~ J ~
~ ",", .- ". A-;. -::,.r: .~ & 7
' .. ;1 r1 U ' 0. --;:;. :
. i.t-, 11' ~,~ ~ .
:; ~ :~[' ,<. !r,.
YJIL':~ I [ ""JV III
... . --\+\ ~...l?=\ ~ ~__
; 00- t~'~_1
I ~'. ~m. c .,{ ~
~ ~~. - t!..~' ~'~~,~. ..'
3: ic ,I, "", - "., ,.
~~ij ~ -<\~ tl,.~.;; . ~ I
>. ~ ~ ~ ~ "~' . ~~. I
- : .t ~~ ~~\..~. ....r 1
w.~ ~" ~~~ A' '\\j\.)' W ~ ~
~ ,.j '. ,. ~U&.~ "'" P1
Jt~ - . " ~.'tI'\'l'r"""e
., ~,tJk -' ~~.t. I
':"-~ " "_ ,'\'l M ~
.~ ~~:l-'1j:i ~....\ ~~ ~~~~~~'. .
-'So . f/J; "~'~\L~. 9
;i:;r,f J) '. ,.." ~ ~ -;1'~, '. _ ~
ii- ~if '~" .-;;, " , II>
1/. i i i It: "',-~ t~t!m~ -," _ ';"1,,1
~--s.rL '~-" 1111
Jf::!1\(~~. ~I II( '~~
'ifl';1 _so H _ _, ~
1~: ~-, ~. . it.; ,
kW :t. ~~m ~~, .~~ EFr~
h ~ ~~;~ ! 1:11
.~ ~ ij~ f !-f'
~ Iii: I ~
f -
y '-
-
~
I ~ q
I.--.J
.r """
- ' .,...,
~
~
--- +J
,AA.-rLI
i\
..1
.(
" ~- ---
~ s! I - a
~ ~tthllllfl~ I z
.: jJ!< 1r!lIl . III 0
<( ~
co
o .~I h111t1.1i fnz 0.-0::....
>
U 1s !fah I!it 1-2 ~g~ z W(J)
0 ~...J ,
W[ zu..c ~ W;(
= il!hlilt~ai oz~ ~ :x:....
Wi -0 - ....w
D. .. '15 - 8 f' 0 Ii 1 ~_w W O::c
l! ~lUII ~sf~it :c~ oic ...J 00:: ~
C o 0 Wz Zw
.. '. ! j I J.!. .. , fn! ...J 0 ....0 zJ: 0
:E III ~I" ~vlll. ,d. wow (J)_ 0:::::> ....
....u..> ~~
.- ~ ~ a 11l II) ~o 0 cnz~ ~(!) 0
c wlItrl I~.I -> w
Z .. co i I " J l' '" 11 I- -0c'5 ~~ >0c'5 (J)
E i IS f1- -riO 8 ~cnt;(J) W(!) (!)
...Jz
0 ~ o.:x: W_ z
~ hl~lt~!J!h o.t:z.... ....:x:
wftl~tlj u...... c
.. 0:::::> (J)(J) ...J
~ II ~IJiH 1" ..II ....O::~:x: 00 w:5 :::::>
,,~. j ~lll a cno (J) O::cn ~u.. CD
'c ~. i" dl!Pi i .
zo
U o !1Hll~ fl"' ~ _z
ii: ~ill I Iii if I .
0 l- N ('f') ~
i T""
...
1&1
- I-
-
l1\ en
r-
~
-
.~
~
~
~
I
">.0
~
I r ~.
r f:
I
!
i
:1
I
I
i
I
I
!
...
/J
~
REROOFING OF THE KEEPER'S QUARTERS
KEY, WEST liGHT STATION
938 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA
~
~
.
\)-
L.-a -;;ii c.J j.. ~
.~~.tL'
C7'~
.
1
\i
tl
i
):-
~
r
l~
~,...~ ~
-'O~I::; 0 d
t~~-b 8 ono
!:1.N~ ~
il~j SlJ3lIHJHV
C t c'- ~
;;fl f S(11)~JOSSV.f "tapuau
"':lrrC:.!~ ,
a'V~ H ~ J.. I H ""
-q
C'
-
- - --------.- -----
-.-_. ---_.. -
- .-. -
! ~~l;
~tll~~c
j~ oi ...-
-~}i~~~
~~~~-z~
-a
\l'"
/
~
lL\
HI
"
, ,
I' ,
, ,I:" :,', '
, : I ; ,
,I I ." "
:'1 . Ii! ,.
'I'" III,
I:; '. '", "
1'/" 'I' I,: ;
" ,I I
,I- 'I
i'l .
II", ,
Iii !: i'l I
!II i rl I
I 1,1
I, , "I ' I
,: ,'I I
, "
!
)(
m"
~.''':
~~'
~
,~.
I
i i :
-~
~
.~
P'~ i
I
N
-( ,
_. ~
~ '.
r tj
I
I: -
-
i v
0 ;8
ct
, 1 . '
-t
~
~_ 4
+
I
I-
I
(J''s . -
"
-:i.
+0
-~
~
f1'
-
-q
~
11\
J
1
\U
)
{
1
.(
2
:l
J.
r
()<J ~
it
$
it=ci
tJ~
lJl5
1Uj!
:J~
I!~
z
<(
..J
a.
(:)
w ~
II
:
.... ~
w
- ~
en U)
. '. "l I 7.' i \'L 3
~ {~a ~i<4-~~ii~~~~~~~~lII
o JIl.J <1.,1- lL ~3\1\~~!({ ): l\..~~~ '{
ri ~~~~~~~\)~~j.J~jLl~~l\~
.IU JIl '- - III )( ~ ~ .1\-1\\, ~ II: ,.( _
tJ.. \:Lx t\!\m ,_
(
i
\
\
! '
'. I I
:: I i
;
\, ;
j ;
! ,
I
~ :
: !
: ; ~ ; !
I :
i :
, ,
! '.; I J :
~ i . I I I j · II I
, : ' I ' f
. I I I' .
, , ;
. t
;
, I
i, I'
, I
i
!
, i
I
, !
~
...
~
I
-
~
~~
-~
l-.
n
. II
,
: i ! i : :
I 'ii
i I : I : i
, ! : I ; I .
i I ; I
I I , i I ~
I' : I "
i I!: i !
. I 'I;:
, I ' ,
: ' II!
I! "1
I: I! i
; ; !: :
, ii, , ,
. 'I! Ii:
, I. :!'
: I' i ' : I:
. i i j I !
I I I : i I
' I I
:\ ' : 'I;
J l ~
, I !, ;
I; I I :
;! I I' I
~ ! . ~ ~ ; I
: i ' , [Ii
- j! ! I Ii
I
,
; I
, '
Ii! I
1.1 ' I '
I; i i I
: Ii:, ~
I '..
- I I -
I, ~
,
: I
, I
, ;
, ,
:! ;:' I
, 1 I
,. : i .
ii, I I
i : I :! I
I ; 11 : , I
. ~ ~ I
; ] I I ~ 1
I '. I
, ; ; i ;
: : I ~ :'1 ;
. : j ,
i 1 i :
i I .
: : I
~
n
~
z
<(
...I
D..
-
b
.
u."'"
n
O~
....
ow
~~
; \ ~
;
. 0
j I ;
j I .
. i I
, .
I .
I I
, \ .
t I
'\
to-
~
"
~
~~
-F.\-
Li'
"".).'i
.:J
~~
-
r J
I
T
'Ial~O':J '.LS3M A3)t .L33~lS a'l3H311HM 8t6
NOIIY1S 1HOll 183M A3>f
S~31~vno S,~3d33)f 3H.L :10 f)NI:JOO~3~
. .~
, t
~ III illl!!
J. fill.! I :i
~, !'tI! I f
; I I, : I!": I
1:1:1 ;iU t;jli! i
I :. ! I I I; I 11;' I
.1 l Ii; II
., ; i l.j ,: ill lIt':.,
I; - -I I . 'j
'. . :1:.1I1! I L'I'
.:,'; I lqql. 'I! J!l'
t Il!i! !,I 'II!I,'I ;Ijlll Ii,! '
,~ ;'I~I': i1/1 iii' 'l.ll,1
f, ~~.: I'~:'" \:.,
~;. ;I;:' iil 1;;;1
, I ! ,; i i'l! ; Iii"
A ,. ~- ,~ I ;'!j \ I i ',Iiil i!!!.:l.lll
~ v ~ r;. - 2J if ~ ~ ',:l! 1 II' : i ! II i; :./111
\ 'V J ~~~J1 J Irj, I I:; !11'1! IIi11
'-.:../ r; I., ilia >' ,[ .. I . I: I.:r I i': q ; i I'
. . "... - .. , I -, . Iii : III ! ii I ! i : i r i! i I
~. / ~~;...~IIJI' iiiil, I II :dfdl.l'; j: ,i '
1 ~ I; : l: i I I' II
~' - '--- ' ~, . I I I',; it11,',I!:j
i Ii! ,I; I
.~ .
~-i~
III ,,~~~!l!~\\~L9. ~I I iii 1!:!11.
~
!~ ~1:-~~~~~~~:lJ(3futl , ::Ii
1'1 fi - ~~ ~ ~ ~i~l\\..~ ~'tl:s:~ ~ :
~~~~~~~~~~~J~~{ tt9
ll-l '" -~~..!) L~~~ I'Q_ > ~
!~~~:~~~*t~~~~~~i~~n
~L~~L~~l~"~m~~~tr l1
~gi~~rT~~~~.~~~l~ ~
j ci l\\ );"l ~ I' J.. U\ r-
ID 1\\ III il~j -(~l-j
~ ~t~~~~If~lL~
~ \I~ ~;r~ ~: ~ ~~~~ ~f ~. ~1Il
~ 5 :1_. ~ 1 \) \\\-r_1 ~ ~~ nl \1\ ~ ~_ ~
, II
~~
~
~
~~
~3
~~
,
, ,--
l'IHil~tll];t
...11 " I
I,
"I II I I
~
'f~. TI.'
~~), ,
~
..
I II
I
.~~ "
. .
m
~~~
III
"-.' . .. .
-~.[:il'
ti t::::=t.O
T I II j i j Ii
I.
"~, Ir~
: I' 1 J!'C
I
-'l
-. .
" ~#:.~.
, ,,) ,
~, J!: . ..
~
....
m. ,.
. . ... ~ ./?,o ~
8 IT ' . , . ')j
~~~
1111 IT " .
I ....
1:1 iI r .
r
.' ..
, I; Ii i
I I
.
.. If
- If
1 I
'" I 'I I
, :\
t,
If
~.
-
~ 111111
Z
0\
-
l-
e:(
>
w
~
w'
I-
en
e:(
w
~,...tv ::s
-'O~~ 0 onod
t~i! 8
.... 0 S1J31IHJHV
-' ~
;~ii j
.., -
~ii. Sa1'D~JOsSY .f lapuaH
~.. A I
O~C
~~~r:! ...
J
-
""
[I
~ i7 ,"
~ <=a ,
,.
t
Ii' II
I ,
i I I
I L! !
I 1. I
'i.
t i ~ '
i l;
i I
I I.
i:
, ' j
i
I
I
j
I
\
I
i
\
\
\
~
B
<{
!
~
~
I
Ii
1\
i I!
: I
I \, .'
, I:
\ 'I
I !
, I
1\
11
I:
I I ! ~
4: r
t-
- I
~ lj
~ -
,
-
I: -
i ~
0 ~
ct
.r\J--. ;
I
I
-
~ ~II
//f///
/// /// '
/// 7//
"F ",
"F U,
-
,g/ 0/
i6l '
~1.
. . .;. :..
1
II
, I. lilt
· II j j
~~
.1
,
i
I
J.
\\\
~~
-.z~
~')
-J
~~
"
~.
~I
/111
~ I I
.4 ,f
~~ l;!
') it i
; ,I, I
r.J I J J:! !
J 'II:: i
I. 'J : , ; I 'j ul
'J I " :11
II: ; I
; .
!
I j
~ ~. 'l: II 1 ';' ,
/I '.!\' I I. !
~-';. ~ \,\ ...IIi j
,~! liII.l:j iLl '
- v; f.('ll I r1 \: I : Ii! II! I I
~ - ,I" 1 II; \ U I
1..,r;..,'I ..... I
H~ ! .1 II;TI~I' I
r...;1t~ t ! 'I ~ i I, 1
; :! i il; I ill
I' i I ~
"' I' i 1\ ' i
;/ ,,' " I t I il.1\ 1
" : , I t I . I
~~ Ii I . !,'j
/ \ Ii', ''I!
I ~I' I
I ' t\ I: il
,
I
En2Je: -
I'
... ~ .~
" i
n1m2J - ~- '.
.!I
,
. ~.,: '-
""" '" ~
'" ~ il
., t..,1&--- ~
'~~~ ~~.~
.,\'11 ~.
'1'\ I
...'
...
, , L
.
...
..
'1m1l~ a
J4
~I
~ "'",
~ ~~.
it, " I
I
~.~.
I I
i3B
r--r=] ::" 1
I !
I !
I
. .
~
tuX.
i
~
z
o
-
....
<(
I>
w
..J
W
I
-
J: ~
-
-
1-11
:J ~
o~
cn~
r
, 1)~
~~ .
.~~
~~
~~
rr
i
.
~ ,0
-~!
~-~
j:r<
Ull
1i~
~i~
~I-~ '~~ ':::..
7."1. ... i\ ~
t8rl. ~~"-i~~L .~~ ~ L
)(~f- \\\" ~~~~~~~~tl~. l' ~.
n1~ t:- ~ :l ~ \t \\ :1- ~:t:: t;- ~ 'l' ,.
~ J It)~ill "- h-~l j · 1Il~
~!:~>(~)-~Jf~~~i ~~
. 8~~lI1l1\R'l~~~~~I~3 l~
~~ft ~~-7~~~~O -~
~~L~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i~O
JL~- ~vt~l ~~~~~~~
~~ ~i~~t~~:~ ~~~rL~
~o 11)-7~:zS ~ ~lll \\ 1
" ~~UJ~~~l.tQ~~~~!i1~
e ~~j~~~~~~~~~i~l~~ ~\
o ~:z \t .-:)~ lL:I "In:> \-:- tll{\ iI. \U
2. ~\U J tl:} ~ . UJ "~ -(. -<
~~ ~l~~!i~~ti~~ &~ ~r~i
L JL~ 1\1 !(\U,~~ l~-, ~~ A :'"11-: -
- J L NlL\\) d. < tL{ h..< ~ t-31l ~ ..
() ~i Iq~i1l-~~~ "I\\! l>l~~ ~ 3
o ~iJ_ 1~~ ~ ~Y1 ~
lU ~ -R \)i\);~ ~J ~ ...~
~ ~~i\~~~~~l\j~~~{Lsl f~
~
-t I
1
.~
-~~
~~
~
,
, CI'
f CD:
L.
K
~
~
t
~
~
JIi
:J:
~
i
~
~
~
'(,
\\I
!
,
L
~
t\
i t_
-~\\\ -~\\\
~~ ~~
~ ~~
~
\\\
~~
L~
~.
-j
X
\\\~
. .
o
l..
J "
,
,
r
........
val~O':I 'lS3M A3}t 133~lS aV3H31lHM 8E6
NOI1V1S lH9111S3M A3>1
S~31~VnO S,~3d33}1 3Hl :10 f)NI:lOO~3~
I
!
I
I
'i~i~~~L~~ l
Ill. " \, l~~~!i\~tlrf1;t L
~~ ~~~~~_~-~~~m .
~~Jj~Il~~~1l~~~J ~~
~ j 'D -{ X ~)- ,JL ~ '" :! ~ - j Ii ~
8~~W~~~ill~~~~!~8- li
~2B~ ~~-t~~.~~Om ~~
~n-~ tl~ ilL ~:tL il
8~ ~ "4-ill.[m~!)t\l~~ ~1\1 ~ ~ .
~--~~~~~~t~~~ ~~i~lm
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t~~L~
:.( ~ 1 ~r:1"t--z ~ J III ~ ut \\ ~
e ~~~~l~~i~~~~i~i}~~!\
() \:-:z ~'Jn \) lL-Z~ij' ~ ~ ~ a!\ ~ ~1U
7.. .!11l Jrl.~~~ ~-II1S: '1~ -( !'. -<~
t~ ~~~i~I2~iia ti ~~~111
L ju...~ l\l !(m~'-'~ l~J ~~ A "':It-: ^
J L NlL \l) tL ~. ~ v tll..{ 1. < ~ r31l ~ ..
2" ~~al~t;~ji~"~~l~~ ~~S
r:J. ~ t-- ~~~I.~ 3~~~~,( ~ ~U.~~III ~
~ ~~~~~~~~~j~~!llltt~t
1II
~~
, I ~
~ r I
..
~
It
~
I
\ .
\
\
; I ~B
~~II rn -'
J ~ ~ .
, II
", J : ,,! I IJ ,.,
" 'f} ':I.~ 1 ~I
\ "-'~..I/' . I ~ '
\ ....~ lJ - :1l1t 1 I J
\ ), l I
_._~__" )).~ I~~ ~ ~ - I
'~Ii .'- ~ I
. _' . r; '~. . ' " I, 'I11III 'P: i
, '1"- ' ~ .. . i ; I: 1 i II
:- .~ <I' 1- ,,"'" I. ~ ~ i. j ,.
; 1.."'...-; ,j: , I . . r i ,Tj' II ,
.. 11-1. -. n ! I ' . ,I
.. I r '. . ~]! 'I
~ . I 'j',
,~ :'! i I :!
,~I'I ! III I
.! :! I I i
~r~\ I~ I :
, ., I I
~ I
t I
i
I'
.m
z
o
-
I
I !['
Ii
. I;
I
I,
IT I r ~i
;11 'I .1 I
U .: IlL
r " j
I . :
. I
; 'I
'i : I
I I
~
II
'~, . .~
I ,,", ~
I\.'"
1i ~ . I~\
I . -~ it
: ~II
,
,
....
<(
>
W
..J
W _ ...
(:)
.
....;
tn~
.,..
w~
~~
~
~~
I
~lf~ AJt;;:J ~1~..
.'lL'I
<( {""
- ~
0 . (V) ~
r ~
\"
--
I: -
i ~
0 ~
..
Q.
D ~ JCJf
lb to
1 I
. ----.., i I I
I j I
I , i
I II!
f ~
( , ! I I il . ,
I, I ,
I
11\ I
) jl
~
, I
i I
,
I
I' i
I. i
~ II, i
: 'I 1
I I
!
! ,
!
~
~ Z
~ 0
/ -
( t-
<(
>
W
..J
W
I 'J: b
I
.
t-;
-~ ~~
II "'""
~~ O~
' ,
, Z~
0,....,.... ~
. ;; COol c:\I
-'0 ~ Q onod
t~t I g
~.8~ t.;> SlJ3lIHJHV
CI) ~ (',,,,. ~
~~~l
~ " " .~
c:::::.,c=-=~ SalD~JOSSV 1> .lapUa [J
< ., O's tS
..c ]
<:) >. f"ii .
-II-~
~~~r.. ~
OJ
c:
-
r-
Ii 2
~z
'lG)
en
m
o
-I
-
o
z
r-
o
o
"
-
z
G)
z
o
"
-I
:J:
,.~~
~
!
l
1IIIl
.
REROOFING OF THE KEEPER'S QUARTERS
KEY WEST LIGHTST A liON
938 WHITEHEAD STREET KEY WEST, FLORIDA
'"w -- -,
)>> C
r-
m -
~ r-
~ C
II -
~ z
.
I
~ G)
en
m
0
-4"
-
0
Z
r-
0
0
"
-
z
G)
~
m
en
-t
~
:,~
i' :p
0
if 'W.
-
- :s
-
. J
- --'
~ 0
.
..1\ )>
~
"'II ""';;':I'l:~
I~~-
Bender & Associates ..- 0
~...
(i->
to- ;.a :J::J
I' ~ rft
ARCHITECTS ill~
i is-:::
p.a. I I ~,.
Nt ~_ t'O
<:) ~2-
s:: "'0
( ~~lf~~~ .!~ ~ ~
1\\" l.J~~~~~ti n'it .
~( ~,~t~~~%~~~..
1 ~11~ I!f~~ a!.l\ 1~ i ~~
~J ~~~~~J~1~-J A~
8~~w~~~~~~~~~~3 11
"':zft) ~~-7!~,,~~ ~~
L..J -! ~1L~ "~ ~
!~ ~ ~:~\t ~ll~~~ ~~~iJlJi
e~!~i~tt~~i~~~~~~L!
~~i1n-~~:l!i 1Il~~l[ .~
" ~ ~3jl~~j ~~~~l~!l1~
e ~~~~if~~~~~~~~l~~ !l
Q ~5~"3n ilL:!~n-~ l:-~ al\ . ~\\l
2 ! '" J tl. 5 ~ ~ ~ . 111 5: "3 i -(... -< ~
~i~~~i~iiiB ~i~~tL
~ JIL~ ll1!(~,..,~l~...I~tA :-"11-: ·
- J "1. NlL\\\-d. ~ tL{ L< ~ t-311~ ·
8- ~!~~~i<6-~!i "1\\~l~~~3
~ :l~t\1~~~~~j~~!tl~ ~~
)
.1\\
i
e
\)
7.
~.
i[
~
~
~
. I
I,